#XII-MATH Best Exercise Wise Ast Papers

MATHS XII
ANNUAL PAST PAPERS

(KARACHI BOARD)
1992−2019
BY ARIF RAZA
(PROF @ PECHS FOUNDATION COLLEGE)
Page 1 of 226
SPECIFICATION TABLE
MATHS XII
100 Marks
# Chapter Name MCQ’s ∗CRQ’s ∗∗ERQ’s
1 Function & Limits 3 2 −
2 The Straight Line 2 1 1

The General Equations of
3 3 2 1
Straight Line
4 Differentiability 1 1 1
Applications of Differential
5 1 1 1
Calculus
6 Antiderivatives 3 1 1
7 Circle 2 2 −
8 Parabola, Ellipse & Hyperbola 3 3 1
9 Vectors 2 2 −
Total 20 50/75 30/45
∗CRQ stands for “Constructed Response Question”. Each CRQ weighs 5 marks.
∗∗ERQ stands for “Extended Response Question”. Each ERQ weighs 15 marks.
Page 2 of 226
INDEX ARIF RAZA
ARIF RAZA
MATHS XII 0334-3653937
ARIFR19@GMAIL.COM
INDEX
Chapter # Chapter NAME TOPICS Page #
MCQ’s 5−6
Answer Key 7−8
Formulae 9−21
Ex # 1.1 23−25
Ex # 1.2 25
1 Functions & Limits
Ex # 1.3 25−27
Ex # 1.4 27
Ex # 1.5 27
Ex # 1.6 27−29
Ex # 1.7 29−32
MCQ’s 33
Answer Key 34−35
Formulae 36−44
Ex # 2.1 46
2 The Straight Line
Ex # 2.2 46−47
Ex # 2.3 47
Ex # 2.4 47−48
Ex # 2.5 48−49
MCQ’s 50
Answer Key 52−53
Formulae 54−63
3 The General Equations of Straight Lines
Ex # 3.1 64−65
Ex # 3.2 65−66
Ex # 3.3 67−68
MCQ’s 69−70
Answer Key 71−72
Formulae 73−80
4 Differentiability Ex # 4.1 81−82
Ex # 4.2 82−85
Ex # 4.3 85−87
Ex # 4.4 87−90
MCQ’s 91
Answer Key 92
Formulae 93−99
5 Application of Differential Calculus
Ex # 5.1 100
Ex # 5.2 100−101
Ex # 5.3 102−103
MCQ’s 104−106
Answer Key 107−110
Formulae 111−150
Ex # 6.1 151−152
Ex # 6.2 152
6 Antiderivatives Ex # 6.3 152−154
Ex # 6.4 154−157
Ex # 6.5 1057−159
Ex # 6.6 159−160
Ex # 6.7 160−163
Ex # 6.8 & 6.9 163−165
Page 3 of 226
INDEX ARIF RAZA
ARIF RAZA
MATHS XII 0334-3653937
ARIFR19@GMAIL.COM
Ex # 6.10 165−166
Ex # 6.11 166−169
Miscellaneous 169−170
MCQ’s 171−172
Formulae 175−182
7 Circle
Ex # 7.1 183−184
Ex # 7.2 184−186
Ex # 7.3 −
MCQ’s 187−188
Formulae 192−216
8 Parabola, Ellipse & Hyperbola Ex # 8.1 217−218
Ex # 8.2 218−221
Ex # 8.3 221−223
Ex # 8.4 223−226
MCQ’s
Answer Key
Formulae
Ex # 9.1
Ex # 9.2
9 Vectors
Ex # 9.3
Ex # 9.4
Ex # 9.5
Ex # 9.6
Ex # 9.7
Page 4 of 226
FUNCTIONS & ARIF RAZA
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
MCQ’S ARIFR19@GMAIL.COM
ARIF RAZA
Q.1 Choose the correct answer for each from the given options:-
(i) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 is a/an ___ function.
* Even * Odd * Neither even nor odd * Modulus
7
𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 𝑥
7 3
∗ ∗ 7 ∗ ∗ 3
3 7
𝑥2 − 4
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→2 𝑥 − 2
* 8 * 4 * 𝑁𝑜𝑡 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 * 0
𝑥
(𝒊𝒗) 𝐴 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) = , 𝑥 ≠ 0 𝑖𝑠 ___ 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛.
|𝑥|
* Even * Odd * Circular * Neither even nor odd
𝑛
1
(𝒗) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + ) 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑛→∞ 𝑛
* 0 * ∞ * 𝑒 * 1
𝑥 𝑛 − 𝑎𝑛
(𝒗𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑎
* 1 * 𝑛𝑎𝑛−1 * 𝑛 * 0
4
𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 5 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 𝑥
5 4 1 1
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
4 5 4 5
(viii) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 is a/an ___ function.
2
𝑥 − 16
(𝒊𝒙) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→4 𝑥 − 4
* 4 * 8 * 0 * ∞
(x) A function "𝑓" is said to be odd whenever ___.
* 𝑓(𝑥) = 0 * 𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) * 𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑓(𝑥) * 𝑓(𝑥) = 1
𝑛
1
(𝒙𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + ) 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑛→∞ 𝑛
1
∗ 1 ∗ ∗ 𝑒 ∗ −𝑒
𝑒
𝑆𝑖𝑛 2𝑥
(𝒙𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 𝑥
1
∗ 0 ∗ 1 ∗ ∗ 2
2
(xiii) A function 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥| − 𝑥 2 is ___.
* Odd * Even * Neither even nor odd * Modulus
(xiv) The function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥 is ___.
* Even * Odd * Modulus * Inverse
1
(𝒙𝒗) 𝐿𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑛
* −1 * 1 * 0 * ∞
2
𝑥 −9
(𝒙𝒗𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→3 𝑥 − 3
1
* * 6 * 0 * ∞
6
2
(xvii) If 𝑓: [−1,5] → ℝ is defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 then 𝑓(−2) is ___.
* 4 * −2 * Undefined * −4
𝑒𝑥 − 1
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 𝑥
1
∗ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎 ∗ 1 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 ∗
𝑙𝑛𝑥
Page 5 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
2
𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥
(𝒙𝒊𝒙) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 2𝑥
3 2 1
∗ 1 ∗ ∗ ∗
2 3 3
(xx) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥, then 𝑓(𝑥) is ___.
(xxi) If 𝑓: ℝ → ℝ is given by 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥 then 𝑓(16) is ___.
* 4 * −2 * Undefined * −4
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
* −1 * 1 * 0 * ∞
𝑥
𝑒 −1
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 𝑥
∗ 𝑒𝑥 ∗ 𝑒 ∗ 1 ∗ 0
𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑐𝑥
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒗) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 𝑥
1
∗ 1 ∗ ∗ 0 ∗ 𝑐
𝑐
1
(𝒙𝒙𝒗) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑡 𝑢𝑝𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑏𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑 (𝒍. 𝒖. 𝒃. ) 𝑜𝑓 {−10, −5,8, − , 15,21} 𝑖𝑠 ___.
3
* −10 * 8 * 15 * 21
1 −𝑛
(𝒙𝒙𝒗𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + ) 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑛→∞ 𝑛
1
∗ −1 ∗ 1 ∗ 𝑒 ∗
𝑒
𝑆𝑖𝑛 6𝑥
(𝒙𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥→0 2𝑥
1 1
∗ ∗ 3 ∗ 2 ∗
2 3
(xxviii) A function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 + |𝑥| is a/an ___ function.
* Even * Odd * Neither even nor odd * Circular
Page 6 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ANSWER KEY ARIFR19@GMAIL.COM
ARIF RAZA
ANSWER KEY
(i) Neither even nor odd
Explanation:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛(−𝑥) + 𝐶𝑜𝑠(−𝑥)
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 ≠ 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓(−𝑥) = −(𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥) ≠ −𝑓(𝑥)
7
(𝒊𝒊)
3
7
𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝑥→0 𝑥
7 7
𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥
𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 ( )
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 3 7𝑥
7× 3
7 7
𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥 1 𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥
𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 ( × )
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 3 7𝑥
(7) 3
7 7
𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥 7 𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥
𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 ( )
𝑥→0 𝑥 3 𝑥→0 7𝑥
3
7
𝑆𝑖𝑛 3 𝑥 7 7
𝑙𝑖𝑚 = ×1=
𝑥→0 𝑥 3 3
(iii) 4
𝑥2 − 4 (𝑥 + 2)(𝑥 − 2)
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝑥→2 𝑥 − 2 𝑥→2 𝑥−2
= 𝑙𝑖𝑚(𝑥 + 2) = 2 + 2 = 4
𝑥→2
(iv) Odd
𝑥
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑓(𝑥) =
|𝑥|
−𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) =
|−𝑥|
𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) = − ( ) = −𝑓(𝑥).
|𝑥|
(v) 𝑒
(vi) 𝑛𝑎𝑛−1
4
(𝒗𝒊𝒊)
5
Explanation:- Same as (ii).
(viii) Neither even nor odd
Explanation:- Same as (i).
(ix) 4
𝑥 2 − 16
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝑥→4 𝑥 − 4
(𝑥 + 4)(𝑥 − 4)
= 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝑥→4 𝑥−4
= 𝑙𝑖𝑚(𝑥 + 4) = 4 + 2 = 8
𝑥→4
(x) 𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑓(𝑥)
(xi) 𝑒
(xii) 2
(xiii) Even
Explanation:- 𝑓(𝑥) = |𝑥| − 𝑥 2
𝑓(−𝑥) = |−𝑥| − (−𝑥)2
𝑓(−𝑥) = |𝑥| − 𝑥 2 = 𝑓(𝑥)
Page 7 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(xiv) Even
Explanation:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠(−𝑥)
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 = 𝑓(𝑥)
(xv) 0
(xvi) 6
Explanation:- Same as (iii).
(xvii) Undefined
Explanation:- 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 − 2 ∉ [−1,5], 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝑓(−2) 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑏𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑.
(xviii) 1
1
(𝒙𝒊𝒙)
3
(xx) Odd
(xxi) 4
Explanation:- Since 𝑓(𝑥) = √𝑥
𝑓(16) = √16 = 4
(xxii) 1
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝑥→0 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥)
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
= 𝑙𝑖𝑚 [𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 × ]
𝑥→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
= 𝑙𝑖𝑚[𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥]
𝑥→0
=1
(xxiii) 1
Explanation:- Same as (xviii).
(xxiv) 𝑐
(xxv) 21
Explanation:- The smallest number in the upper bound is called the least upper bound.
1
(𝒙𝒙𝒗𝒊)
𝑒
1 −𝑛
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + )
𝑛→∞ 𝑛
1
=
1 𝑛
𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + 𝑛)
𝑛→∞
1 1 𝑛
= ∵ 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + ) = 𝑒
𝑒 𝑛→∞ 𝑛
(xxvii) 𝑒
(xxviii) Neither even nor odd.
Explanation:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 + |𝑥|
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑥 + |−𝑥|
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑥 + |𝑥| ≠ 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓(−𝑥) = −( 𝑥 − |𝑥|) ≠ −𝑓(𝑥)
Page 8 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
FORMULAE ARIFR19@GMAIL.COM
ARIF RAZA
GENERAL
𝑨. FACTORIZATION
1. (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 + 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2
2. (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 − 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2
3. 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏)
4. 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)(𝑎2 + 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 )
5. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎2 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 )
𝑩. QUADRATIC FORMULA
−𝑏 ± √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝟏. 𝑥 =
2𝑎
𝑪. TRIGONOMETRY
𝟏. 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 1
𝜃
𝟐. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2
5𝜃
𝟑. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠5𝜃 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2
7𝜃
𝟒. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠7𝜃 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2
𝜃 𝜃
𝟓. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑠
2 2
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
𝟔. 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃
𝟕. 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝜃 =
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
1
𝟖. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝜃 =
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
1
𝟗. 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃 =
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃
𝑫. BINOMIAL THEOREM
𝑛(𝑛 − 1) 𝑛−2 2 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) 𝑛−3 3
𝟏. (𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑛𝑎𝑛−1 𝑏 + 𝑎 𝑏 + 𝑎 𝑏 + ⋯….
2! 3!
𝑛(𝑛 − 1) 2 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) 3
𝟐. (1 + 𝑥)𝑛 = 1 + 𝑛𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 + ⋯….
2! 3!
𝑬. THE REAL NUMBER e
𝑥
𝑥2 𝑥3 𝑥4 𝑥𝑛
𝟏. 𝑒 = 1 + 𝑥 + + + + ⋯ … . + + ⋯ . . 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = 1, 𝑒 = 2.718 (𝑎𝑝𝑝)
2! 3! 4! 𝑛!
𝑭. ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION (A.P.)
1. Terms of an A.P.
𝑎, 𝑎 + 𝑑, 𝑎 + 2𝑑, 𝑎 + 3𝑑, … … . . , 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑
2. General Term of an A.P.
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑
𝑮. ARITHMETIC SERIES (A.S.)
1. Terms of an A.S.
𝑎 + ( 𝑎 + 𝑑) + (𝑎 + 2𝑑) + (𝑎 + 3𝑑) + ⋯ … . . +(𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑)
2. Sum of n Terms of an A.S.
𝑛 𝑛
𝑆𝑛 = {2𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑} 𝑶𝑹 𝑆𝑛 = (𝑎 + 𝑙)
2 2
𝑯. GEOMETRIC PROGRESSION (G.P.)
1. Terms of G.P.
𝑎, 𝑎𝑟, 𝑎𝑟 2 , 𝑎𝑟 3 , … … . . , 𝑎𝑟 𝑛−1
2. General Term of G.P.
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎𝑟 𝑛−1
Page 9 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑰. GEOMETRIC SERIES (G.S.)

1. Terms of G.S.
𝑎 + 𝑎𝑟 + 𝑎𝑟 2 + 𝑎𝑟 3 + ⋯ … . +𝑎𝑟 𝑛−1
2. Sum of n Terms of G.S.
𝑎(𝑟 𝑛 − 1) 𝑎(1 − 𝑟 𝑛 )
𝑆𝑛 = 𝒓 > 𝟏 𝑶𝑹 𝑆𝑛 = 𝒓<𝟏
𝑟−1 1−𝑟
3. Sum of INFINITE G.S.
𝑎
𝑆𝑛 = |𝒓| < 𝟏
1−𝑟
RELATED
𝟏. ORDERED PAIR
Definition:-
* A pair of objects whose components occur in a special order is called an ordered pair.
* For example (𝒙, 𝒚) is an orderd pair.
* It is written in parentheses separated by a comma.
* The first component of ordered pair is 𝒙.
* The second component of ordered pair is 𝒚.
* Remember:-
(𝒙, 𝒚) and {𝒙, 𝒚} are not the same. Former denotes an ordered pair and latter denotes a
set.
𝟐. CARTESIAN PRODUCT
Definition:-
* The set of all possible ordered pairs of the given sets is called the cartesian product of
the given sets.
* The first component of an ordered pair must be an element of first set and second
component of the ordered pair must be an element of the second set.
* Cartesian product is written as 𝑨 × 𝑩 (Read as A cross B).
* If set 𝑨 has 𝒏 elements and set 𝑩 has 𝒎 elements, then 𝑨 × 𝑩 has 𝒎𝒏 ordered pairs.
* Remember:-
(i) 𝑨×𝑩≠ 𝑩×𝑨
(ii) If 𝑨 = 𝑩 then 𝑨 × 𝑨 is denoted by 𝑨𝟐 .
𝟑. RELATION (Intuitive)
Definition:-
* Association between two objects w.r.t. some property possessed by them is called
relation.
𝟒. RELATION (Mathematical)
Definition:-
* A set of ordered pairs is called a relation.
* It is denoted by symbol 𝑹.
* For example, 𝑨 = {𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒, 𝟓} and 𝑩 = {𝟒, 𝟗, 𝟏𝟔, 𝟐𝟓} are two sets.
(i) Then, 𝑹𝟏 = {(𝟐, 𝟒), (𝟑, 𝟗), (𝟒, 𝟏𝟔)} is a relation “is square−root of” from 𝑨 to
𝑩.
(ii) Also, 𝑹𝟐 = {(𝟐, 𝟗), (𝟑, 𝟒), (𝟒, 𝟐𝟓)} is a relation “is less than of” from 𝑨
to 𝑩.
* The set of first components of the ordered pairs in 𝑹 is called the Domain.
* The set of second components of the ordered pairs in 𝑹 is called the Range.
* The second set 𝑩 is called the Co−Domain of 𝑹.
* Hence, in above examples 𝑫𝒐𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝒐𝒇 𝑹 = {𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒}, 𝑹𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑹 = {𝟒, 𝟗, 𝟏𝟔}
𝑪𝒐 − 𝑫𝒐𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝒐𝒇 𝑹 = {𝟒, 𝟗, 𝟏𝟔, 𝟐𝟓}
* The ordered pairs of above relations 𝑹𝟏 and 𝑹𝟐 can also be written as:-
(𝟐, 𝟒) = 𝟐𝑹𝟒, (𝟑, 𝟗) = 𝟑𝑹𝟗, (𝟒, 𝟏𝟔) = 𝟒𝑹𝟏𝟔. Here 𝑹 mean “is square−root of”.
* Remember:-
If 𝑨 and 𝑩 are two sets then any subset of 𝑨 × 𝑩 is a relation from 𝑨 to 𝑩.
Page 10 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟓. FUNCTION
Definition:-
* A set of ordered pairs (of two sets 𝑨 and 𝑩) in which no two ordered pairs have the
same first component (i.e. no two domains are same) is called a function from set 𝑨
to set 𝑩.
𝑨 𝑩
* A function is usually denoted by 𝒇, 𝒈, 𝒉, 𝑭, 𝑮, 𝑯, etc.
* Thus in the function displayed in the figure:- 𝒂 𝟏
𝑫𝒐𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 = {𝒂, 𝒃, 𝒄, 𝒅} 𝟐
𝒃 𝟑
𝑹𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆 = {𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑} 𝒅 𝟒
𝑪𝒐 − 𝑫𝒐𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 = {𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒, 𝟓} 𝒄 𝟓
𝑭𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 = {(𝒂, 𝟏), (𝒃, 𝟐), (𝒄, 𝟑), (𝒅, 𝟑)}
𝟔. IMAGE OF A FUNCTION
Definition:-
* If 𝒇 is a function and 𝒙 is an element of its domain then 𝒇(𝒙) is called the image of 𝒙.
* 𝒇(𝒙) is read as 𝒇 𝑜𝑓 𝒙 or 𝒇 𝑎𝑡 𝒙. 𝑨 𝑩
* A function can also be written as 𝒇: 𝑨 → 𝑩. It is read as:-
“𝒇 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝒇𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑨 𝑡𝑜 𝑩’’. 𝒇
𝒇(𝒙)
* For example 𝒙
𝑭𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 = {(𝟏, 𝟐), (𝟐, 𝟑), (𝟑, 𝟒)}
𝑫𝒐𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 = {𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑}
𝑹𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆 = {𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒}
So, 𝒇(𝟏) = 𝟐; 𝒇(𝟐) = 𝟑; 𝒇(𝟑) = 𝟒
𝟕. REPRESENTATION OF A FUNCTION 𝑨 𝑩
There are different methods of describing a function:- 𝟏 𝒙
(i) An arrow diagram. 𝒚
𝟐
(ii) A table 𝒙 𝟏 𝟐 𝟑 𝟑
𝒚 𝟒 𝟓 𝟔 𝒛
(iii) An equation/formula like 𝒚 = 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐 OR 𝑺 = 𝒗𝒕.
(iv) Set builder form, such as 𝒇 = {(𝒙, 𝒚)/𝒚 = 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐}.
(v) A graph.
𝟖. FUNCTION IN TERMS OF VARIABLE
* Let 𝒙 and 𝒚 bet two variables and let 𝒚 depends upon variable 𝒙 then we write 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙).
* Here, 𝒙 is called independent variable and 𝒚 dependent variable.
* The dependent variable 𝒚 is called a function and independent 𝒙 is called a variable.
* Examples are 𝒚 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙, 𝒚 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒙, 𝒚 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄−𝟏 𝒙.
𝟗. TYPES OF FUNCTION
(i) Into Function
* If a function 𝒇: 𝑨 → 𝑩 is such that 𝑹𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆 𝑜𝑓 𝒇 ≠ 𝑩 then 𝒇 is an “into” function
from 𝑨 to 𝑩. 𝑨 𝑩
* 𝒇 = {(𝟏, 𝒙), (𝟐, 𝒚), (𝟑, 𝒚)} 𝟏 𝒙
* 𝑹𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒇 ≠ 𝑩 𝒚
𝟐
𝟑
(ii) Onto Function (Surjective) 𝒛
* When 𝑹𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆 𝑜𝑓 𝒇 = 𝑩 then 𝒇: 𝑨 → 𝑩 is said to be “onto” (or
Surjective) function. 𝑨 𝑩
* 𝒇 = {(𝟏, 𝒙), (𝟐, 𝒚), (𝟑, 𝒚)} 𝟏 𝒙
* 𝑹𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒇 = {𝒙, 𝒚} = 𝑩 𝒚
𝟐
𝟑
(iii) One−One (Injective) Function
* When distinct elements of 𝑨 have distinct images in 𝑩 then 𝒇: 𝑨 → 𝑩 is said to be
“one−one” (or injective) function. 𝑨 𝑩
𝟏 𝒙
𝒚
𝟐 𝒛
𝟑 Page 11 of 226
𝒂
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑨 𝑩
(iv) One−One & onto (Bijective) Function
* A function 𝒇: 𝑨 → 𝑩 which is “one−one” and 𝟏 𝒙
“onto” is called bijective function. 𝒚
𝟐 𝒛
𝟑
(v) Constant Function

* When elements of 𝑨 have same image in 𝑩 then 𝑨 𝑩
𝒇: 𝑨 → 𝑩 is called a constant function. 𝟏
𝟐 𝒚
𝟏𝟎. INVERSE FUNCTION 𝟑
Definition:-
* The set of ordered pairs obtained by interchanging the components of all the ordered
pairs of a function 𝒇 is called the inverse of 𝒇.
* It is denoted by 𝒇−𝟏.
* For example, 𝒇 = {(𝟏, 𝟐), (𝟑, 𝟒), (𝟓, 𝟔)} then 𝒇−𝟏 = {(𝟐, 𝟏), (𝟒, 𝟑), (𝟔, 𝟓)}.
* The inverse of a function may or may not be a function.
* Remember:-
A function has an inverse only iff there is 𝟏 − 𝟏 correspondence between its domain and
range.
𝟏𝟏. REAL FUNCTION
Definition:-
* If 𝑨 and 𝑩 are two subsets of 𝑹 (where 𝑹 is the set of real numbers) then the function is
called a real function or real valued function.
𝟏𝟐. FUNCTIONS ALGEBRA
Let 𝑨 and 𝑩 be subsets of 𝑹 and 𝒇: 𝑨 → 𝑩, 𝒈: 𝑨 → 𝑩 be functions. Then we define:-
(i) (𝒄𝒇)(𝒙) = 𝒄 ∙ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒄 = 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕
(ii) (𝒇 + 𝒈)𝒙 = 𝒇(𝒙) + 𝒈(𝒙)
(iii) (𝒇 − 𝒈)𝒙 = 𝒇(𝒙) − 𝒈(𝒙)
(iv) (𝒇 ∙ 𝒈)𝒙 = 𝒇(𝒙) ∙ 𝒈(𝒙)
𝒇 𝒇(𝒙)
(𝒗) ( ) 𝒙 = ; 𝒈𝒊𝒗𝒆𝒏 𝒕𝒉𝒂𝒕 𝒈(𝒙) ≠ 𝟎
𝒈 𝒈(𝒙)
𝟏𝟑. FUNCTIONS CLASSIFICATION
Functions can be classified in to three groups.
I. Algebraic Functions
Definition:-
* A function having finite number of terms with power and roots of an
independent variable 𝒙 along with four binary operations (addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division) is called an algebraic function.
𝟏
𝟑 (𝟓𝒙 + 𝟏)𝟓
∗ 𝐸𝑥𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝟒𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟑, (𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏)𝟐 , √𝟐𝒙 − 𝟑, .
𝟖𝒙 − 𝟑
* There are three types of algebraic functions which are:-
(i) Polynomial Function
* The function 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ is defined by
𝒑(𝒙) = 𝒂𝟎 + 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒂𝟐 𝒙𝟐 + ⋯ + 𝒂𝒏 𝒙𝒏 ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 ℝ is called a
polynomial function in the variable 𝒙.
* For example, 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑 is a polynomial function in 𝒙 of
degree 𝟐.
(ii) Rational Function
𝒑(𝒙)
∗ 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑹(𝒙) 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑏𝑜𝑡ℎ 𝒑(𝒙) 𝑎𝑛𝑑
𝒒(𝒙)
𝒒(𝒙) are polynomial functions and 𝒒(𝒙) ≠ 𝟎 is called a rational
function.
(iii) Irrational Function
* The functions involving radicals are called irrational functions.
Page 12 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟑
√𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓
∗ 𝐸𝑥𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑎𝑟𝑒, √𝒙 − 𝟏, 𝟏.
(𝟒𝒙 − 𝟏)𝟑
II. Transcendental Functions
Generally, transcendental literally means non−algebraic. The functions which
"transcend" or "are beyond the algebraic limits" are known as transcendental
functions.
Definition:-
* The functions which cannot be expressed as the finite combination of algebraic
constants and variables as well as algebraic operations of addition, subtraction,
multiplication, division, raising to a power and extracting a root are called
transcendental functions.
* Examples are, trigonometric functions, exponential functions, inverse function of
trigonometric and exponential, etc.
* There are different types of transcendental functions which are:-
(i) Trigonometric OR Circular Functions
* Trigonometric functions are defined as follows:-
FUNCTION DOMAIN RANGE
𝒚 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 ℝ −𝟏 ≤ 𝒚 ≤ 𝟏
𝒚 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 ℝ −𝟏 ≤ 𝒚 ≤ 𝟏
𝝅
𝒚 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 ℝ − {(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏) / 𝒏 𝒊𝒔 𝒂𝒏 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒆𝒓} ℝ
𝟐
𝒚 = 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 ℝ − {𝒏𝝅/ 𝒏 𝒊𝒔 𝒂𝒏 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒆𝒓} ℝ
𝝅
𝒚 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 ℝ − {(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏) / 𝒏 𝒊𝒔 𝒂𝒏 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒆𝒓} 𝒚 ≥ 𝟏, 𝒚 ≤ −𝟏
𝟐
𝒚 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 ℝ − {𝒏𝝅/ 𝒏 𝒊𝒔 𝒂𝒏 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒆𝒓} 𝒚 ≥ 𝟏, 𝒚 ≤ −𝟏
(ii) Inverse Trigonometric Functions
* Inverse Trigonometric functions are defined as follows:-
FUNCTION DOMAIN RANGE
𝝅 𝝅
𝒚 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 [−𝟏, 𝟏] [− , ]
𝟐 𝟐
𝒚 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔−𝟏 𝒙 [−𝟏, 𝟏] [𝝅, 𝟎]
𝝅 𝝅
𝒚 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 ℝ OR (−∞, +∞) [− , ]
𝟐 𝟐
−𝟏
𝒚 = 𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙 ℝ OR (−∞, +∞) [𝟎, 𝝅]
𝝅
𝒚 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄−𝟏 𝒙 −𝟏 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟏 [𝟎, 𝝅] − { }
𝟐
−𝟏
𝝅 𝝅
𝒚 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙 −𝟏 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟏 [− , ] − {𝟎}
𝟐 𝟐
(iii) Exponential Functions
* A function in which the domain is a variable in the form of an
exponent is an exponential function.
𝒙
* Examples are, 𝒚 = 𝒂𝒙 , 𝟑𝒙 , √𝟐, 𝒚 = 𝒆𝒙 , 𝑒𝑡𝑐.
(iv) Logarithmic Functions
* If 𝒚 = 𝒂𝒙 , then 𝒙 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒚 (𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑎 > 0, 𝑎 ≠ 1), then 𝒙 is called
logarithmic function of 𝒚 to the base 𝒂.
* If 𝒂 = 𝟏𝟎, then 𝒙 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝟏𝟎 𝒚 which is known as common logarithm
of 𝒚.
* If 𝒂 = 𝒆, then 𝒙 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒆 𝒚 written as 𝒍𝒏𝒙 which is known as
natural logarithm of 𝒚.
III. Special Functions
(i) Explicit Functions
* If 𝒚 is easily expressed in terms of an independent variable 𝒙, then 𝒚 is
called an explicit function of 𝒙. It is written as 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙).
* Examples are, 𝒚 = 𝒙𝟑 + 𝟏, 𝒚 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙, 𝑒𝑡𝑐
(ii) Implicit Functions
* If 𝒚 cannot be easily expressed in terms of an independent variable 𝒙,
Page 13 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
then 𝒚 is called an implicit function of 𝒙. It is written as 𝒇(𝒙, 𝒚) = 𝟎.

* Examples are, 𝒙𝟐 𝒚 + 𝟒𝒙𝒚𝟑 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎, 𝒆𝒚 + 𝒙𝟐 𝒆−𝒚 = 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟕, 𝑒𝑡𝑐
(iii) Even Functions
* If 𝒇(𝒙) is a function such that 𝒇(−𝒙) = 𝒇(𝒙) then 𝒇(𝒙) is called an even
function of 𝒙.
* For examples:-
(a) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠(−𝑥)
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
(b) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2
𝑓(−𝑥) = (−𝑥)2
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑥 2
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥)
(iv) Odd Functions
* If 𝒇(𝒙) is a function such that 𝒇(−𝒙) = −𝒇(𝒙) then 𝒇(𝒙) is called an odd
function 𝒙.
* For examples:-
(a) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛(−𝑥)
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑓(𝑥)
(b) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3
𝑓(−𝑥) = (−𝑥)3
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑥 3
𝑓(−𝑥) = −𝑓(𝑥)
(v) Undefined Functions
𝟎 ∞
∗ 𝐼𝑓 𝒇(𝒂) 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚 , , (𝟎 × ∞), (∞ ± ∞), 𝟎𝟎 , 𝟏∞ 𝒂𝒏𝒅 ∞𝟎 ,
𝟎 ∞
then we say that 𝒇(𝒙) is not defined at 𝒙 = 𝒂.
* These forms are called indeterminate forms.
* For examples:-
𝑥2 − 4
(𝒂) 𝐼𝑓 𝑓(𝑥) =
𝑥−2
22 − 4
𝑇ℎ𝑒𝑛, 𝑓(2) =
2−2
0
𝑓(2) = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝒇𝒇(𝒙) 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑡 𝒙 = 𝟐.
0
(b) Similarly 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 𝑥 is not defined at 𝑥 = 0 as 𝑓(0) = 00 which is
indeterminate form.
(vi) Reciprocal Function
𝟏
∗ 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑠 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝒙 ≠ 𝟎.
𝒙
* 𝒇(𝒙) represents a curve called rectangular hyperbola.
(vii) Linear Function
* A function which does not contain any higher powers of variable 𝒙 is
called a linear function.
* Its general form is 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎. Here 𝒂, 𝒃 and 𝒄 are constants.
* It is called linear because its graph is always a straight line.
(viii) Quadratic Function
* A function which contain 𝟐 as highest power of variable 𝒙 is called a
quadratic function.
* Its general form is 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎. Here 𝒂, 𝒃 and 𝒄 are constants.
* It always represents a parabola.
(ix) Modulus OR Absolute−Value Function
* A function 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ is defined by 𝒇(𝒙) = |𝒙|,
Page 14 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝒙; 𝒙 ≥ 𝟎
𝒇(𝒙) = { is called the absolute−valued function.
−𝒙; 𝒙 < 𝟎
* The domain consists of all real numbers.
* The range consists of all non−negative numbers.
(x) Parametric Functions
* Sometimes a curve is described by expressing both 𝒙 and 𝒚 as a function
of a third variable “𝒕” or “𝜽” which is called a parameter. The equation of
the type 𝒙 = 𝒇(𝒕) and 𝒚 = 𝒈(𝒕) are called parametric equations of the
curve.
CIRCLE PARABOLA ELLISE HYPERBOLA
𝒙 = 𝒓𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 𝟐 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑺𝒆𝒄𝜽
𝒙 = 𝒂𝒕
𝒚 = 𝒓𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 𝒚 = 𝟐𝒂𝒕 𝒚 = 𝒃𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 𝒚 = 𝒃𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
(xi) Periodic Functions
* A function 𝒇: 𝑿 → 𝒀 is called a periodic function of period 𝒑 if
𝒇(𝒙 ± 𝒑) = 𝒇(𝒙) ∀ 𝒙 𝜖 𝑿 and 𝒑 is the least positive number for which the
above condition is satisfied.
* Here, 𝑿 and 𝒀 are the subsets of real numbers.
* For example, 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 and 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 are periodic functions of period 𝟐𝝅 and
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 is a periodic function of period 𝝅.
(xii) Composite Functions
* If 𝒇 and 𝒈 are functions then composite function 𝒇𝒐𝒈 (𝒇 𝒄𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒍𝒆 𝒈) is
defined by (𝒇𝒐𝒈)(𝒙) = 𝒇(𝒈(𝒙)).
* Let 𝒈 be a function from set 𝑨 to 𝑩 and 𝒇 be a function from set 𝑩 to set
𝑪.
* Now composition of function 𝒇 and 𝒈 is a function, denoted by 𝒇𝒐𝒈 from
𝑨 to 𝑪 and is denoted by (𝒇𝒐𝒈)(𝒙) = 𝒇(𝒈(𝒙)) = 𝒇𝒈(𝒙) ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 𝑿 as
shown in below figure.
* The domain of 𝒇𝒐𝒈 consists of the numbers 𝒙 lies in the domain of 𝒈 and
𝒈(𝒙) lies in the domain of 𝒇.
* The definition says that the two functions can be composed when the
range of first lies in the domain of the second.
𝑨 𝑩 𝑪
𝒈
𝒇 𝒇(𝒈(𝒙))
𝒙 𝒈(𝒙) 𝒇𝒐𝒈(𝒙)
𝒇𝒐𝒈
𝟏𝟒. INTERVAL
Definition:-
* An interval is a set of all points or real numbers between two points.
* There are three types of interval:-
(i) Open Interval
* A subset of 𝑹 consisting of all real numbers between two given real
numbers, not including the given numbers is called an open interval.
* Let 𝒂 and 𝒃 𝝐 𝑹 with 𝒂 < 𝒃. Then,
(𝒂, 𝒃) 𝑶𝑹 ]𝒂, 𝒃[ = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒂 < 𝒙 < 𝒃}
(ii) Closed Interval
* A subset of 𝑹 consisting of all real numbers between two given real
numbers, including the given numbers is called a closed interval.
* [𝒂, 𝒃] = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒂 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝒃}
(iii) Semi−Open and Semi−Closed Intervals
* Two types of semi−open and semi−closed intervals are denoted by:-
[𝒂, 𝒃) = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒂 ≤ 𝒙 < 𝒃} (𝒂 𝒊𝒔 𝒊𝒏𝒄𝒍𝒖𝒅𝒆𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒃 𝒊𝒔 𝒏𝒐𝒕 𝒊𝒏𝒄𝒍𝒖𝒅𝒆𝒅)
(𝒂, 𝒃] = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒂 < 𝒙 ≤ 𝒃} (𝒂 𝒊𝒔 𝒏𝒐𝒕 𝒊𝒏𝒄𝒍𝒖𝒅𝒆𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒃 𝒊𝒔 𝒊𝒏𝒄𝒍𝒖𝒅𝒆𝒅)
Page 15 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(iv) Some More Intervals

* (𝒂, ∞) = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒙 > 𝒂}
* [𝒂, ∞) = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒙 ≥ 𝒂}
* (−∞, 𝒂) = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒙 < 𝒂}
* (−∞, 𝒂] = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒙 ≤ 𝒂}
𝟏𝟓. NEIGHBOURHOOD
Definition:-
* Any open interval containing "𝒂" is called a neighborhood of "𝒂". For example (𝒃, 𝒄).
𝒃 𝒂 𝒄
𝜹 −Neighborhood
* Let 𝒂 𝝐 𝑹 and 𝜹 > 𝟎 then {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 |𝒙 − 𝒂| < 𝜹} = {𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 /𝒂 − 𝜹 < 𝒙 < 𝒂 + 𝜹}
𝒂−𝜹 𝒂 𝒂+𝜹 = (𝒂 − 𝜹, 𝒂 + 𝜹) is called
𝜹 −neighborhood of a radius 𝜹.
Deleted Neighborhood
* Let 𝒂 𝝐 𝑹 and 𝜹 > 𝟎 then the deleted neighborhood of “𝒂” is denoted as:-
{𝒙 𝝐 𝑹/𝟎 < |𝒙 − 𝒂| < 𝜹} = (𝒂 − 𝜹, 𝒂) ∪ (𝒂, 𝒂 + 𝜹) 𝒂−𝜹 𝒂 𝒂+𝜹
𝟏𝟔. SEQUENCE
(i) Definition:-
* A sequence is a function 𝒂 ∶ 𝑵 → 𝑹, the image or value 𝒂(𝒏) of an 𝒏 𝝐 𝑵 is
denoted by 𝒂𝒏 and called the 𝒏𝒕𝒉 or general term of the sequence.
* In short a sequence is either written as 𝒂𝟏 , 𝒂𝟐 , 𝒂𝟐 , … … . , 𝒂𝒏 , … .. OR {𝒂𝒏 }.
(ii) Limit of a Sequence:-
* A sequence is {𝒂𝒏 } is said to converge to 𝒍 𝜖 𝑹 if for a given positive real number
𝜺 𝜖 𝑹+ , there exists an integer 𝒏𝒐 𝜖 𝑵 such that |𝒂𝒏 − 𝒍| < 𝜺 for all 𝒏 𝜖 𝑵 with
𝒏 ≥ 𝒏𝒐 .
* In such a situation 𝒍 is called a limit of the sequence {𝒂𝒏 } and we write
𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒂𝒏 = 𝒍 OR 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒂𝒏 = 𝒍
𝒏→∞
* The limit of a convergent sequence is unique.
(iii) Theorems:-
* Suppose that {𝒂𝒏 }, {𝒃𝒏 } are such that 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒂𝒏 = 𝒍 and 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒃𝒏 = 𝒎 then:-
(a) 𝒍𝒊𝒎(𝒂𝒏 ± 𝒃𝒏 ) = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒂𝒏 ± 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒃𝒏 = 𝒍 ± 𝒎.
(b) 𝒍𝒊𝒎(𝒂𝒏 ∙ 𝒃𝒏 ) = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒂𝒏 ∙ 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒃𝒏 = 𝒍 ∙ 𝒎.
𝒂𝒏 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒂𝒏 𝒍
(𝒄) 𝒍𝒊𝒎 ( ) = = .
𝒃𝒏 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒃𝒏 𝒎
(d) 𝒍𝒊𝒎(𝑪𝒂𝒏 ) = 𝑪 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒂𝒏 = 𝑪𝒍, 𝑪 𝝐 𝑹.
𝟏𝟕. BOUNDED SET
(i) Definition:-
* If in a set 𝑨 which is a subset of 𝑹 there two exists two numbers say 𝒂 and 𝒃, i.e.
𝒂, 𝒃 𝜖 𝑹 such that all the numbers of set 𝑨 lies between or equal to 𝒂 and 𝒃
then set 𝑨 is called a bounded set.
OR
A set which is bounded above and bounded below is called a bounded set.
* The numbers 𝒂 and 𝒃 are called the bounds of set 𝑨.
* Examples:-
(a) 𝑨 = {𝒙 / 𝟓 < 𝒙 < 𝟐𝟓}.
(b) 𝑩 = {𝒙 / 𝟓 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟐𝟓}.
(c) 𝑪 = {𝒙 / 𝟔 < 𝒙 ≤ 𝟐𝟓}.
(d) 𝑫 = {𝒙 / 𝟔 ≤ 𝒙 < 𝟐𝟓}.
Sets 𝑨, 𝑩, 𝑪 and 𝑫 are bounded sets.
(e) 𝑬 = {𝒙 / −∞ < 𝒙 < ∞}.
Set 𝑬 is neither bounded above nor bounded below.
(f) 𝑭 = {𝒙 / −∞ < 𝒙 < 𝟓}.
Set 𝑭 is bounded above but not bounded below.
(g) 𝑮 = {𝒙 / 𝟓 < 𝒙 < ∞}.
Page 16 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Set 𝑮 is bounded below but not bounded above.

(ii) Bounded Above Set and Upper Bound:-
* If in a set 𝑨 which is a subset of 𝑹, every number in 𝑨 is less than or equal to a
number belongs to 𝑹 then 𝑨 is called a bounded above set.
* The number which is equal to or greater than the greatest number of set 𝑨 is
called the upper bound of 𝑨.
* The greatest number in a set is called the upper bound of that set.
* Examples:-
𝑨 = {𝒙 /−∞ < 𝒙 < 𝟔}. Since all the numbers in 𝑨 are less than 𝟔 𝜖 𝑹
⇒ 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑨 = 𝟔.
𝑩 = {𝒙 /−∞ < 𝒙 ≤ 𝟔}. Since all the numbers in 𝑩 are less than or equal to 𝟔 𝜖 𝑹
⇒ 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑩 = 𝟔.
(ii) Bounded Below Set and Lower Bound:-
* If in a set 𝑨 which is a subset of 𝑹, every number in 𝑨 is greater than or equal to
a number belongs to 𝑹 then 𝑨 is called a bounded below set.
* The number which is equal to or less than the smallest number of set 𝑨 is called
the lower bound of 𝑨.
* The smallest number in a set is called the lower bound of that set.
* Examples:-
𝑨 = {𝒙 / 𝟔 < 𝒙 < ∞}. Since all the numbers in 𝑨 are greater than 𝟔 𝜖 𝑹
⇒ 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑨 = 𝟔.
𝑩 = {𝒙 / 𝟔 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ ∞}. Since all the numbers in 𝑩 are greater than or equal to
𝟔𝜖𝑹
⇒ 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑩 = 𝟔.
(iii) Least Upper Bound (l.u.b.) and Greatest Lower Bound (g.l.b.):-
* The smallest number in the upper bound is called the least upper bound.
* The greatest number in lower bound is called the greatest lower bound.
* Examples:-
(a) 𝑨 = {𝒙 / 𝟕 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟏𝟓}.
⇒ 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑨 = 𝟏𝟓. ⇒ 𝑳𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑨 = 𝟏𝟓.
⇒ 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑨 = 𝟕. ⇒ 𝑮𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒔𝒕 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑨 = 𝟕.
(b) 𝑩 = {𝒙 / 𝟓 < 𝒙 < 𝟐𝟎}.
⇒ 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑩 = 𝟐𝟎. ⇒ 𝑳𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑩 = 𝟐𝟎.
⇒ 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑩 = 𝟓. ⇒ 𝑮𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒔𝒕 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑩 = 𝟓.
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
(𝒄) 𝑪 = {𝟏, , , , … … }.
𝟐 𝟑 𝟒
⇒ 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑪 = 𝟏. ⇒ 𝑳𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑪 = 𝟏.
⇒ 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑪 = 𝟎. ⇒ 𝑮𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒔𝒕 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑪 = 𝟎.
(d) 𝑺 = {𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒, 𝟓}.
⇒ 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑺 = 𝟓. ⇒ 𝑳𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑺 = 𝟓.
⇒ 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑺 = 𝟏. ⇒ 𝑮𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒔𝒕 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝑜𝑓 𝑺 = 𝟏.
𝟏𝟖. CONVERGENT SEQUENCE
(i) Definition:-
* A sequence in which the difference between the 𝒏𝒕𝒉 term and the (𝒏 + 𝟏)𝒕𝒉
term decreases as 𝒏 increases is called a convergent sequence.
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
∗ 𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒, 𝟏, , , , … . 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝑠𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠
𝟐 𝟒 𝟖
𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟒, 𝟖, … 𝑖𝑠 𝒏𝒐𝒕.
* A convergent sequence has a limit.
(ii) Convergent Series:-
* A series in which the sum of all the terms after the 𝒏𝒕𝒉 term becomes smaller as
𝒏 increases is called a convergent series.
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
∗ 𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒, 𝟏 + + + + ⋯ … … . + 𝒏 + ⋯ . . 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑠
𝟐 𝟒 𝟖 𝟐
* For every convergent series there is a sum to infinity, which is the limit of the sum
Page 17 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
of 𝒏 terms as 𝒏 tends to infinity.

𝟏𝟗. DIVERGENT SEQUENCE
(i) Definition:-
* A sequence in which the difference between the 𝒏𝒕𝒉 term and the (𝒏 + 𝟏)𝒕𝒉
term either remains constant or increases as 𝒏 increases is called a divergent
sequence.
* For example, 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟒, 𝟖, … is a divergent sequence.
* A divergent sequence has no limit.
(ii) Divergent Series:-
* A series in which the sum of all the terms after the 𝒏𝒕𝒉 term does not decrease
as 𝒏 increases is called a divergent series.
* A divergent series has no sum to infinity.
𝟐𝟎. MONOTONIC SEQUENCE
(i) Definition:-
* A sequence {𝒂𝑛 } which is an increasing sequence or a decreasing sequence is
called a monotonic sequence.
(ii) Monotonic Increasing Sequence:-
* A sequence {𝒂𝑛 } is called a monotonic increasing sequence if 𝒂𝒏 < 𝒂𝒏+𝟏 ∀ 𝒏 𝜖 𝑵.
* Examples:-
(a) 𝒂𝒏 = {𝟐, 𝟒, 𝟔, 𝟖, 𝟏𝟎, … . . }.
(b) 𝒂𝒏 = {𝟓, 𝟏𝟎, 𝟏𝟓, 𝟐𝟎, … . }.
(c) 𝒂𝒏 = {𝟏, 𝟑, 𝟓, 𝟕, 𝟗, … . . }.
(iii) Monotonic Decreasing Sequence:-
* A sequence {𝒂𝑛 } is called a monotonic decreasing sequence if
𝒂𝒏 < 𝒂𝒏+𝟏 ∀ 𝒏 𝜖 𝑵.
* Examples:-
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
(𝒂) 𝒂𝒏 = {𝟏, , , , … . . }.
𝟐 𝟑 𝟒
𝟓 𝟓 𝟓 𝟓
(𝒃) 𝒂𝒏 = { , , , , … . }.
𝟑 𝟔 𝟗 𝟏𝟎
(iv) Properties of Monotonic Sequence:-
* A monotonic increasing sequence which is bounded above is convergent to its
least upper bound.
* A monotonic decreasing sequence which is bounded below is convergent to its
greatest lower bound.
𝟐𝟏. INFINITE SERIES
Definition:-
* The series which consists of infinite number of terms is known as infinite series,
∞
∑ 𝒂𝒏 = 𝒂𝟏 + 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒂𝟒 + ⋯ … … + ∞
𝒏=𝟏
∞
∗ 𝐴𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑠 ∑ 𝒂𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑑 𝑡𝑜 𝑏𝑒 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝑖𝑓 𝑠𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 {𝑺𝑛 } 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙

𝒏=𝟏
sums 𝑆𝑛 is convergent to 𝑆. We say that 𝑆 is the sum of infinite series.
∞
∗ 𝐴𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑠 ∑ 𝒂𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑑 𝑡𝑜 𝑏𝑒 𝒅𝒊𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝑖𝑓 𝑠𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 {𝑺𝑛 } 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙

𝒏=𝟏
sums 𝑺𝑛 is divergent to 𝑆.
𝟐𝟐. MEANING OF THE PHRASE “𝒙 𝑻𝑬𝑵𝑫𝑺 𝑻𝑶 𝒂"
* Let 𝒙 be a variable and 𝒂 be a constant.
* Let 𝒙 takes in succession the following set of values
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝒂+ , 𝒂 + 𝟐 , 𝒂 + 𝟑 , … . . , 𝒂 + 𝒏 , … ∞ (𝒏 𝝐 𝑵)
𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎
* Now the successive differences between the values of 𝒙 and 𝒂 are
Page 18 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
, 𝟐 , 𝟑 , … . , 𝒏 , . . . 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑔𝑜𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑛 𝑏𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒓 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒓 𝑎𝑠 𝒏
𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎
increases.
* In fact the difference can be made as small as we like by taking 𝒏 sufficiently large.
* Hence a stage is reached after which the difference between the values of 𝒙 and 𝒂 is
less than any given positive number, however small.
* This behaviors of 𝒙 is symbolically expressed as 𝒙 → 𝒂 and reads as “x tends to a”
OR “x approaches a”.
𝟐𝟑. LIMIT OF A FUNCTION
(i) Definition:-
* A function 𝒇(𝒙) is said to tend to a limit 𝒍 when 𝒙 tends to 𝒂 if the difference
between 𝒇(𝒙) and 𝒍 can be made as small as we please by making 𝒙 sufficiently
near 𝒂 and we write 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒍 𝒍𝒕 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝑳
𝒙→𝒂 𝒙→𝒂
(ii) Theorems on Limits:-
* Let 𝒇 and 𝒈 be the two functions. Then, 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝑳 and 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒈(𝒙) = 𝑴.
Theorem # 1
𝒍𝒊𝒎[𝒇(𝒙) ± 𝒈(𝒙)] = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒇(𝒙) ± 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒈(𝒙) = 𝑳 + 𝑴
𝒙→𝒂 𝒙→𝒂 𝒙→𝒂
Theorem # 2
𝒍𝒊𝒎[𝒇(𝒙) × 𝒈(𝒙)] = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒇(𝒙) × 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒈(𝒙) = 𝑳 × 𝑴
𝒙→𝒂 𝒙→𝒂 𝒙→𝒂
Theorem # 3
𝒇(𝒙) 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒇(𝒙) 𝑳
𝒍𝒊𝒎 [ ] = 𝒙→𝒂 = 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝒈(𝒙) ≠ 𝟎 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑴 ≠ 𝟎.
𝒙→𝒂 𝒈(𝒙) 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒈(𝒙) 𝑴
𝒙→𝒂
Theorem # 4
𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝑪𝒇(𝒙) = 𝑪 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝑪𝑳
Theorem # 5
𝒏
𝒍𝒊𝒎[𝒇(𝒙)]𝒏 = [𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝒇(𝒙)] = 𝑳𝒏 𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒆 𝒏 𝒊𝒔 𝒂𝒏 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒆𝒓.
(iii) Limits of Important Functions:-
(𝒂) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 = 0
𝒙→𝟎
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑥
(𝒃) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 1 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝒙→𝟎 𝑥 𝒙→𝟎 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝒄) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 = 1
𝒙→𝟎
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑥
(𝒅) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 1 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝒙→𝟎 𝑥 𝒙→𝟎 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
𝑛 𝑛
𝑥 −𝑎
(𝒆) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑎𝑛𝑛−1
𝒙→𝒂 𝑥 − 𝑎
𝑥 𝑚 − 𝑎𝑚 𝑚 𝑚−𝑛
(𝒇) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑛 = 𝑎
𝒙→𝒂 𝑥 − 𝑎 𝑛 𝑛
1
(𝒈) 𝑙𝑖𝑚(1 + 𝑥)𝑥 = 𝑒
𝒙→𝟎
1 1
(𝒉) 𝑙𝑖𝑚(1 − 𝑥)𝑥 =
𝒙→𝟎 𝑒
1 𝑥 1 𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + ) = 𝑒 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + )
𝒙→+∞ 𝑥 𝒙→−∞ 𝑥
𝑥
1 1 1 𝑥
(𝒋) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 − ) = = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 − )
𝒙→+∞ 𝑥 𝑒 𝒙→−∞ 𝑥
𝑎 𝑥 𝑎
(𝒌) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 + ) = 𝑒
𝒙→+∞ 𝑥
𝑎 𝑥 1
(𝒍) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 (1 − ) = 𝑒 −𝑎 = 𝑎
𝒙→+∞ 𝑥 𝑒
Page 19 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑎𝑥 − 1 𝑎𝑥 − 1
(𝒎) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 𝑙𝑛𝑎 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝒙→𝟎 𝑥 𝒙→±∞ 𝑥
𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑥)
(𝒏) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 =1
𝒙→𝟎 𝑥
𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑒 𝑥 )
(𝒐) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 =1
𝒙→+∞ 𝑥
𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑒 𝑥 )
(𝒑) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 =0
𝒙→−∞ 𝑥
−𝑥 )
𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑒
(𝒒) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 =0
𝒙→+∞ 𝑥
𝑒𝑥 − 1
(𝒓) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 =1
𝒙→𝟎 𝑥
𝑒 −𝑥 − 1
(𝒔) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 =1
𝒙→𝟎 −𝑥
𝟐𝟒. CONTINOUS FUNCTION
Definition:-
* A function 𝒇(𝒙) is said to be continuous at 𝒙 = 𝒂, if:-
(i) 𝒇(𝒙) is defined at 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝑖. 𝑒. 𝒇(𝒂) 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑠.
(ii) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝒇(𝒙) 𝑒𝑥𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑠.
𝒙→𝒂
(iii) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒇(𝒂).
𝒙→𝒂
𝟐𝟓. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 𝟏𝟑. 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜽 =
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
𝟏
2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 𝟏𝟒. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝜽 =
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
𝟏
3. 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂 − 𝒃) 𝟏𝟓. 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝜽 =
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏) 𝒏−𝟐 𝟐
𝟏𝟔. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝒏 = 𝒂𝒏 + 𝒏𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒃 + 𝒂 𝒃
4. 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒃𝟑 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 ) 𝟐!
𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏)(𝒏 − 𝟐) 𝒏−𝟑 𝟑
+ 𝒂 𝒃 + ⋯ ….
𝟑!
𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏) 𝟐
𝟏𝟕. (𝟏 + 𝒙)𝒏 = 𝟏 + 𝒏𝒙 + 𝒙
5. 𝒂𝟑 − 𝒃𝟑 = (𝒂 − 𝒃)(𝒂𝟐 + 𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 ) 𝟐!
𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏)(𝒏 − 𝟐) 𝟑
+ 𝒙 + ⋯ ….
𝟑!
−𝒃 ± √𝒃𝟐 − 𝟒𝒂𝒄
𝟔. 𝒙 = 18. 𝑻𝒏 = 𝒂 + (𝒏 − 𝟏)𝒅
𝟐𝒂
𝒏 𝒏
7. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽 = 𝟏 𝟏𝟗. 𝑺𝒏 = {𝟐𝒂 + (𝒏 − 𝟏)𝒅} 𝒐𝒓 𝑺𝒏 = (𝒂 + 𝒍)
𝟐 𝟐
𝜽
𝟖. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 20. 𝑻𝒏 = 𝒂𝒓𝒏−𝟏
𝟐
𝟓𝜽 𝒂(𝒓𝒏 − 𝟏) 𝒂(𝟏 − 𝒓𝒏 )
𝟗. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓𝜽 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟐𝟏. 𝑺𝒏 = ; 𝒓 > 𝟏 𝒐𝒓 𝑺𝒏 = ;𝒓 < 𝟏
𝟐 𝒓−𝟏 𝟏−𝒓
𝟕𝜽 𝒂
𝟏𝟎. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟕𝜽 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟐𝟐. 𝑺𝒏 = ; |𝒓| < 𝟏
𝟐 𝟏−𝒓
𝜽 𝜽
𝟏𝟏. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝑪𝒐𝒔 23. 𝒇(−𝒙) = 𝒇(𝒙) (Even Function)
𝟐 𝟐
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
𝟏𝟐. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = 24. 𝒇(−𝒙) = −𝒇(𝒙) (Odd Function)
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
Page 20 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
25. 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ 𝒇(𝒙) = |𝒙| 𝟏 𝒙 𝟏 𝒙

𝒙; 𝒙 ≥ 𝟎 𝟑𝟓. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 (𝟏 − ) = 𝒆 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 (𝟏 − )
𝒇(𝒙) = { (Modulus Function) 𝒙→+∞ 𝒙 𝒙→−∞ 𝒙
−𝒙; 𝒙 < 𝟎
𝒂 𝒙
26. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 = 𝟎 𝟑𝟔. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 (𝟏 + ) = 𝒆𝒂
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙→+∞ 𝒙
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝒙 𝒂 𝒙 𝟏
𝟐𝟕. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 = 𝟏 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝟑𝟕. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 (𝟏 − ) = 𝒆−𝒂 = 𝒂
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙 𝒙→𝟎 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝒙→+∞ 𝒙 𝒆
28. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒂𝒙 − 𝟏 𝒂𝒙 − 𝟏

𝒙→𝟎 𝟑𝟖. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 = 𝒍𝒏𝒂 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙 𝒙→±∞ 𝒙
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝒙 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒙)
𝟐𝟗. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 = 𝟏 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝟑𝟗. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 =𝟏
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙 𝒙→𝟎 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝒙→𝟎 𝒙
𝒙𝒏 − 𝒂𝒏 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒆𝒙 )
𝟑𝟎. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 = 𝒂𝒏𝒏−𝟏 𝟒𝟎. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 =𝟏
𝒙→𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒂 𝒙→+∞ 𝒙
𝒙𝒎 − 𝒂𝒎 𝒎 𝒎−𝒏 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒆𝒙 )
𝟑𝟏. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 = 𝒂 𝟒𝟏. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 =𝟎
𝒙→𝒂 𝒙𝒏 − 𝒂𝒏 𝒏 𝒙→−∞ 𝒙
𝟏 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒆−𝒙 )
32. 𝒍𝒊𝒎(𝟏 + 𝒙)𝒙 = 𝒆 𝟒𝟐. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 =𝟎
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙→+∞ 𝒙
𝟏 𝟏 𝒆𝒙 − 𝟏
𝟑𝟑. 𝒍𝒊𝒎(𝟏 − 𝒙)𝒙 = 𝟒𝟑. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 =𝟏
𝒙→𝟎 𝒆 𝒙→𝟎 𝒙
𝟏 𝒙 𝟏 𝒙 𝒆−𝒙 − 𝟏
𝟑𝟒. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 (𝟏 + ) = 𝒆 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 (𝟏 + ) 𝟒𝟒. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 =𝟏
𝒙→+∞ 𝒙 𝒙→−∞ 𝒙 𝒙→𝟎 −𝒙
𝑻𝑶 𝑭𝑰𝑵𝑫 𝑳𝑰𝑴𝑰𝑻𝑺 𝑶𝑵 𝑳𝑰𝑵𝑬 𝑼𝑺𝑬 𝑻𝑯𝑰𝑺 𝑾𝑬𝑩𝑺𝑰𝑻𝑬

𝑾𝑾𝑾. 𝑺𝒀𝑴𝑩𝑶𝑳𝑨𝑩. 𝑪𝑶𝑴/𝑺𝑶𝑳𝑽𝑬𝑹/𝑳𝑰𝑴𝑰𝑻 − 𝑪𝑨𝑳𝑪𝑼𝑳𝑨𝑻𝑶𝑹
Page 21 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Page 22 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
QUESTIONS ARIFR19@GMAIL.COM
ARIF RAZA
EXERCISE # 1.1
1. Q.1 (a) (i) 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ is given by:-
0 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 𝜖 ℚ
𝑓(𝑥) = { ℚ being the set of rationals.
1 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 𝜖 ℝ − ℚ,
Find:-
(i) 𝑓(𝜋);
(ii) Find the Range of 𝑓;
(iii) Give reasons why "𝑓" is not "𝑂𝑁𝑇𝑂";
(iv) Give reasons why "𝑓" is not "𝑂𝑁𝐸 𝑇𝑂 𝑂𝑁𝐸". (𝟒)
[𝒇(𝝅) = 𝟏, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.1 (a) (i) A function 𝑓 from ℝ to ℝ is given by:-
|𝑥|
𝑓(𝑥) = { 𝑥 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 0 ≠ 𝑥 𝜖 ℝ
0 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 0.
Find the graph of 𝑓 and draw its sketch in ℝ2 . (𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝑒 𝑥 −1
3. Q.1 (a) (i) Define even and odd functions and show that 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑥 +1 is an odd function of 𝑥.
(𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
4. Q.1 (a) (i) Find 𝑝 ∘ 𝑞, 𝑞 ∘ 𝑝 and 𝑝𝑞 where 𝑝 is defined by 𝑝(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 1 ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 𝑹 and 𝑞 is
cosine function. (𝟒)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
[𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒙, 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝟏 + 𝒙 ), 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
1 − 𝑥 ∀𝒙𝝐 (−∞, 1)
5. Q.1 (a) A function 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ is defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = { 1 + 𝑥 ∀𝒙𝝐 [1,2]
1 ∀𝒙𝝐 (2, +∞)
Find:-
(i) The image of zero;
(ii) The value of 𝑓 at 3;
(iii) 𝑓(√3);
(iv) 𝑓(1) and
(v) The image of 5. (𝟔)
[𝒇(𝟎) = 𝟏, 𝒇(𝟑) = 𝟏, 𝒇(√𝟑) = 𝟏 + √𝟑, 𝒇(𝟏) = 𝟐, 𝒇(𝟓) = 𝟏] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝑒 𝑥 −1
6. Q.1 (a) (i) Define even and odd functions and find whether 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑥 +1 is an even or odd
function of 𝑥. (𝟒)
(𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
Find:-
(i) 𝑓(√5);
(iii) Give reasons why "𝑓" is not "𝑂𝑁𝑇𝑂";
(iv) Give reasons why "𝑓" is not "𝑂𝑁𝐸 𝑇𝑂 𝑂𝑁𝐸". (𝟒)
[𝒇(√𝟓) = 𝟏, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
8. Q.1 (a) (i) Define composite function. (𝟏)
(ii) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 (𝑥 + 2) and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 1, ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 ℝ. Find composite functions
𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 and 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓. (𝟑)
𝟐 𝟐
[𝑻𝒂𝒏(𝒙 + 𝟑), 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏 (𝒙 + 𝟐)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
9. Q.1 (a) If 𝒇: [−𝟏, 𝟓] → ℝ is given by 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 for all 𝒙 𝝐 [−𝟏, 𝟓], find:-
(i) 𝑓(2);
1
(ii) 𝑓(− 2);
(iii) Image of zero and image of 5;
(iv) Can you find the value of −2? ;
Page 23 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(v) Does there exist a real number 𝑥 such that 𝑓(𝑥) = −1? (𝟒)
𝟏 𝟏
[𝒇(𝟐) = 𝟒, 𝒇 (− ) = , 𝒇(𝟎) = 𝟎, 𝒇(𝟓) = 𝟐𝟓, 𝒇(−𝟐) = 𝑵𝒐𝒕 𝒅𝒆𝒇𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒅]
𝟐 𝟒
[𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒙 = ±𝒊 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒇(𝒙) = −𝟏 𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒇𝒐𝒓𝒆 𝒙 𝒊𝒔 𝒏𝒐𝒕 𝒅𝒆𝒇𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒅 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒏𝒚 𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒍 𝒏𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓]
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝑒 𝑥 −1
10. Q.1 (a) (i) Define even and odd functions and find whether 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑥 +1 is an even or odd
(𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝑭𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
Find:-
(i) 𝑓(√5);
(iii) Why is "𝑓" not "𝑂𝑁𝑇𝑂";
(iv) Why is "𝑓" not "𝑂𝑁𝐸 𝑇𝑂 𝑂𝑁𝐸". (𝟒)
[𝒇(√𝟓) = 𝟏, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
12. Q.1 (a) (i) Define composite function.
If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 (𝑥 + 2) and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 1, ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 ℝ, find the composite functions
𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 and 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓.
[𝑻𝒂𝒏(𝒙 + 𝟑), 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 (𝒙 + 𝟐)]
𝟐
OR
𝑒 𝑥 −1
Define Even and Odd functions. Find whether 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑥 +1 is an even or odd
(𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝑭𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
13. Q.1 (a) A function 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ is given by:-
𝑓(𝑥) = { (ℚ being the set of rationals).
Find:-
(i) 𝑓(𝜋);
22
(ii) 𝑓( 7 )
(iii) Range of the function;
(iv) Why is "𝑓" not "𝑂𝑁𝑇𝑂". (𝟒)
𝟐𝟐
[𝒇(𝝅) = 𝟏, 𝒇 ( ) = 𝟎, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟕
14. Q.1 (a) If a function 𝒇: ℕ → ℕ is defined by:-
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 1 (ℕ being the set of all natural numbers), then
Find:-
(i) 𝑓(7) and 𝑓(11);
(ii) State whether 𝑓(−3) can be found or not. If not, why not?
(iii) State whether 𝑓 is 1 − 1 or not?;
(iv) Why is "𝑓" not "𝑂𝑁𝑇𝑂". (𝟒)
[𝒇(𝟕) = 𝟖, 𝒇(𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟐, 𝒇(−𝟑) = 𝑼𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒇𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒅 𝒂𝒔 − 𝟑 ∉ 𝑵, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
15. Q.1 (a) A function 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ is given by:-
Find:-
22
(i) 𝑓( 7 );
(ii) 𝑓(𝜋);
(iii) 𝑓(√2);
(iv) Range of the function. (𝟒)
𝟐𝟐
[𝒇 ( ) = 𝟎, 𝒇(𝝅) = 𝟏, 𝒇(√𝟐) = 𝟏, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟕
16. Q.1 (a) If 𝒇(𝒙): ℝ → ℝ is defined by:-
Page 24 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Find:-
(i) 𝑓(√5);
(ii) The range of 𝑓(𝑥);
1
(iii) 𝑓(5);
(iv) 𝑓(2). (𝟒)
𝟏
[𝒇(√𝟓) = 𝟏, 𝒇 ( ) = 𝟎, 𝒇(𝟐) = 𝟎, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟓
17. Q.1 (a) (i) Define even and odd functions. Find whether the following function is even, odd
or neither𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥. (𝟒)
(𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
2
18. Q.3 (v) Two polynomial functions 𝑓 and 𝑔 are defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 − 3𝑥 + 4 and
𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 1, ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 ℝ. Find 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔, 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓 and show that 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 ≠ 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
[𝒙 − 𝒙 + 𝟓, 𝒙 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
2
19. Q.4 (v) Two polynomial functions 𝑓 and 𝑔 are defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 − 3𝑥 + 4 and
𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 1, ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 ℝ. Show that 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 ≠ 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓. (𝟓)
[𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙 + 𝟓, 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
20. Q.4 (v) Let 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ be defined by:-
Find:-
(i) 𝑓(√3);
(ii) 𝑓(𝜋);
1
(iii) 𝑓(5);
(iv) 𝑓(2);
(v) 𝑓(1.5). (𝟓)
𝟏
[𝒇(√𝟑) = 𝟏, 𝒇(𝝅) = 𝟏, 𝒇 ( ) = 𝟎, 𝒇(𝟐) = 𝟎, 𝒇(𝟏. 𝟓) = 𝟎] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟓
Q.4 (iv) Two polynomial functions 𝑓 and 𝑔 are defined by 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 + 4 and
𝑔(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 1, ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 ℝ. Find 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔, 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓 and show that 𝑓 ∘ 𝑔 ≠ 𝑔 ∘ 𝑓. (𝟓)
[𝒙 − 𝒙 + 𝟓, 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓]
𝟐
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 1.2
1. Q.1 (a) (i) A function 𝑓 from ℝ to ℝ is given by:-
|𝑥|
𝑓(𝑥) = { 𝑥 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 0 ≠ 𝑥 𝜖 ℝ
0 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 0
Find the graph of 𝑓 and draw its sketch in ℝ2 . (𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
2. Q.1 (a) (i) A function ℎ(𝑥) from 𝑹 𝒕𝒐 𝑹 is given by:-
|𝑥|
ℎ(𝑥) = { 𝑥 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 0 ≠ 𝑥 𝜖 ℝ
0 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 0
Find the graph of ℎ(𝑥) and draw its sketch. (𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
EXERCISE # 1.3
1.3 3.5 5.7
1. Q.1 (a) (ii) Find the limit of the sequence 2.4 , 4.6 , 6.8 , … … … .. where " ∙ " represents
multiplication. (𝟒)
(𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
1.2 3.4 5.6
2. Q.1 (a) (ii) A sequence is given by 3.4 , 5.6 , 7.8 , … … … .. where " ∙ " represents multiplication.
Write down the general term of the sequence and find its limit. (𝟒)
𝟐𝒏𝟐 − 𝒏
( 𝟐 , 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟐𝒏 + 𝟑𝒏 + 𝟏
1.3 3.5 5.7
3. Q.1 (a) (ii) A sequence is given by 2.4 , 4.6 , 6.8 , … … … .. where " ∙ " represents ordinary
Page 25 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
multiplication. Write down the general term of the sequence and find its limit.
(𝟒)
(𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)
( , 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟐𝒏(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟐)
1.3 5.7 9.11
4. Q.1 (a) (ii) In sequence 5.7 , 9.11 , 13.15 , … … … .. where " ∙ " represents ordinary
multiplication. Write down the general term of the sequence and find its limit.
(𝟒)
(𝟒𝒏 − 𝟑)(𝟒𝒏 − 𝟏)
( , 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
(𝟒𝒏 + 𝟏)(𝟒𝒏 + 𝟑)
1.2 3.4 5.6 7.8
5. Q.1 (a) (ii) A sequence is given by 3.4 , 5.6 , 7.8 , 9.10 … … … .. where " ∙ " represents
multiplication. Write down the general term of the sequence, also find the limit.
(𝟒)
𝟐𝒏𝟐 − 𝒏
( 𝟐 , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟐𝒏 + 𝟑𝒏 + 𝟏
1.3 3.5 5.7
6. Q.1 (a) (ii) A sequence is given by 2.4 , 4.6 , 6.8 , … … … .. where " ∙ " represents the ordinary
multiplication. Write down the general terms of the sequence and find its limit.
(𝟒)
(𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)
( , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟐𝒏(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟐)
3 2 5 4
7. Q.1 (a) (ii) A sequence is given by 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 … … … . ., write down the general term of the
sequence. Also find its limit. (𝟒)
(−𝟏) 𝒏+𝟏
(𝟏 + , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝒏+𝟏
1.3 3.5 5.7
8. Q.1 (b) Find the limit of the sequence 2.4 , 4.6 , 6.8 , … … … .. (𝟒)
(𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)
( , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟐𝒏(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟐)
3 2 5 4
9. Q.1 (a) (ii) A sequence is given by 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 … … … . ., write down the general term of the
sequence. Also find its limit. (𝟒)
(−𝟏)𝒏+𝟏
(𝟏 + , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝒏+𝟏
1.2 3.4 5.6
10. Q.1 (b) Find the 𝑛𝑡ℎ term and the limit of the sequence 3.4 , 5.6 , 7.8 , … … … .. where " ∙ " represents
multiplication. (𝟒)
𝟐𝒏𝟐 − 𝒏
( 𝟐 , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟐𝒏 + 𝟑𝒏 + 𝟏
1 1 1
11. Q.1 (a) (ii) Write the 𝑛𝑡ℎ term of the sequence , , , … … … .. and calculate its limit.
1.2 2.3 3.4
(𝟒)
𝟏
( , 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟏)
1.3 3.5 5.7
12. Q.3 (v) Find the 𝑛𝑡ℎ term and the limit of the sequence 2.4 , 4.6 , 6.8 , … … … .. where " ∙ " represents
multiplication. (𝟓)
(𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)
( , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟐𝒏(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟐)
1.2 3.4 5.6
13. Q.3 (ii) Find the limit of the sequence 3.4 + 5.6 + 7.8 + … … … .. (𝟓)
(𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
1 1 1
14. Q.3 (ii) Determine the limit of the sequence , , + … … … ... (𝟓)
1.2 2.3 3.4
(𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
1.2 3.4 5.6
15. Q.3 (i) Find the limit of the sequence 3.4 , 5.6 , 7.8 … … … .. (𝟓)
(𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
3 2 5 4
16. Q.4 (iv) Find the limit of the sequence 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 … … … . ., (𝟓)
Page 26 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 1.4
1 𝑛
1. Q.1 (a) (ii) Prove that lim (1 + 𝑛) = 𝑒 (𝟒)
𝑛→∞
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
1 𝑚𝑛
2. Q.1 (b) Show that if 𝑚 is an integer, lim (1 + 𝑛) = 𝑒 𝑚𝑛 (𝟒)
𝑛→∞
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
3. Q.1 (b) A sequence {𝑎𝑛 } is defined by 𝑎1 = 1, 𝑎𝑛+1 = √1 + 𝑎𝑛 ∀ 𝒏 𝝐 ℕ. Show that the sequence
is monotonic increasing and bounded, and furthermore,
if 𝑙𝑖 𝑚 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑙, then 𝑙 2 − 𝑙 − 1 = 0 (𝟒)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
EXERCISE # 1.5
2 4 8
1. Q.1 (a) (ii) Discuss the Convergence OR Divergence of the following series 1 − 3 + 9 − 27 +. ..
(𝟒)
𝟑
[ , 𝒔𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒆𝒔 𝒊𝒔 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟓
1 1 1
2. Q.1 (a) (ii) Discuss Convergence OR Divergence of the series 10 + 102 + 103 + ⋯ … … . ..
(𝟒)
𝟏
[ , 𝒔𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒆𝒔 𝒊𝒔 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟗
1 1 1
3. Q.1 (a) (ii) Discuss whether the series 5 + 52 + 53 + ⋯ … … . .. is Convergent OR Divergent?
(𝟒)
𝟏
[ , 𝒔𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒆𝒔 𝒊𝒔 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟒
2 4 8
4. Q.1 (b) Discuss whether the series 1 − 3 + 9 − 27 +. .. is convergent or divergent? (𝟒)
𝟑
[ , 𝒔𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒆𝒔 𝒊𝒔 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟓
EXERCISE # 1.6
1. Q.1 (b) Determine any two of the following:-
𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝜃 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝜃
(𝒊) lim𝜋 ( ) (𝟖)
𝜃→ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 𝜃
2
𝟏
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟐
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 5𝑥
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7𝑥
𝟓
( )𝟐 (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟕
𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim𝜋 ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 𝑥
2
𝟏
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟐
𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 6 𝑆𝑖𝑛 (𝑥 + ∆𝑥) − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝒊) lim ( 2 ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→3 𝑥 − 8𝑥 + 15 ∆𝑥→0 ∆𝑥
𝟏
(− , 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟐
𝑥 𝑚 − 𝑎𝑚
(𝒊) lim ( 𝑛 ) (𝟖)
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑎 𝑛
𝒎
( 𝒂𝒎−𝒏 ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝒏
Page 27 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA

𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑦 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑦
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑦→0 𝑦
𝟏
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟐
𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝛼 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝛼
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝛼
𝟏
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟐
𝐶𝑜𝑠 (𝑥 + ∆𝑥) − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
∆𝑥→0 ∆𝑥
(𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
9. Q.1 (c) Evaluate any two of the following:-
𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝜓 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝜓
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝜓→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝜓
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟐
(𝒊) lim𝜋 ( ) (𝟖)
2
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟐
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑝𝑥
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑞𝑥
𝒒
( )𝟐 (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝒑
12. Q.1 (b) Evaluate any two of the following:-
𝑆𝑖𝑛 4𝑥 𝑥 𝑚 − 2𝑚
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim (𝟖)
𝑥→0 4 𝑥→2 𝑥 𝑛 − 2𝑛
𝒎 𝒎−𝒏
(𝟒, 𝟐 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝒏
𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟐
14. Q.1 (c) Determine any two of the following:-
𝑥 𝑛 − 𝑎𝑛
(𝒊) lim ( 𝑚 ) (𝟖)
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑎 𝑚
𝒎
( 𝒂𝒏−𝒎 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝒏
𝑆𝑖𝑛5𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 𝑥
(𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟐
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 𝑥2
Page 28 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟐
18. Q.3 (ii) Evaluate:-
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟏𝟎)
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟐
19. Q.3 (ii) Evaluate any two of the following:-
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟏𝟎)
𝑥→0 𝑥2
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟐
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝜃 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝜃
(𝒄) lim ( ) (𝟏𝟎)
𝜃→0 𝜃
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟐
(𝒂) lim𝜋 ( ) (𝟏𝟎)
2
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟐
𝑥 𝑚 − 𝑎𝑚
(𝒂) lim ( 𝑛 ) (𝟏𝟎)
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑎 𝑛
𝒎 𝒎−𝒏
( 𝒂 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝒏
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
(𝒂) lim ( ) (𝟏𝟎)
𝑥→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝟎 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
(𝒂) lim ( ) (𝟏𝟎)
𝑥→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝟎 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝑥
𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝒂) lim 2
(𝒃) lim ( ) (𝟏𝟎)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥
𝟏 𝟏
( , ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟗 𝟐
(𝒂) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→0 𝑥2
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟐
(𝒂) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→0 𝑥2
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟐
EXERCISE # 1.7
4e𝑥 − 2e−𝑥 − 2 𝑥 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→∞ 1 + 𝑥
𝟏
(𝟔, ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝒆
Page 29 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
1
𝑒𝑥 − 1 2𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( 1 ) , 𝑥 ≠ 0 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→∞ 𝑥→∞ 𝑥2 + 4
𝑒𝑥 + 1
(𝟎, 𝟐) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝑥 𝑥 2 1
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊) lim ( 2 − ) (𝟖)
𝑥→∞ 1 + 𝑥 𝑥→1 𝑥 − 1 𝑥−1
𝟏 𝟏
( ,− ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝒆 𝟐
𝑥 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→∞ 1 + 𝑥
𝟏
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝒆
𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 ln(1 + 2𝑥)
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→∞ 𝑥
(𝟎, 𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝑥 2 − 3𝑥 + 2 ln(1 + 𝑒 𝑧 )
(𝒊𝒊) lim √ 2 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→2 𝑥 + 6𝑥 − 16 𝑧→∞ 𝑧
𝟏
( , 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
√𝟏𝟎
ln(1 − 𝑒 −𝑥 ) 4e𝑥 − 2e−𝑥 − 2
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊) lim ( )
𝑥→∞ 𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑥
√𝑥 − 1
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim (𝟖)
𝑥→1 3√𝑥 − 1
(𝟎, 𝟔, 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
ln(1 + 𝑒 −𝑧 ) 2 1
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊) lim ( 2 − ) (𝟖)
𝑧→∞ 𝑧 𝑥→1 𝑥 − 1 𝑥−1
𝟏
(𝟎, − ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟐
1 3 ln(1 + 𝑒 −𝑥 )
(𝒊𝒊) lim [ − ] (𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→1 1 − 𝑥 1 − 𝑥3 𝑥→∞ 𝑥
(−𝟏, 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
√𝑥 + 3 − 2 √𝑥 2 + 1
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→1 𝑥−1 𝑥→−∞ 𝑥+1
𝟏
( , 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟒
9e𝑥 − e−𝑥 − 8 ln(1 − 𝑒 −𝑥 )
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→∞ 𝑥
(𝟏𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
√2𝑡 2 + 𝑡 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝜙 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝜙
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→∞ 3𝑡 + 5 𝜙→0 𝜙3
√𝟐 𝟏
( , ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟑 𝟐
Page 30 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
1 3 e𝑚𝑥 − 𝑒 𝑛𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) lim [ − ] (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) 𝒎, 𝒏 𝝐 ℝ (𝟖)
𝑥→1 1 − 𝑥 1 − 𝑥3 𝑥→0 𝑥
(−𝟏, 𝒎 − 𝒏 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒎 > 𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 − 𝒎 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒏 > 𝒎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
√𝑥 + ∆𝑥 − √𝑥 2 1
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊) lim ( 2 − ) (𝟖)
∆𝑥→0 ∆𝑥 𝑥→1 𝑥 − 1 𝑥−1
𝟏 𝟏
( ,− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟐√ 𝒙 𝟐
1 3 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) lim [ − ] (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→1 1 − 𝑥 1 − 𝑥3 𝑥→0 𝑥
(−𝟏, 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
ln(1 − 𝑒 −𝑥 ) √1 + 𝑥 − √1 − 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→∞ 𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑥
(𝟎, 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
9 − 𝑥2 e𝑚𝑥 − 𝑒 𝑛𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) lim ( ) 𝒎, 𝒏 𝝐 ℝ (𝟖)
𝑥→3 4 − √𝑥 2 + 7 𝑥→0 𝑥
(𝟖, 𝒎 − 𝒏 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒎 > 𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 − 𝒎 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒏 > 𝒎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
√𝑥 + 𝑎 − √𝑎 9e𝜃 − e−𝜃 − 8
(𝒊) lim ( ) (𝒊𝒊) lim ( )
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝜃→0 𝜃
2𝑥 − 1
(𝒊𝒗) lim ( ) (𝟖)
𝑥→−∞ 𝑥
𝟏
( , 𝟏𝟎, 𝒍𝒏𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟐√ 𝒂
1 3 e𝜆𝑥 − 𝑒 𝜇𝑥
(𝒃) lim [ − ] (𝒄) lim ( ) 𝒎, 𝒏 𝝐 ℝ (𝟓)
𝑥→1 1 − 𝑥 1 − 𝑥3 𝑥→0 𝑥
(−𝟏, 𝝀 − 𝝁 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒎 > 𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 − 𝒎 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒏 > 𝒎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 2 3e𝑥 − e−𝑥 − 2
(𝒂) lim ( ) (𝒃) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→∞ 5𝑥 2 + 6𝑥 − 4 𝑥→0 𝑥
𝟏
( , 𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟓
e𝑚𝑥 − 𝑒 𝑛𝑥 𝑥
(𝒃) lim ( ) 𝒎, 𝒏 𝝐 ℝ (𝒄) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 √1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
OR
1 3
lim [ − ]
𝑥→1 1 − 𝑥 1 − 𝑥3
𝟐
( 𝒎 − 𝒏 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒎 > 𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 − 𝒎 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒏 > 𝒎, , −𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
√𝟐
√𝑥 2 + 16 − 4 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(𝒃) lim ( ) (𝒄) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→0 4 𝑥→0 𝑥
(𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
√𝑥 2 + 16 − 4 2𝑡 2 − 2𝑡 + 1
(𝒃) lim ( ) (𝒄) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→0 4 𝑡→∞ 𝑡2 + 4
(𝟎, 𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
Page 31 of 226
LIMITS
CHAPTER # 1 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
3e𝑥 − e−𝑥 − 2 1 3
(𝒃) lim ( ) (𝒄) lim [ − ] (𝟓)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→1 1 − 𝑥 1 − 𝑥3
(𝟒, −𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
3e𝑥 − e−𝑥 − 2 3 𝑡
(𝒄) lim ( ) 𝑶𝑹 lim (1 + ) (𝟓)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑡→∞ 𝑡
(𝟒, 𝒆𝟑 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
e𝑚𝑥 − 𝑒 𝑛𝑥 √1 + 𝑥 − 1
(𝒃) lim ( ) 𝒎, 𝒏 𝝐 ℝ (𝒄) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→0 𝑥 𝑥→0 𝑥
𝟏
( 𝒎 − 𝒏 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒎 > 𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 − 𝒎 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒏 > 𝒎, ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟐
𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 2 3e𝑥 − e−𝑥 − 2
(𝒃) lim ( 2 ) (𝒄) lim ( ) (𝟓)
𝑥→∞ 5𝑥 + 6𝑥 − 4 𝑥→0 𝑥
𝟏
( , 𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟓
Page 32 of 226
THE STRAIGHT LINE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 2
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA ARIFR19@GMAIL.COM
(i) A line is parallel to 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 if its slope is ___.
* 1 * 0 * −1 * 2
(ii) The line 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 6 = 0 is perpendicular to the line ___.
* 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 8 = 0 * 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 7 = 0
* 𝑥−𝑦+6=0 * 3𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 9 = 0
(iii) If a straight line is parallel to 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 then its slope is ___.
* 1 * 0 * −1 * ∞
(iv) If a line is parallel to 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 then its equation is ___.
* 𝑥=0 * 𝑦=0 * 𝑥 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 * 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡
(v) The line 4𝑥 + 5𝑦 + 2 = 0 is perpendicular to the line ___.
* 5𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 2 = 0 * 5𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 3 = 0
* 4𝑥 + 5𝑦 − 2 = 0 * −5𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 2 = 0
(vi) The point of intersection of internal bisectors of the angles of triangle is called ___.
* In center * Centroid * Orthocenter * Circumcenter
(vii) If a line is perpendicular to 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 then its equation is ___.
* 𝑥=0 * 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 * 𝑥 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 * 𝑦=0
(viii) 3𝑥 − 5𝑦 − 15 = 0 is parallel to the line ___.
* 5𝑥 − 3𝑦 − 15 = 0 * 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 15 = 0
* 3𝑥 + 𝑦 − 15 = 0 * 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 15 = 0
(ix) Slope of 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is ___.
* 0 * 1 * −1 * ∞
(x) The slope of the line 3𝑥 − 5𝑦 − 15 = 0 is ___.
5 5 3 3
* * −3 * −5 *
3 5
(xi) The distance between points (𝜇𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃, 𝜇𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃) and (0,0) is ___.
* 1 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 * 𝜇 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 𝜇 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * −1 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
(xii) The slope of vertical line is ___.
* 0 * 1 * ∞ * −1
(xiii) If slope of a line is −2 and 𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 is 3, the equation of line is ___.
* 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 3 = 0 * 𝑥 + 2𝑦 − 3 = 0
* 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 0 * 𝑥+𝑦+2=0
(xiv) The slope of the line which bisects the first and third quadrants is ___.
* 1 * 0 * −1 * ∞
(xv) The point of concurrency of the medians of a triangle is called ___.
(xvi) The measure of angle from a line with slope 3 to the line with slope 5 is ___.
1 2 1 3
* 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (5) * 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (9) * 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (8) * 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (5)
(xvii) The point of concurrency of the medians of a triangle is called ___.
2
(xviii) The 𝑥 −intercepts of 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 𝑥 − 6 are___.
* −3,2 * 3,2 * −3, −2 * 3, −2
(xix) The coordinates of the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are (2,8), (8,2) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (9,9)
are___.
19 19 1 1
∗ (3,4) ∗ (19,19) ∗ ( , ) ∗ ( , )
3 3 3 3
(xx) The inclination of 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is ___.
* 90° * 0° * 45° * 270°
(xxi) If 𝐴 is 𝑡𝑤𝑜 − 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑 the way from 𝑃 to 𝑄, then 𝐴 divides 𝑃𝑄 in the ratio ___.
* 2; 1 * 1: 2 * 2: 3 * 3: 2
𝑠𝑡 𝑟𝑑
(xxii) The slope of the bisector of the 1 and 3 quadrant is ___.
* 0 * −1 * 1 * ∞
Page 33 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
ANSWER KEY
(i) 0
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − A line ∥ to 𝑥 −axis has zero degree inclination from +𝑣𝑒 𝑥 −axis, i.e. 𝜃 = 0°.
𝑆𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒 = 𝑚 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛0°.
𝑚=0
(ii) 3𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 9 = 0
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Two lines are perpendicular to each other if their 𝑥 and 𝑦 co−efficients are
interchanged with the sign of 𝑦 −coefficient changed.
(iii) ∞
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − A line ∥ to 𝑦 −axis has 90° inclination from +𝑣𝑒 𝑥 −axis, i.e. 𝜃 = 90°.
𝑆𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒 = 𝑚 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛90°.
𝑚=∞
(iv) 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 ∥ 𝑡𝑜 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 ℎ𝑎𝑠 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒 𝑦 − 𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑎𝑡 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡.
(v) 5𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 3 = 0
(vi) In center
(vii) 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 ⊥ 𝑡𝑜 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑠 ∥ 𝑡𝑜 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 ℎ𝑎𝑠 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒 𝑦 − 𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑎𝑡
𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡.
(viii) 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 15 = 0
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Two lines are parallel to each other if their 𝑥 and 𝑦 co−efficients are
equal or multiple of some number.
(ix) ∞
3
(𝒙)
5
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 3𝑥 − 5𝑦 − 15 = 0; 𝑎 = 3, 𝑏 = −5
𝑎
𝑚=−
𝑏
3 3
𝑚=− =
(−5) 5
(xi) 𝜇 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑑 = √(𝜇 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 − 0)2 + (𝜇 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 − 0)2
𝑑 = √𝜇 2 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝜇 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃
𝑑 = √𝜇 2 (𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃)
𝑑 = √𝜇 2 (1) ∵ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 1
𝑑 = 𝜇 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
(xii) ∞
(xiii) 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 3 = 0 = 0
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑏
𝑦 = (−2)𝑥 + (3)
𝑦 = −2𝑥 + 3
2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 3 = 0
(xiv) 1
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑚 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃
𝑚 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 45° ∵ 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑏𝑖𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑜𝑓 1𝑠𝑡 & 3𝑟𝑑 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑚𝑎𝑘𝑒𝑠 𝑎𝑛
𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 45° 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ + 𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑖 − 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑘 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛.
𝑚=1
(xv) Centroid
1
(𝒙𝒗𝒊) 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
8
Page 34 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
𝑚1 − 𝑚2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = ; 𝑚1 = 3, 𝑚2 = 5
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
5−3
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1+3×5
2
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
16
1
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
8
1
𝜃 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
8
(xvii) Centroid
(xviii) −3,2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 6 = 𝑦; 𝑝𝑢𝑡 𝑦 = 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡
𝑥2 + 𝑥 − 6 = 0
𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 − 2𝑥 − 6 = 0
𝑥(𝑥 + 3) − 2(𝑥 + 3) = 0
(𝑥 + 3)(𝑥 − 2) = 0
𝑥 = −3 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 2
19 19
(𝒙𝒊𝒙) ( , )
3 3
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 + 𝑥3 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐶𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑖𝑑, 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
3 3
2+8+9 8+2+9
𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
3 3
19 19
𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
3 3
(xx) 0°
Explanation:- The inclination of a line is always measured from +𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. Since 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is
parallel to itself therefore has zero inclination. 𝒎𝟐 = 𝟏
(xxi) 2: 1 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑨(𝒙, 𝒚) 𝑸(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
Explanation:-
(xxii) ∞ 𝒎𝟏 = 𝟐
Explanation:- Same as (xiv).
Page 35 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
GENERAL
𝑨. FACTORIZATION
1. (𝑎 ± 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 ± 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2
2. 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏)
3. (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 + 2𝑎𝑏 + 2𝑏𝑐 + 2𝑎𝑐
𝑩. TRIGONOMETRY
1. 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 1
2. 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 − 𝛽) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽
3. 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 − 𝛽) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛽
𝟒. 𝑇𝑎𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) =
1 − 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛽
𝜃
𝟓. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2
6. 𝑇𝑎𝑛(90° + 𝛼) = −𝐶𝑜𝑡𝛼
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃
𝟕. 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝜃 =
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
8. Pythagoras Theorem
(𝐻𝑦𝑝𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑢𝑠𝑒)2 = (𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟)2 + (𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒)2
9. Values of 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 at different angles
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
𝟎° 𝟏𝟓° 𝟑𝟎° 𝟒𝟓° 𝟔𝟎° 𝟕𝟓° 𝟗𝟎° 𝟏𝟎𝟓° 𝟏𝟐𝟎° 𝟏𝟑𝟓° 𝟏𝟓𝟎° 𝟏𝟔𝟓° 𝟏𝟖𝟎°
𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟏𝟏𝝅
𝟎 𝝅
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
1 1
0 𝟐 − √𝟑 1 √3 𝟐 + √𝟑 ∞ −𝟐 − √𝟑 −√3 −1 − −𝟐 + √𝟑 0
√3 √3
𝑪. QUADRATIC FORMULA
−𝑏 ± √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝟏. 𝑥 =
2𝑎
RELATED
𝟏. ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY
* The branch of mathematics in which geometric figures are studied by means of
algebraic equations is called analytical geometry.
* It is also called Co−ordinate geometry or Cartesian geometry.
* Analytic geometry was independently invented by René Descartes and Pierre de
Fermat, although Descartes is sometimes given sole credit.
* Cartesian geometry, the alternative term used for analytic geometry, is named after
Descartes. 𝑰𝑰 − 𝑸𝒖𝒂𝒅𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝑰 − 𝑸𝒖𝒂𝒅𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒕
𝟐. CARTESIAN CO−ORDINATE SYSTEM (𝒙, 𝒚) = (−, +) (𝒙, 𝒚) = (+, +)
* Two straight perpendicular lines
which are used to define the position of
a point from a fixed point in the direction
of these two perpendicular lines is
called Cartesian co−ordinate system.
* It is also called rectangular co−ordinate
system because these two lines are
perpendicular to each other.
* The two lines together are called
rectangular axes.
* The point where the two lines meet is
called the origin.
* The horizontal line is called 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔. 𝑰𝑰𝑰 − 𝑸𝒖𝒂𝒅𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝑰𝑽 − 𝑸𝒖𝒂𝒅𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒕
(𝒙, 𝒚) = (−, −) (𝒙, 𝒚) = (+, −)
Page 36 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
* The vertical line is called 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔.

𝟑. CO−ORDINATES
* The position of a point in a plane
is indicated by two numbers
called co−ordinates.
* Also called rectangular
𝒙 − 𝒄𝒐𝒐𝒓𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒕𝒆
𝒚 − 𝒄𝒐𝒐𝒓𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒕𝒆
co−ordinates. 𝑨𝑩𝑺𝑪𝑰𝑺𝑺𝑨
* It is basically the distance of the 𝑷
𝑶𝑹𝑫𝑰𝑵𝑨𝑻𝑬
point from the axes. 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚) =
* The distance of the point from
the 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 is called Abscissa.
* The distance of the point from
the 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 is called Ordinate.
* It is written as 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚) .
𝟒. QUADRANTS
* The rectangular axes divides the plane in to four regions which are called quadrants.
* There are four quadrants which are numbered 𝑰, 𝑰𝑰, 𝑰𝑰𝑰 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑰𝑽 in the anti−clock wise
direction.
𝟓. DISTANCE FORMULA
[𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) & 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 )]
𝑑 = |𝐴𝐵| = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝒅 = |𝑨𝑩| 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
𝟔. DIVISION OF A GIVEN LINE IN A GIVEN RATIO
(i) Internal Division
[𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )
& 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜 𝑚1 : 𝑚2 ]
𝑚1 𝑥2 + 𝑚2 𝑥1 𝑚1 𝑦2 + 𝑚2 𝑦1 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
𝑚1 + 𝑚2 𝑚1 + 𝑚2 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐
(ii) External Division
[𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )
& 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑒𝑥𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜 𝑚1 : 𝑚2 ] 𝒎𝟐
𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝒎𝟏
𝑚1 𝑥2 − 𝑚2 𝑥1 𝑚1 𝑦2 − 𝑚2 𝑦1
𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
𝑚1 − 𝑚2 𝑚1 − 𝑚2
𝟕. MID−POINT OF A LINE SEGMENT
[𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) & 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 )
𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜 𝒎𝟏 : 𝒎𝟐 = 𝟏: 𝟏]
𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , ) 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐
2 2
Remember:- Mid−points of a regular quadrilateral DIAGONALS always meet at the SAME
POINT.
𝟖. CHOICE OF AXES
Rule−I In problems involving two given perpendicular lines, take these lines as the axes.
For example, in a right−angled triangle, square and in a rectangle we may take
the two perpendicular sides as the axes.
𝑪(−𝒂, 𝒃) 𝑩(𝒂, 𝒃)
𝑩(𝟎, 𝒃)
𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑪(𝟎, 𝒃) 𝑩(𝒂, 𝒃)
𝒂
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒃 𝒃 𝒃
𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑫(−𝒂, −𝒃) 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎) Page 37 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
Although sometimes in a rectangle or a square the lines through the center and
parallel to the sides may be taken as the axes to simplify the calculation.
Rule−II In problems involving line segments or triangles, we may take the mid−point of
line segment or the base of the triangle as the origin and the line segment itself
or the base as 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔, so that the line through the mid−point of the line
segment or the base is perpendicular 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔.
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑩(−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑩(−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎)
𝟗. CENTROID OF A TRIANGLE
[𝐺(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝒎𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒂𝒏𝒔 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡]
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 + 𝑥3 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3
𝐺(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
3 3
𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑴𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒂𝒏 𝟏
𝑮(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙𝟑 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒚𝟑 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑬( , )
𝟐 𝟐
𝟏𝟎. IN−CENTER OF A TRIANGLE
[𝐼(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒏𝒂𝒍 𝒃𝒊𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒔
𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡]
𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑥2 + 𝑐𝑥3 𝑎𝑦1 + 𝑏𝑦2 + 𝑐𝑦3
𝐼(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 𝑎+𝑏+𝑐
𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝒃
𝒄
𝑰(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝒂 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) Page 38 of 226

CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟏𝟏. INTERCEPTS
(i) 𝒙 −Intercept
𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑥 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 𝑝𝑢𝑡 𝑦 = 0 𝒃
(ii) 𝒚 −Intercept
𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 𝑝𝑢𝑡 𝑥 = 0 𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝟏𝟐. INCLINATION OF A LINE 𝒂
The smallest angle between a line and +𝒗𝒆 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 gives the inclination of a line, generally
represented by 𝜽. Thus inclination is an angle with measure between 𝟎° and 𝟏𝟖𝟎°.
Remember:-
(i) If angles are measured in anti−clock wise direction then angles are positive.
(ii) If angles are measured in clock wise direction then angles are negative.
𝑵𝒐𝒓𝒕𝒉 𝑵𝒐𝒓𝒕𝒉
𝒍
𝒍 ⊥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝜽 = 𝟗𝟎°
𝜽 = 𝟎° 𝒍 𝒍 𝒍
𝒍 ∥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑬𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝜽 𝑬𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝜽
𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝟏𝟑. SLOPE (or GRADIENT) OF A LINE

[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑗𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) & 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 "𝒎" 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦2 − 𝑦1
𝑚=
𝑥2 − 𝑥1
OR
𝑚 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 ("𝜽" 𝑖𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 + 𝒗𝒆 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 𝑗𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) &
𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑖𝑛 𝒂𝒏𝒕𝒊 𝒄𝒍𝒐𝒄𝒌 𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛)
Remember:-
(i) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆:- Slope of 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is always equals to zero, i.e., 𝑚 = 0 .
1
(ii) 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆:- Slope of 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is always equals to infinity, i.e., 𝑚 = ∞ = 0 .
(iii) Positive Slope:- A line pointing in the north−west direction and making an acute
angle with the +𝒗𝒆 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 in anti−clock wise direction have
positive slope.
(iv) Negative Slope:- A line pointing in the north−east direction and making an obtuse
angle with the +𝒗𝒆 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 in anti−clock wise direction have
negative slope. 𝒍
𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
𝜽
𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝜽 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝟏𝟒. COLLINEAR POINTS

𝒐
[𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) & 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) 𝑡𝑜 𝑏𝑒 𝒄𝒐𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒂𝒓, 𝑠𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐴𝐵 & 𝐴𝐶 𝑚𝑢𝑠𝑡
𝑏𝑒 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒] 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝒍 𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝒍𝟏
𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑦3 − 𝑦1 𝒍𝟐
=
𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑥3 − 𝑥1
𝟏𝟓. PARALLEL LINES
[𝑚1 & 𝑚2 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑠𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠 𝑙1 & 𝑙2 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑦] 𝒎𝟏
𝐼𝑓 𝑙1 ∥ 𝑙2 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛
𝑚1 = 𝑚2 𝒎𝟐
Page 39 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝒍𝟏
𝟏𝟔. PERPENDICULAR LINES
[𝑚1 & 𝑚2 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑠𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠 𝑙1 & 𝑙2 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑦]
𝐼𝑓 𝑙1 ⊥ 𝑙2 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛
𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1 𝒎𝟏
𝟏𝟕. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO LINES IN SLOPE FORM

𝒍𝟏
(i) 𝑨𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒍𝟐 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟏
𝑚1 − 𝑚2
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2 𝒎𝟏 𝜽
𝒍𝟏
(ii) 𝑨𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒍𝟏 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟐

𝑚2 − 𝑚1 𝒎𝟏 𝜽
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
𝟏𝟖. LINES PARALLEL TO THE AXES OF COORDINATES

(i) Line Parallel to 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑦=𝑏
Remember:- (a) If the line is above the axis of 𝑥, then 𝒃 is +𝒗𝒆.
(b) If the line is below the axis of 𝑥, then 𝒃 is −𝒗𝒆.
(ii) Equation of 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑦=0
𝒚=𝒃
𝒍 𝒍 ∥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒃 𝒚=𝟎
𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
−𝒃
𝒚 = −𝒃
𝒍 𝒍 ∥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
(iii) Line Parallel to 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑥=𝑎
Remember:- (a) If the line is to the right of the axis of 𝑦, then 𝒂 is +𝒗𝒆.
(b) If the line is to the left of the axis of 𝑦, then 𝒂 is −𝒗𝒆.
(iv) Equation of 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑥=0 𝒍 𝒍
𝒍 ∥ 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒍 ∥ 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒙=𝟎
𝒙 = −𝒂
𝒙=𝒂
𝒂 −𝒂
𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒐 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 40 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟏𝟗. POINT−SLOPE FORM

[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 "𝒎" 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
Remember:- If the line passes through the origin then equation of the line becomes 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 .
𝒍
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒐
𝟐𝟎. TWO−POINT FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) & 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦 − 𝑦1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1
=
𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑥2 − 𝑥1
Remember:- Above equation can also be written in determinant form as
𝑥1 − 𝑥 𝑦1 − 𝑦
|𝑥 − 𝑥 𝑦 − 𝑦| = 0
𝒍
2 2
𝒐
𝟐𝟏. SLOPE−INTERCEPT FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 "𝒎" & 𝒚 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 "𝒃" 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦] 𝒍
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑏
Remember:-
(i) If the line cuts 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 above the origin then 𝒃 is +𝒗𝒆.
(ii) If the line cuts 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 below the origin then 𝒃 is – 𝒗𝒆.
(iii) If 𝒃 = 𝟎 then line passes through the origin.
𝒎 𝒃
(iv) If 𝒎 = 𝟎 then line is parallel to 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔. 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
(v) If 𝒎 = 𝟎 and 𝒃 = 𝟎 then it will represent 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔. 𝒐
𝟐𝟐. TWO−INTERCEPT FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒙 & 𝒚 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 "𝒂" & "𝒃" 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑥 𝑦 𝒍
+ =1
𝑎 𝑏
Remember:- Above line cuts axes at the points (𝑎, 0) and (0, 𝑏).
𝒃
𝒐
𝟐𝟑. PERPENDICULAR or NORMAL FORM 𝒂
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 "𝑃" 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑡ℎ𝑒
𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑔𝑖𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑘𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 "𝜃" 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ + 𝑣𝑒 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑖 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑘 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛]
𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 + 𝑦𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑃
Remember:- 𝑷 is always kept +𝒗𝒆 and 𝜽 is always measured in anti−clock wise direction.
Page 41 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑵
𝒑
𝜽 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑶
𝟐𝟒. GEOMETRICAL FIGURES
𝑨. TRIANGLE
(i) Definition:-
* A closed plane figure having three sides and
three angles.
(ii) Types:-
(a) Equilateral Triangle:- 𝑬𝒒𝒖𝒊𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒍
A triangle having all the three sides and 𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆
all the three angles are congruent
is called an equilateral triangle.
𝑰𝒔𝒐𝒔𝒄𝒆𝒍𝒆𝒔
𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆 (b) Isosceles Triangle:-
A triangle having two sides and two angles opposite to the equal sides are
congruent is called an isosceles triangle.
(c) Right−Angled Triangle:-
A triangle having one angle of 𝟗𝟎° and satisfy the Pythagorean theorem is
called right−angled triangle.
(𝑯𝒚𝒑)𝟐 = (𝑷𝒆𝒓𝒑)𝟐 + (𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆)𝟐
𝑷𝒆𝒓𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓
𝑩. QUADRILATERAL
(i) Definition:-
* A closed plane figure having four sides and
four angles.
(ii) Types:-
(a) Parallelogram (∥ 𝒈𝒎):- 𝟗𝟎° 𝜽
A quadrilateral is called a ∥ 𝒈𝒎 if:- 𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆
 Its opposite sides are parallel and equal.
 Its diagonals are equal and bisect each other.
 Its opposite angles are equal.
𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆
𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒎
(b) Rectangle:-
A quadrilateral is called a rectangle if:-
 Its opposite sides are parallel and equal.
 Its diagonals are equal and bisect each other.
 All angles are right angles.
Page 42 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
(c) Square:-
A quadrilateral is called a square if:-
 Its opposite sides are parallel and all sides are equal.
 Its diagonals are equal and bisect each other at right angles.
 Its diagonals bisects opposite angles.
 All angles are right angles. 𝟒𝟓°
(d) Rhombus:- 𝑺𝒒𝒖𝒂𝒓𝒆
𝑹𝒉𝒐𝒎𝒃𝒖𝒔
𝟒𝟓°
A quadrilateral is called a rhombus if:-
 Its opposite sides are parallel
and all sides are equal.
 Angles are not at right angles.
 Its diagonals bisect each other
at right angles.
 Its diagonals bisects opposite
angles.
(e) Trapezoid or Trapezium:-
𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒑𝒆𝒛𝒊𝒖𝒎 A quadrilateral is called a trapezoid if:-
 Its only one pair of opposite sides are parallel.
 If non−parallel sides are equal then it is called isosceles trapezoid.
𝑪. CIRCLES ASSOCIATED WITH TRIANGLES

(i) Definition:-
* The circles drawn within, opposite to one side and touching the three
vertices of a triangle are called associated circles with triangles.
(ii) Types:-
(a) Circumscribed Circle:-
A circle which passes through all the three vertices of a triangle is called
circumscribed circle. 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑹(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝑰(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝑪𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒖𝒎𝒓𝒂𝒅𝒊𝒖𝒔
𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 )
𝑰𝒏𝒔𝒄𝒓𝒊𝒃𝒆𝒅 𝑪𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒍𝒆
𝑪𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒖𝒎𝒔𝒄𝒓𝒊𝒃𝒆𝒅 𝑪𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒍𝒆
(b) Inscribed Circle:-
A circle which touches all the three sides of a triangle is called
inscribed circle.
𝟐𝟓. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE
𝒂𝒙𝟏 + 𝒃𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙𝟑 𝒂𝒚𝟏 + 𝒃𝒚𝟐 + 𝒄𝒚𝟑

1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 𝟏𝟗. 𝑰(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , )
𝒂+𝒃+𝒄 𝒂+𝒃+𝒄
𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏
2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 𝟐𝟎. 𝒎 = 𝒐𝒓 𝒎 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏
Page 43 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
3. 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂 − 𝒃) 𝟐𝟏. 𝒎 = 𝟎 (x−axis slope)
𝟏
4. (𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 + 𝒄𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝟐𝒃𝒄 + 𝟐𝒂𝒄 𝟐𝟐. 𝒎 = ∞ = (𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆)
𝟎
𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒚𝟑 − 𝒚 𝟏
5. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝟏 𝟐𝟑. = (𝑪𝒐𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒂𝒓 𝒑𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒔)
𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝒙𝟑 − 𝒙 𝟏
6. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 𝟐𝟒. 𝒎𝟏 = 𝒎𝟐 (Parallel Lines)
7. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 𝟐𝟓. 𝒎𝟏 × 𝒎𝟐 = −𝟏 (Perpendicular Lines)

𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜷 𝒎𝟏 − 𝒎 𝟐
𝟖. 𝑻𝒂𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝟐𝟔. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟐 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟏 )
𝟏 − 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜷 𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎 𝟐
𝜽 𝒎𝟐 − 𝒎 𝟏
𝟗. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟐𝟕. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟏 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟐 )
𝟐 𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎 𝟐
10. 𝑻𝒂𝒏(𝟗𝟎° + 𝜶) = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜶 𝟐𝟖. 𝒚 = 𝒃 (∥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
𝟏𝟏. 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜽 = 𝟐𝟗. 𝒚 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
𝟏𝟐. (𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒐𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒖𝒔𝒆)𝟐 = (𝑷𝒆𝒓𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓)𝟐 + (𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆)𝟐 𝟑𝟎. 𝒙 = 𝒂 (∥ 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)
−𝒃 ± √𝒃𝟐 − 𝟒𝒂𝒄
𝟏𝟑. 𝒙 = 𝟑𝟏. 𝒙 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)
𝟐𝒂
𝟏𝟒. 𝒅 = |𝑨𝑩| = √(𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 )𝟐 + (𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 )𝟐 𝟑𝟐. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = 𝒎(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )
𝒎 𝟏 𝒙 𝟐 + 𝒎 𝟐 𝒙 𝟏 𝒎 𝟏 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒎 𝟐 𝒚𝟏 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒙𝟏 − 𝒙 𝒚𝟏 − 𝒚
𝟏𝟓. 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟑𝟑. = 𝒐𝒓 |𝒙 − 𝒙 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚| = 𝟎
𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝟐
𝒎 𝟏 𝒙 𝟐 − 𝒎 𝟐 𝒙 𝟏 𝒎 𝟏 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒎 𝟐 𝒚𝟏
𝟏𝟔. 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟑𝟒. 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒃
𝒎𝟏 − 𝒎𝟐 𝒎𝟏 − 𝒎𝟐
𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝒚
𝟏𝟕. 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟑𝟓. + =𝟏
𝟐 𝟐 𝒂 𝒃
𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟐 + 𝒙 𝟑 𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒚𝟑
𝟏𝟖. 𝑮(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟑𝟔. 𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 + 𝒚𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 = 𝑷
𝟑 𝟑
Page 44 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
Page 45 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
QUESTIONS 0334-3653937
EXERCISE # 2.1
1. Q.2 (a)
The vertices 𝐴, 𝐵 & 𝐶 of a triangle are 𝐴(2,1), 𝐵(5,2) & 𝐶(3,4) respectively. Find the
coordinates of the circum−center and also the radius of the circum−circle of the
triangle. (𝟖)
𝟏𝟑 𝟗 𝟓√𝟐
[( , ) & 𝒓 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟒 𝟒 𝟒
2. Q.2 (a) The vertices 𝐴, 𝐵 & 𝐶 of a triangle are 𝐴(2,1), 𝐵(5,2) & 𝐶(3,4) respectively. Find the
triangle. (𝟖)
𝟏𝟑 𝟗 𝟓√𝟐
[( , ) & 𝒓 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟒 𝟒 𝟒
3. Q.2 (b) If 𝐴(2,1), 𝐵(5,2) & 𝐶(3,4) are the vertices of a triangle. Find the coordinates of the
circum−center and also the radius of the circum−circle of the triangle. (𝟖)
𝟏𝟑 𝟗 𝟓√𝟐
[( , ) & 𝒓 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝟒 𝟒 𝟒
triangle. (𝟖)
𝟏𝟑 𝟗 𝟓√𝟐
[( , ) & 𝒓 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟒 𝟒 𝟒
coordinates of the circum−center and also the radius of the circum−circle of the triangle
𝐴𝐵𝐶. (𝟖)
𝟏𝟑 𝟗 𝟓√𝟐
[( , ) & 𝒓 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟒 𝟒 𝟒
6. Q.7 (a) Three vertices 𝐴, 𝐵 & 𝐶 of a triangle are (2,1), (5,2) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶(3,4) respectively. Find the
coordinates of the circum−center and the radius of the circum−circle of triangle 𝐴𝐵𝐶.
(𝟕)
𝟏𝟑 𝟗 𝟓√𝟐
[( , )& 𝒓 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟒 𝟒 𝟒
EXERCISE # 2.2
1. Q.2 (a) The points 𝐿(3, −3), 𝑀(4,5) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑁(2,4) are the mid−points of the sides of a triangle.
Find its vertices. (𝟖)
[𝑨(𝟏, −𝟒), 𝑩(𝟓, −𝟐) & 𝑪(𝟑, 𝟏𝟐)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.2 (b) The line segment joining 𝑃(−8,10) and 𝑄(6, −4) is cut by 𝑥 and 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 at 𝐴 and 𝐵
respectively; find the ratio in which 𝐴 and 𝐵 divide 𝑃𝑄. (𝟖)
(𝟓: 𝟐, 𝟒: 𝟑) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
3. Q.2 (a) Find the coordinates of the in−center of the triangle whose angular points are
respectively (−36,7), (20,7) and (0, −8). (𝟖)
(−𝟏, 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
4. Q.2 (a) The centroid of a triangle whose vertices are (2,4) and (3, −4) is found to be (3,1); find
the third vertex. (𝟖)
(𝟒, 𝟑) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
5. Q.2 (b) The straight line joining the points (1, −2), (−3,4) is trisected. Find the coordinates of
the points of trisection. (𝟖)
𝟏 𝟓
𝑪 (− , 𝟎) & 𝑫 (− , 𝟐) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟑 𝟑
6. Q.2 (a) In what ratio does the point 𝑀(2,4) divide the join of 𝐿(7,9) and 𝑁(−1,1)? (𝟖)
(𝟓: 𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
7. Q.2 (i) 𝐴 is 𝑡𝑤𝑜 − 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑𝑠 the way from (1,10) to (−8,4) and 𝐵 is the mid−point of
(0, −7), (6, −11). Find the distance |𝐴𝐵|. (𝟓)
(𝟏𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
8. Q.2 (i) A straight line passes through the points (−12, −13) and (−2, −5). Find the point on the
Page 46 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
line whose ordinate is −1. (𝟓)

(𝟑, −𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
9. Q.2 (i) Find the ratio in which 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 divides the join of (−5,3) and (8,6). Also find the
coordinates of the point of division. (𝟓)
𝟓𝟒
[(𝟎, ) ; 𝟓: 𝟖] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟏𝟑
10. Q.7 (a) 𝐴 is 𝑡𝑤𝑜 − 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑟𝑑𝑠 the way from (1,10) to (−8,4) and 𝐵 is the mid−point of
(0, −7), (6, −11). Find the distance |𝐴𝐵|. (𝟕)
(𝟏𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
11. Q.2 (i) Find the ratio in which 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 divides the join of (−5,3) and (8,6). Also find the
coordinates of the point of division. (𝟓)
𝟓𝟒
[(𝟎, ) ; 𝟓: 𝟖] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟏𝟑
12. Q.2 (i) The centroid of triangle, whose vertices are (2,4) and (3, −4) is found to be (3,1). Find
its third vertex. (𝟓)
(𝟒, 𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 2.3
1. Q.2 (b) Prove that the diagonals of an isosceles trapezoid are equal. (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
2. Q.2 (a) Prove that the diagonals of an isosceles trapezoid are equal. (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
EXERCISE # 2.4
1. Q.2 (b) The line through (6, −4) and (−3,2) is perpendicular to the line through (2,1) and
(0, 𝑦). Find 𝑦. (𝟖)
(−𝟐) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
2. Q.2 (a) Prove that if the diagonals of a parallelogram are perpendicular the figure is rhombus.
(𝟖)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
3. Q.2 (a) The points (3,3), (5, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑛𝑑(−4, −6) are the three consecutive vertices of a rectangle.
Find 𝑦 and its fourth vertex. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
[𝒚 = 𝟎. −𝟑 & 𝒇𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒕𝒉 𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒙 (– 𝟔, −𝟑 )𝒐𝒓(−𝟔, 𝟎)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
4. Q.3 (a) Find the angles of the triangle whose vertices are 𝐴(−2,1), 𝐵(4, −3) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶(6,4).
(𝟖)
(𝜶 = 𝟓𝟒. 𝟐°, 𝜷 = 𝟕𝟐. 𝟐°, 𝜸 = 𝟓𝟑. 𝟓°) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
5. Q.2 (b) Find the angles of the triangle whose vertices are 𝐴(−2,1), 𝐵(4, −3) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶(6,4).
(𝟖)
(𝜶 = 𝟓𝟒. 𝟐°, 𝜷 = 𝟕𝟐. 𝟐°, 𝜸 = 𝟓𝟑. 𝟓° (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
6. Q.3 (a) Show that the line segment joining the mid−points of any two sides of a triangle is
parallel to third the side and equal to one−half of its length. (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
7. Q.2 (i) If the line through (2,5) &(−3, −2) is perpendicular to the line through
(4, −1) & (𝑥, 3). Find 𝑥. (𝟓)
𝟖
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟓
8. Q.4 (a) (ii) Find the equation of the locus of a moving point such that the slope of the line
joining the point to 𝐴(1,3) is three times that of the slope of the line joining the
point to 𝐵(3,1). (𝟒)
(𝒙𝒚 = 𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
(4, −1) & (𝑥, 3). Find 𝑥. (𝟓)
𝟖
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟓
(4, −1) & (𝑥, 3). Find 𝑥. (𝟓)
Page 47 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
𝟖
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟓
11. Q.2 (ii) Using slopes, prove that (12,8), (−2,6) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (6,0) are the vertices of a right triangle.
(𝟓)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
12. Q.4 (a) Find the equation of the locus of a moving point such that the slope of the line joining
the point to 𝐴(1,3) is three times that of the slope of the line joining the point to 𝐵(3,1).
(𝟖)
(𝒙𝒚 = 𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
2
13. Q.2 (i) Find the measure of the angle from a line with slope − 3 to:-
(a) 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠; (b) 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟓)
𝟐
[𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (−𝟏. 𝟓), 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( )] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟑
EXERCISE # 2.5
1. Q.2 (b) Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (1, −5) and has the sum of
its intercepts equal to 5. (𝟖)
(𝑷𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.3 (a) Find the equation of the straight line which passes through the point (3, −4) and is such
that the portion of it between the axes is divided by the point in the ratio 2: 3.
(𝟖)
(𝟖𝒙 − 𝟗𝒚 = 𝟔𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
/ / / /
3. Q.2 (b) If the points (𝑎, 𝑏), (𝑎 , 𝑏 ) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (𝑎 − 𝑎 , 𝑏 − 𝑏 ) are collinear, show that their join
passes through the origin and that 𝑎𝑏 / = 𝑎/ 𝑏. (𝟖)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
4. Q.3 (a) Determine the equation of the line which passes through the point (−2, −4) and has the
sum of its intercepts equal to 3. (𝟖)
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔 = 𝟎 & 𝟒𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
5. Q.2 (a) For the triangle with vertices𝐴(5,1), 𝐵(3, −5) & 𝐶(−3,7). Find the equation of altitude
from 𝐵. (𝟖)
(𝟒𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 − 𝟐𝟕 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
6. Q.2 (a) Prove that the points whose coordinates are respectively (5,1), (1, −1) & (11,4) lie on a
straight line. Find the intercepts made by this line on the axes. (𝟖)
𝟑
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟑 = 𝟎 ; 𝒙 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 = 𝟑 & 𝒚 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 = − ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟐
7. Q.2 (a) Determine the equation of the line which passes through the point (−4, −5) and has the
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔 = 𝟎 & 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 + 𝟏𝟎 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
8. Q.2 (a) Find the equation of the line passing through the point (𝑎, 𝑏) such that the portion of the
straight line between the axes is bisected at the point. (𝟖)
(𝒃𝒙 + 𝒂𝒚 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
9. Q.2 (a) The line through (6, −4) and (−3,2) is perpendicular to the line through (2,1) and
(0, 𝑦). Find 𝑦. Also find the equations of both the lines. (𝟖)
(−𝟐, 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟎, 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
10. Q.2 (b) The 𝑋 −intercept of a line is 𝑘 and 𝑌 −intercept is the reciprocal of 𝑋 −intercept and
passes through the point (2, −1). Find the equation of the lines. (𝟖)
(𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟏, 𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 + 𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
/ / / /
11. Q.3 (a) If the points (𝑎, 𝑏), (𝑎 , 𝑏 ) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (𝑎 − 𝑎 , 𝑏 − 𝑏 ) are collinear, show that their join
passes through the origin and that 𝑎𝑏 / = 𝑎/ 𝑏. (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
12. Q.3 (b) Determine the equation of the line which passes through the point (−2, −4) and has the
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔 = 𝟎 & 𝟒𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
13. Q.2 (b) Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the points
𝐴(15,14) & 𝐵(−3, −4). (𝟖)
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
Page 48 of 226
CHAPTER # 2
14. Q.3 (a) Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (−2, −4) and has the
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔 = 𝟎 & 𝟒𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
15. Q.2 (i) Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (−3, −4) and has the
sum of its intercepts equal to 1. (𝟓)
(𝟐𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟐 = 𝟎 & 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 − 𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
16. Q.2 (ii) Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (3,4) and makes intercepts
on the axes such that the 𝑦 −intercept is twice its 𝑥 −intercept. (𝟓)
(𝟐𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟎 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
17. Q.2 (ii) Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (−1,2) and has the
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏 = 𝟎 & 𝟐𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
18. Q.2 (ii) Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (−3, −4) and has the
(𝟐𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟐 = 𝟎 & 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 − 𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
19. Q.2 (iii) Show that the points (5,1), (1, −1) & (11,4) lie on a straight line. Find its equation.
(𝟓)
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟑 = 𝟎 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
20. Q.2 (ii) Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (−2, −4) and has the
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔 = 𝟎 & 𝟒𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
21. Q.2 (i) Prove that the points whose coordinates are respectively (5,1), (1, −1) & (11,4) lie on a
straight line. Find the intercepts made by this line on the axes. (𝟓)
𝟑
(𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟑 = 𝟎 ; 𝒙 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 = 𝟑 & 𝒚 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 = − ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟐
22. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the straight line which passes through the point (−3,2) and is such
that the portion of it between the axes is divided by the point in the ratio 1: 2.
(𝟕)
(𝟒𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
Page 49 of 226
THE GENERAL EQUATIONS ARIF RAZA
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(i) The angle between the pair of lines 3𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑦 − 3𝑦 2 = 0 is ___.
* 90° * 45° * 0° * 180°
(ii) Distance of point (4,5) from 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is ___.
* 5 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 9 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 1 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
(iii) The lines represented by 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 are perpendicular to each other, if ___.
* 𝑎+𝑏 =0 * 𝑎−𝑏 =0 * 𝑎=0 * 𝑏=0
(iv) Area of a triangle 𝐴𝐵𝐶, when 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐶 are collinear, is ___.
* ∞ * 𝑍𝑒𝑟𝑜 * 𝑃𝑜𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 * 𝑁𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒
(v) Two lines represented by 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 will be perpendicular if ___.
* 𝑎+𝑏 =0 * 𝑎−𝑏 =0 * ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0 * 𝑎=𝑏
(vi) Three points 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐶 are collinear if ___.
* ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 1 * ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 0 * ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = ∞ * ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = −1
(vii) If two lines are perpendicular, then ___.
* 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 = 1 * 𝑎1 𝑏2 + 𝑎2 𝑏1 = 0
* 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 = 0 * 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 = −1
(viii) The area of a triangle whose vertices are (0,0), (2,0) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (0,4) is ___.
* 8 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 4 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 2 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 1 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
(ix) If the equation of the straight line is 3𝑥 − 𝑦 + 5 = 0, then the point (1,2) lies ___.
* Above the line * Below the line
* On the line * On both sides of the line
(x) Two straight lines represented by 𝑎𝑥 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 will be coincident if ___.
2
* 𝑎+𝑏 =0 * 𝑎=𝑏 * ℎ2 + 𝑎𝑏 = 0 * ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0
2 2
(xi) The two straight lines represented by 2𝑥 − 16𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 = 0 are ___.
* Perpendicular to each other * Parallel to each other
* Coincident * Neither perpendicular nor parallel
(xii) Every linear equation represents a ___.
* Straight line * Circle * Curve * Point
(xiii) The distance of the point (3,2) from 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is ___.
* √3 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 5 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 3 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
(xiv) If two or more straight lines meet at one point, then the lines are said to be ___.
* Concurrent * Parallel * Perpendicular * Coincident
2 2
(xv) Sum of the slopes of the pair of lines 𝑎𝑥 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 = 0 is ___.
𝑎 ℎ ℎ 2ℎ
∗ ∗ ∗ − ∗ −
𝑏 𝑏 2𝑎 𝑏
(xvi) The distance of point (2,3) from 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is ___.
* 5 * 2 * 3 * 1
2 2
(xvii) The lines, represented by 𝑎𝑥 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 = 0, where 𝑎, 𝑏, ℎ are not all zero, will be
orthogonal, if ___.
* 𝑎−𝑏 =0 * 𝑎+𝑏 =0 * ℎ=0 * 𝑎=0
Page 50 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Page 51 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
ANSWER KEY
(i) 90°
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 3𝑥 2 + 8𝑥𝑦 − 3𝑦 2 = 0
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0, 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡: −
𝑎 = 3, 2ℎ = 8 ⇒ ℎ = 4, 𝑏 = −3
𝑎 + 𝑏 = 3 + (−3)
𝑎+𝑏 =0
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 0, ∴ 𝜃 = 90°
(ii) 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐸𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑠 𝑥 = 0
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑎 = 1, 𝑏 = 0, 𝑐 = 0
(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) = (4,5)
|𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐|
𝑁𝑜𝑤, 𝑑 =
√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
|1 × 4 + 0 × 5 + 0|
𝑑=
√12 + 02
𝑑 = 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
(iii) 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 0
2√ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝑎+𝑏
2√ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
0
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = ∞
𝜃 = 90°
(iv) 𝑍𝑒𝑟𝑜
Explanation:- For collinear points ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 0
(v) 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 0
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Same as (iii).
(vi) ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 0
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Same as (iv).
(vii) 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 = 0
(viii) 4 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) = (0,0), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) = (2,0) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) = (0,4)
1 0 0 1
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = |2 0 1|
2
0 4 1
1 2 0
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = [0 − 0 + 1 | |]
2 0 4
1
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = [8 − 0]
2
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 4 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
(ix) Above the line
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − (𝑥, 𝑦) = (1,2)
−3𝑥 + 𝑦 − 5 = −3(1) + (2) − 5 = −6 < 0
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑙𝑖𝑒𝑠 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒.
(x) ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐷𝑒𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 𝑖𝑠: −
𝐷 = ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑐𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠, : −
𝐷 = 0, 𝑖. 𝑒. ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 0
(xi) Neither perpendicular nor parallel
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 2𝑥 2 − 16𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 2 = 0
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0, 𝑤𝑒 𝑔𝑒𝑡: −
𝑎 = 2, 2ℎ = −8 ⇒ ℎ = −4, 𝑏 = 2
𝑎+𝑏 = 2+2= 4
𝑎+𝑏 ≠0
Page 52 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
ℎ2 = 𝑎𝑏
(−4)2 = 2 × 2
16 ≠ 4
(xii) Straight line
(xiii) 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐸𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑠 𝑦 = 0
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑎 = 0, 𝑏 = 1, 𝑐 = 0
(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) = (3,2)
|𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐|
𝑁𝑜𝑤, 𝑑 =
√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
|0 × 3 + 1 × 2 + 0|
𝑑=
√02 + 12
𝑑 = 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
(xiv) Concurrent
2ℎ
(𝒙𝒗) −
𝑏
(xvi) 2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Same as (xiii).
(xvii) 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 0
Page 53 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
GENERAL
𝑨. FACTORIZATION
1. (𝑎 ± 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 ± 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2
2. 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏)
3. (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 − (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 = 4𝑎𝑏
4. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 = (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑎𝑐)
𝑩. GEOMETRY
1
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 = ∆= × 𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒 ×⊥ 𝐻𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
2
𝑪. TRIGONOMETRY
1. 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 1
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛽
𝟑. 𝑇𝑎𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) =
1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛽
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
𝟎° 𝟏𝟓° 𝟑𝟎° 𝟒𝟓° 𝟔𝟎° 𝟕𝟓° 𝟗𝟎° 𝟏𝟎𝟓° 𝟏𝟐𝟎° 𝟏𝟑𝟓° 𝟏𝟓𝟎° 𝟏𝟔𝟓° 𝟏𝟖𝟎°
𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟏𝟏𝝅
𝟎 𝝅
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
1 1
0 𝟐 − √𝟑 1 √3 𝟐 + √𝟑 ∞ −𝟐 − √𝟑 −√3 −1 − −𝟐 + √𝟑 0
√3 √3
𝑫. QUADRATIC FORMULA
−𝑏 ± √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝟏. 𝑥 =
2𝑎
𝑬. MATRIX (Property # 4)
The numerical value of the determinant of a matrix 𝑨 is zero if all the elements of a row or a
column are zero.
𝑭. CHAPTER # 2
1. DISTANCE FORMULA
𝑑 = |𝐴𝐵| = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2
2. DIVISION OF A GIVEN LINE IN A GIVEN RATIO
Internal Division
[𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )& 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 )
𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜 𝑚1 : 𝑚2 ]
𝑚1 𝑥2 + 𝑚2 𝑥1 𝑚1 𝑦2 + 𝑚2 𝑦1
𝐶(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
𝑚1 + 𝑚2 𝑚1 + 𝑚2
3. MID−POINT OF A LINE SEGMENT
[𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )& 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 )
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
2 2
4. CENTROID OF A TRIANGLE
[𝐺(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝒎𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒂𝒏𝒔 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡]
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 + 𝑥3 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3
𝐺(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
3 3
Page 54 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
5. IN−CENTER OF A TRIANGLE
[𝐼(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒏𝒂𝒍 𝒃𝒊𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒔
𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡]
𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑥2 + 𝑐𝑥3 𝑎𝑦1 + 𝑏𝑦2 + 𝑐𝑦3
𝐼(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 𝑎+𝑏+𝑐
6. INTERCEPTS
(i) 𝒙 −Intercept
𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑥 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 𝑝𝑢𝑡 𝑦 = 0
(ii) 𝒚 −Intercept
𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 𝑝𝑢𝑡 𝑥 = 0
7. SLOPE (or GRADIENT) OF A LINE
𝑦2 − 𝑦1
𝑚=
𝑥2 − 𝑥1
OR
𝑚 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 ("𝜃" 𝑖𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 + 𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑗𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) &
𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑖𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑖 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑘 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛)
Remember:-
(ii) 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆:- Slope of 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is always equals to infinity, i.e.,
1
𝑚=∞=
0
(iii) Positive Slope:- A line pointing in the north−east direction and making an
Acute angle with the +𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 in anti−clock wise
direction have positive slope.
(iv) Negative Slope:- A line pointing in the north−west direction and making an
obtuse angle with the +𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 in anti−clock wise
direction have negative slope.
8. PARALLEL LINES
𝑚1 = 𝑚2
9. PERPENDICULAR LINES
𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1
10. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO LINES IN SLOPE FORM
𝑚1 − 𝑚2
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
𝑚2 − 𝑚1
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
11. LINES PARALLEL TO THE AXES OF COORDINATES
𝑦=𝑏
𝑦=0
𝑥=𝑎
Page 55 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑥=0
12. POINT−SLOPE FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 "𝒎" 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
Remember:- If the line passes through the origin then equation of the line becomes
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 .
13. TWO−POINT FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑃1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) & 𝑃2 (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦 − 𝑦1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1
=
𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑥2 − 𝑥1
𝑥1 − 𝑥 𝑦1 − 𝑦
|𝑥 − 𝑥 𝑦 − 𝑦| = 0
2 2
14. SLOPE−INTERCEPT FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 "𝒎" & 𝒚 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 "𝒃" 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑏
15. TWO−INTERCEPT FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒙 & 𝒚 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 "𝒂" & "𝒃" 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑦 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑥 𝑦
+ =1
𝑎 𝑏
16. PERPENDICULAR or NORMAL FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 "𝑃" 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑡ℎ𝑒
𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑔𝑖𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑘𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 θ 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ + 𝑣𝑒 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑛
𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑖 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑘 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛]
𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 + 𝑦𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑃
RELATED
𝟏. THE GENERAL LINEAR EQUATION 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 𝒍
𝟐. 𝒚 −INTERCEPT OF LINE 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
𝑐
𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 = −
𝑏
𝟑. SLOPE OF LINE 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0
𝑎
𝑚=−
𝑏
𝟒. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO LINES IN GENERAL FORM
(𝒊) 𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎) 𝑡𝑜 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎)
𝑎1 𝑏2 − 𝑎2 𝑏1
𝒍𝟐
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2
𝜽
(𝒊𝒊) 𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎) 𝑡𝑜 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎)

𝑎2 𝑏1 − 𝑎1 𝑏2 𝒍𝟐
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2
𝜽
𝟓. PARALLEL LINES
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎) ∥ 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎)
Then, 𝑎1 𝑏2 = 𝑎2 𝑏1
Remember:- 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑏1 𝑦 + 𝑐1 = 0 ∥ 𝑎2 𝑥 + 𝑏2 𝑦 + 𝑐2 = 0 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝒂𝟏 = 𝒂𝟐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒃𝟏 = 𝒃𝟐
Page 56 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝒍𝟏
𝟔. PERPENDICULAR LINES 𝒍𝟐
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎) ⊥ 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎)
Then, 𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 = 0
Remember:- 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑏1 𝑦 + 𝑐1 = 0 ⊥ 𝑎2 𝑥 − 𝑏2 𝑦 + 𝑐2 = 0
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝒂𝟐 = 𝒃𝟏 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒃𝟐 = 𝒂𝟏
𝟕. EQUATIONS OF TWO STRAIGHT LINES PASSING THROUGH 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

MAKING AN ANGLE 𝜶 WITH THE LINE 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒃
𝑚 − 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼 𝑚 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = ( ) (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑦 − 𝑦1 = ( ) (𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
1 + 𝑚𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼 1 − 𝑚𝑇𝑎𝑛𝛼
𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝒍𝟐 =? 𝒍𝟏 =?
𝟏𝟖𝟎° − 𝜶
𝜶 𝜶
𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒃
𝟖. MEETING POINT OF TWO LINES
[𝑀𝑒𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎) & 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎)]
𝒍𝟏 : 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑏1 𝑦 + 𝑐1 = 0
⇒ 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 = −𝒄𝟏
𝒍𝟐 : 𝑎2 𝑥 + 𝑏2 𝑦 + 𝑐2 = 0
⇒ 𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 = −𝒄𝟐
−𝑐 𝑏1 𝑎1 −𝑐1 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
| 1 | |𝑎 −𝑐 |
−𝑐2 𝑏2
𝑥= 𝑦= 2 2
𝑎 𝑏1 𝑎 𝑏
| 1 | | 1 1
|
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑎2 𝑏2
𝑏1 𝑐2 − 𝑏2 𝑐1 𝑐1 𝑎2 − 𝑐2 𝑎1
𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
𝑎1 𝑏2 − 𝑎2 𝑏1 𝑎1 𝑏2 − 𝑎2 𝑏1
𝟗. CONCURRENT LINES
𝐿𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎), 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎) & 𝒍𝟑 (𝒂𝟑 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟑 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟑 = 𝟎)
[ ]
𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑪𝑶𝑵𝑪𝑼𝑹𝑹𝑬𝑵𝑻 𝑖𝑓
𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1
|𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2 | = 0
𝑎3 𝑏3 𝑐3
𝒍𝟐 𝒍𝟑 𝒍𝟏
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
Page 57 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟏𝟎. LINE THROUGH THE INTERSECTION OF TWO GIVEN LINES

𝐴 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑜𝑓 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎)
[ ]
& 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎) 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦
𝑙1 + 𝑘𝑙2 = 0
𝒍𝟐 𝒍𝟏
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
(𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 ) + 𝒌(𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 ) = 𝟎
𝟏𝟏. ALTITUDE OF A TRIANGLE

A line drawn from a vertex to the opposite side of a triangle and perpendicular to the side is
called altitude.
𝟏𝟐. ORTHO CENTER

Meeting point of the ALTITUDES of a triangle.
𝑨𝒍𝒕𝒊𝒕𝒖𝒅𝒆 # 𝟐
𝟗𝟎°
𝟏𝟑. POSITION OF A POINT W.R.T. A GIVEN LINE

(i) [𝐼𝑓𝑃 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑨𝑩𝑶𝑽𝑬 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝒍 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0, 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝒃 > 𝟎)]
Then, 𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐 > 0
(ii) [𝐼𝑓𝑃 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑩𝑬𝑳𝑶𝑾 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝒍 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0, 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝒃 > 𝟎)]
Then, 𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐 < 0
(iii) 𝐼𝑓 𝑏 = 0 , then line would be parallel to 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 and then the question of a point being
below and above the line does not arise.
Remember:- The above conditions must only be used when the given equation
is in the form 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒃 > 𝟎
𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑶 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 58 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟏𝟒. PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE OF A POINT FROM A GIVEN LINE

[𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑎 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝒍 (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎)]
|𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐|
|𝑃𝑄| = 𝑑 =
√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 𝒍 𝒅 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
Remember:-
(i) If the point 𝑃1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is above the line, 𝑸
then 𝒅 would be +𝒗𝒆.
(ii) If the point 𝑃1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is below the line,
then 𝒅 would be – 𝒗𝒆
𝑶
𝟏𝟓. PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE OF A LINE FROM ORIGIN
[𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝒍 (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎) 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 (𝟎, 𝟎)]
|𝑐| 𝒍
|𝑂𝑄| = 𝑑 =
2
√𝑎 + 𝑏 2
𝑶(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) = (𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝟏𝟔. PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PARALLEL LINES

𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑙 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎)
[ ]
𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎)
|𝑐1 − 𝑐2 |
𝑑=
√𝑎12 + 𝑏12
Remember:- 𝒍𝟏
Before using this formula this condition must be fulfilled.
𝒂𝟏 = 𝒂𝟐 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒃𝟏 = 𝒃𝟐
𝒍𝟐
𝟏𝟕. AREA OF A TRIANGLE

[𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) & 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 )]
1 𝑥1 𝑦1 1 1 𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = |𝑥2 𝑦2 1| 𝑶𝑹 ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = |𝑥 − 𝑥 𝑦 − 𝑦 |
2 𝑥 𝑦 1 2 3 1 3 1
3 3
Remember:-
(i) If the vertices of a triangle are taken in anti−clock wise direction then area of triangle is
+𝒗𝒆.
(ii) If the vertices of a triangle are taken in clock wise direction then area of triangle is −𝒗𝒆.
(iii) COLLINEAR Points
[𝑇ℎ𝑟𝑒𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) & 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑎𝑟]
If, ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 0
Page 59 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = +𝒗𝒆 ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = −𝒗𝒆
𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

𝟏𝟖. AREA OF A QUADRILATERAL
[𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑙 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ), 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) & 𝐷(𝑥4 , 𝑦4 )]
1 𝑥1 − 𝑥3 𝑦1 − 𝑦3
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑄𝑢𝑎𝑑𝑟𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 = ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 + ∆𝐴𝐶𝐷 = |𝑥 − 𝑥 𝑦 − 𝑦 |
2 2 4 2 4
𝑫(𝒙𝟒 , 𝒚𝟒 ) 𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 )
𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
𝟏𝟗. GENERAL FORM OF THE COMBINED EQUATION OF A PAIR OF STRAIGHT
LINES PASSING THROUGH ORIGIN
𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0
OR
𝑚1 𝑚2 𝑥 2 − (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 0
𝑶
𝟐𝟎. EQUATION OF A PAIR OF STRAIGHT LINES PASSING THROUGH ORIGIN

AND PERPENDICULAR TO
𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒉𝒙𝒚 + 𝒃𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎 OR 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝒙𝟐 − (𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 )𝒙𝒚 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎
𝑏𝑥 2 − 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑎𝑦 2 = 0
OR
𝑥 2 + (𝑚1 + 𝑚2 )𝑥𝑦 + 𝑚1 𝑚2 𝑦 2 = 0
Page 60 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟐𝟏. SLOPE OF 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0

−ℎ ± √ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
𝑚=
𝑏
−ℎ ± √ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
𝟐𝟐. 𝑺𝑼𝑴 & 𝑷𝑹𝑶𝑫𝑼𝑪𝑻 𝑶𝑭 𝑚 =
𝑏
2ℎ
𝑚1 + 𝑚2 = −
𝑏
𝑎
𝑚1 𝑚2 =
𝑏
𝟐𝟑. DISCRIMINANT OF 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0
𝐷 = ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
𝟐𝟒. NATURE OF LINES OF 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0
CASE−I When 𝑫 > 𝟎, Then:-
(i) Lines are real;
(ii) 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two distinct lines.
CASE−II When 𝑫 = 𝟎, Then:-
(i) Lines are real;
(ii) 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two coincident lines.
CASE−III When 𝑫 < 𝟎, Then:-
(i) Lines are imaginary;
(ii) 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two distinct and imaginary lines.
𝟐𝟓. ANGLE BETWEEN LINES OF 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0
2√ℎ2 − 𝑎𝑏
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝑎+𝑏
(i) For ∥ or coincident lines ℎ2 = 𝑎𝑏

(ii) For ⊥ lines 𝑎+𝑏 =0
𝜽
𝑶
𝟐𝟔. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE
1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 31. 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒃

𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒙𝟏 − 𝒙 𝒚𝟏 − 𝒚
2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 𝟑𝟐. = 𝒐𝒓 |𝒙 − 𝒙 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚| = 𝟎
𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
3. 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂 − 𝒃) 𝟑𝟑. + =𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
4. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 − (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒃 34. 𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 + 𝒚𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 = 𝑷
5. 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒃𝟑 + 𝒄𝟑 − 𝟑𝒂𝒃𝒄 = (𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄)(𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 + 𝒄𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃 − 𝒃𝒄 − 𝒂𝒄) 35. 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
𝟏 𝒂
𝟔. 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆 = ∆= × 𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆 ×⊥ 𝑯𝒆𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝟑𝟔. 𝒎 = −
𝟐 𝒃
𝒄
7. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝟏 𝟑𝟕. 𝒚 − 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕 = −
𝒃
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟐 − 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟏
8. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 𝟑𝟖. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟏 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟐 )
𝒂𝟏 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒃𝟐
Page 61 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜷 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟏 − 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟐
𝟗. 𝑻𝒂𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝟑𝟗. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟐 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟏 )
𝟏 − 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜷 𝒂𝟏 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒃𝟐
10. (𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒐𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒖𝒔𝒆)𝟐 = (𝑷𝒆𝒓𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓)𝟐 + (𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆)𝟐 40. 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟏 (∥ 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒔)
−𝒃 ± √𝒃𝟐 − 𝟒𝒂𝒄
𝟏𝟏. 𝒙 = 41. 𝒂𝟏 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒃𝟐 = 𝟎 (⊥ 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒔)
𝟐𝒂
12. The numerical value of the determinant of a 𝒎 − 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶
matrix 𝑨 is zero if all the elements of a row or 𝟒𝟐. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = ( ) (𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )
𝟏 + 𝒎𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶
a column are zero. and
𝒎 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶
13. 𝒅 = |𝑨𝑩| = √(𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 )𝟐 + (𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 )𝟐 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = ( ) (𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )
𝟏 − 𝒎𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜶
𝒎 𝟏 𝒙 𝟐 + 𝒎 𝟐 𝒙 𝟏 𝒎 𝟏 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒎 𝟐 𝒚𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟏 𝒄𝟏 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒄𝟐 𝒂𝟏
𝟏𝟒. 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟒𝟑. 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , )
𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟐 − 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟏 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟐 − 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟏
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏
𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚 𝟐
𝟏𝟓. 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟒𝟒. |𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐 | = 𝟎 (𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒖𝒓𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒔)
𝟐 𝟐 𝒂𝟑 𝒃𝟑 𝒄𝟑
𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟐 + 𝒙 𝟑 𝒚 𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒚𝟑
𝟏𝟔. 𝑮(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 45. 𝒍𝟏 + 𝒌𝒍𝟐 = 𝟎
𝟑 𝟑
𝒂𝒙𝟏 + 𝒃𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙𝟑 𝒂𝒚𝟏 + 𝒃𝒚𝟐 + 𝒄𝒚𝟑 |𝒂𝒙𝟏 + 𝒃𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄|
𝟏𝟕. 𝑰(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟒𝟔. |𝑷𝑸| = 𝒅 =
𝒂+𝒃+𝒄 𝒂+𝒃+𝒄 √𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 |𝒄|
𝟏𝟖. 𝒎 = 𝒐𝒓 𝒎 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 𝟒𝟕. |𝑷𝑸| = 𝒅 =
𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 √𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
|𝒄𝟏 − 𝒄𝟐 |
19. 𝒎 = 𝟎 (x−axis slope) 𝟒𝟖. 𝒅 = (𝒂𝟏 = 𝒂𝟐 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒃𝟏 = 𝒃𝟐 )
√𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
𝟏 49. When 𝒂𝒙𝟏 + 𝒃𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄 > 𝟎 with 𝒃 > 𝟎
𝟐𝟎. 𝒎 = ∞ = (𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆)
𝟎 then 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑨𝑩𝑶𝑽𝑬 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 𝑙
21. 𝒎𝟏 = 𝒎𝟐 (Parallel Lines) (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎)
50. When 𝒂𝒙𝟏 + 𝒃𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄 < 𝟎 with 𝒃 > 𝟎
22. 𝒎𝟏 × 𝒎𝟐 = −𝟏 (Perpendicular Lines) then 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑩𝑬𝑳𝑶𝑾 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆 𝑙
(𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎)
𝟏 𝟏 𝒚𝟏 𝟏
𝒎𝟏 − 𝒎𝟐 𝒙 𝟏 𝒙 𝟐 − 𝒙 𝟏 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏
𝟐𝟑. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍 𝟐 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟏 ) 𝟓𝟏. ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = |𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝟏| 𝒐𝒓 ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = |𝒙 − 𝒙 𝒚 − 𝒚 |
𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝟐 𝒙 𝒚 𝟏 𝟐 𝟑 𝟏 𝟑 𝟏
𝟑 𝟑
𝒎𝟐 − 𝒎𝟏
𝟐𝟒. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟏 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟐 ) 52. ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = 𝟎 (Collinear Points)
𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐
25. 𝒚 = 𝒃 𝟏 𝒙𝟏 − 𝒙𝟑 𝒚𝟏 − 𝒚𝟑
𝟓𝟑. 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝑸𝒖𝒂𝒅𝒓𝒊𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒍 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 = ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 + ∆𝑨𝑪𝑫 = | 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟒 |
(∥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 𝟐 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟒
26. 𝒚 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 54. 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒉𝒙𝒚 + 𝒃𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎 OR 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝒙𝟐 − (𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 )𝒙𝒚 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎
27. 𝒙 = 𝒂 (∥ 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 55. 𝒃𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒉𝒙𝒚 + 𝒂𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎 OR 𝒙𝟐 + (𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 )𝒙𝒚 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎
−𝒉 ± √𝒉𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃
28. 𝒙 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 𝟓𝟔. 𝒎 =
𝒃
𝟐𝒉 𝒂
29. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = 𝒎(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) 𝟓𝟕. 𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 = − 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 =
𝒃 𝒃
𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒙𝟏 − 𝒙 𝒚𝟏 − 𝒚 𝟐√𝒉𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃
𝟑𝟎. = 𝒐𝒓 |𝒙 − 𝒙 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚| = 𝟎 𝟓𝟖. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 =
𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝟐
𝒂+𝒃
Page 62 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟔𝟎. 𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑫 > 𝟎, Lines are real and 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two distinct
lines.
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑫 = 𝟎, Lines are real and 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two
𝟓𝟗. 𝑫 = 𝒉𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃
coincident lines.
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑫 < 𝟎, Lines are imaginary and 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 represents two
distinct and imaginary lines.
Page 63 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
EXERCISE # 3.1
1. Q.2 (b) Find the equation of a line parallel to 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 and passing through the point of
intersection of the lines 𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 1 = 0 and 2𝑥 + 𝑦 + 1 = 0. (𝟖)
(𝟓𝒚 + 𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
2. Q.3 (a) Find the equation of the line perpendicular to 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 5 = 0 and passing through the
point of intersection of the lines 𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 7 = 0 and 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0. (𝟖)
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
3. Q.3 (a) Find the equations of two straight lines passing through (3, −2) and inclined at 60° to
the line √3𝑥 + 𝑦 = 1. (𝟖)
(𝒚 + 𝟐 = 𝟎, √𝟑𝒙 − 𝒚 − 𝟐 − 𝟑√𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
4. Q.2 (a) Find the equation of a straight line passing through the intersection of lines
5𝑥 − 6𝑦 − 1 = 0 and 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 5 = 0 and making an angle of 45° with the line
5𝑦 − 3𝑥 = 11. (𝟖)
(𝟒𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
5. Q.2 (b) Find the equation of the line perpendicular to the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 5 = 0 and passing
through the intersection of the lines 𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 7 = 0 and 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0.(𝟖)
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
6. Q.2 (b) The point 𝑃(3,2) is the foot of the perpendicular dropped from the origin to a straight
line. Write the equation of this line. (𝟖)
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟏𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
7. Q.3 (a) Find the equation of the straight line passing through the intersection of lines
5𝑥 − 6𝑦 − 1 = 0 and 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 5 = 0 and perpendicular to the line
3𝑥 − 5𝑦 + 11 = 0. (𝟖)
(𝟓𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
8. Q.2 (b) Find the equations of the straight lines passing through (1, −2) and making acute angles
𝜋
𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑠 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 6𝑥 + 5𝑦 = 0. (𝟖)
4
(𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝒚 + 𝟐𝟏 = 𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝒙 − 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
9. Q.3 (a) Determine the value of 𝑎 and 𝑏 for which the line
(𝑎 + 2𝑏 − 3)𝑥 + (2𝑎 − 𝑏 + 1)𝑦 + 6𝑎 + 9 = 0 is parallel to axis of 𝑥 and has
𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 = −3. (𝟖)
(𝒂 = 𝟕, 𝒃 = −𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
10. Q.3 (a) Find the equation of the line passing through the intersection of the lines
3𝑥 − 4𝑦 + 1 = 0 and 5𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0 and cutting off equal intercepts from the axes.
(𝟖)
(𝟐𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐𝟑𝒚 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
11. Q.2 (a) The point 𝐴(−1,3) is the foot of the perpendicular dropped from the origin to a straight
line. Find the equation of this line and also find the length of this perpendicular.
(𝟖)
(𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟎 = 𝟎, √𝟏𝟎 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
12. Q.3 (b) Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point of intersection of the
lines 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 5 = 0 and 2𝑥 + 7𝑦 − 8 = 0 and bisecting the join of (−1, −4) and
(5, −6). (𝟖)
(𝟕𝒙 + 𝟓𝒚 + 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
13. Q.2 (a) Find the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from (−2,5) to a line
𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 11 = 0 (𝟖)
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
(− ,− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟓 𝟓
14. Q.3 (b) Determine the values of 𝑎 and 𝑏 for which the line
(𝑎 + 2𝑏 − 3)𝑥 + (2𝑎 − 𝑏 + 1)𝑦 + 6𝑎 + 9 = 0 is parallel to axis of 𝑥 and has
𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 = −3. (𝟖)
(𝒂 = 𝟕, 𝒃 = −𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
15. Q.2 (iii) The point 𝑃(3,2) is the foot of the perpendicular dropped from the origin to a straight
line. Write the equation of this line. (𝟓)
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟏𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
Page 64 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
16. Q.2 (iii) Find the equation of a line passing through the intersection of the
lines 7𝑥 − 13𝑦 + 46 = 0, 19𝑥 + 11𝑦 − 41 = 0 and passing through the point (3,1) by
using 𝐾 −method. (𝟓)
(𝟑𝟏𝒙 + 𝟑𝟓𝒚 − 𝟏𝟐𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
17. Q.2 (x) Find the equation of the line passing through the intersection of the
lines 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 1 = 0, 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 − 5 = 0 and passing through the point (2,1).
(𝟓)
(𝟑𝟎𝒙 − 𝟐𝟑𝒚 − 𝟑𝟕 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
18. Q.2 (i) Find the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from (−2,5) to 3𝑥 + 𝑦 + 11 = 0
(𝟓)
(−𝟓, 𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
19. Q.4 (a) Find the equations of two straight lines passing through (3, −2) and inclined at 60° to
the line √3𝑥 + 𝑦 = 1. (𝟕)
(𝒚 + 𝟐 = 𝟎, √𝟑𝒙 − 𝒚 − 𝟐 − 𝟑√𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
20. Q.2 (iii) Find the value of 𝑘 for which the two lines (𝑘 − 1)𝑥 + 𝑘𝑦 − 5 = 0,
𝑘𝑥 + (2𝑘 − 1)𝑦 + 7 = 0 intersect at a point at a point lying on the axis of 𝑥.
(𝟓)
𝟕
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟏𝟐
21. Q.2 (ii) Reduce the equation 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 4 = 0 in to:-
(a) Perpendicular form; (b) Slope−intercept form. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟐 𝟒
[𝒙 ( ) + 𝒚 (− ) = (− ), 𝒚 = 𝒙 + ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
√𝟏𝟑 √𝟏𝟑 √𝟏𝟑 𝟑 𝟑
22. Q.2 (iii) Find the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from (−2,5) to 3𝑥 + 𝑦 + 11 = 0
(𝟓)
(−𝟓, 𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
23. Q.2 (i) In what ratio is the line segment joining (1,3) and (2,7) divided by 3𝑥 + 𝑦 = 9?
(𝟓)
(𝟑: 𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
24. Q.2 (ii) Find the equation of the line which is perpendicular to 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 4 = 0 and passes
through (2, −1). (𝟓)
(𝟑𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 3.2
1. Q.3 (b) The sides of a triangle are 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 7 = 0, 5𝑥 + 12𝑦 + 20 = 0 and 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 8 = 0.
Find the equations of the internal bisectors of the angles and show that they are
concurrent. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
(𝟗𝒙 − 𝟕𝒚 − 𝟑 = 𝟎, 𝟕𝒙 − 𝟒𝒚 + 𝟐 = 𝟎, 𝒙 − 𝒚 − 𝟏 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
2. Q.3 (b) If ∆ denotes the area of a triangle and the coordinates of the points 𝐴, 𝐵, 𝐶 and 𝐷 are
∆𝐷𝐵𝐶 1
(6,3), (−3,5), (4, −2) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (𝑥, 3𝑥) 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 = ; 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑥. (𝟖)
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 2
𝟏𝟏
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟖
3. Q.3 (a) A line whose 𝑌 −intercept is 1 less than its 𝑋 −intercept, forms with coordinate axes a
triangle of area 6 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. What is its equation? (𝟖)
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 − 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎, 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
4. Q.2 (b) 𝐷, 𝐸, 𝐹 are the mid−points of the sides 𝐵𝐶, 𝐶𝐴 and 𝐴𝐵 respectively the the triangle 𝐴𝐵𝐶.
Prove that ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 4∆𝐷𝐸𝐹. (𝟖)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
5. Q.3 (b) Given that 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 = 5 and 3𝑥 − 2𝑦 = 1 are the equations of two sides of a rectangle
and that (−2,1) is one of the vertex. Calculate the area of the rectangle. (𝟖)
𝟓𝟒
( 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟏𝟑
6. Q.3 (a) The point (2, −5) is the vertex of a square, one of whose sides lies on the line
𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 7 = 0; calculate the area of the square. (𝟖)
(𝟓 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
Page 65 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
7. Q.3 (b) Show that the equation of the line through the origin, making an angle of measure 𝜙
𝑦 𝑚 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜙
𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑏 𝑖𝑠 = . (𝟖)
𝑥 1 − 𝑚𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜙
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
8. Q.3 (a) A straight line forms a right angle triangle with the axes of the coordinates. If the
hypotenuse is 13 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 in length and the area of the triangle is 30 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. Find
the equation of straight line. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
(𝟓𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔𝟎 = 𝟎, 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟔𝟎 = 𝟎, 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝒚 + 𝟔𝟎 = 𝟎, 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔𝟎 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
9. Q.3 (a) A triangle is formed by the lines:.
𝑙1 : 3𝑥 − 4𝑦 = 0
𝑙2 : 4𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 8 = 0
𝑙1 : 24𝑥 − 7𝑦 − 12 = 0
Find the equations of internal bisectors of angles of the triangle. (𝟖)
(𝒙 + 𝟕𝒚 − 𝟖 = 𝟎, 𝟏𝟑𝒙 − 𝟗𝒚 − 𝟒 = 𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟏𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
10. Q.3 (b) Find the equation of the locus of a point whose distance from the point (2, −2) is equal
to its distance from the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 = 0. (𝟖)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟖𝒙 + 𝟖𝒚 + 𝟐𝒙𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
11. Q.3 (b) If 𝐴(2,3), 𝐵(3,5) are fixed points and a point 𝑃 moves such that ∆𝑃𝐴𝐵 = 8 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠.
find the equation of the locus of 𝑃. (𝟖)
(𝟐𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟏𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
12. Q.2 (b) Find the measure of the angles of the triangle, the equations of whose sides are
𝑥 + 𝑦 − 5 = 0, 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 1 = 0 and 𝑦 = 1. Also find its area. (𝟖)
(𝟗𝟎°, 𝟒𝟓°, 𝟒𝟓°, 𝟒 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
13. Q.2 (b) The point (2, −5) is the vertex of a square one of whose sides lies on the line
(𝟓 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
14. Q.2 (iii) Find the value of 𝑘 when the vertices of the triangle are (2,6), (6,3) and (4, 𝑘) and its
area is 17 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. (𝟓)
(𝒌 = 𝟏𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
15. Q.4 (a) (i) 𝐷, 𝐸, 𝐹 are the mid−points of the sides 𝐵𝐶, 𝐶𝐴, 𝐴𝐵 respectively of the triangle
𝐴𝐵𝐶. Show that ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 4∆𝐷𝐸𝐹 (𝟒)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
16. Q.2 (iv) Find the distance between the parallel lines 3𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 10 = 0, 6𝑥 + 8𝑦 − 9 = 0.
(𝟓)
𝟐𝟗
( 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟏𝟎
17. Q.2 (iv) The point (−2,1) is a vertex of a rectangle whose two sides lie on the lines
3𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 5 = 0, 2𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 7 = 0; Find the area of the rectangle. (𝟓)
(𝟔 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
18. Q.2 (iii) Find the value of 𝑘 when the vertices of the triangle are the points (2,6, ), (6,3) and
(4, 𝑘) and its area is 17 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. (𝟓)
(𝒌 = 𝟏𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
19. Q.2 (iii) Find the distance between two parallel lines 5𝑥 − 12𝑦 + 10 = 0, 5𝑥 − 12𝑦 − 16 = 0.
(𝟓)
(𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
20. Q.2 (iv) The area of a triangle is 8 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠, two of its vertices are the points 𝐴(1, −2) and
𝐵(2,3) and the third vertex 𝐶 lies on the line 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 2 = 0. Find the coordinates of
vertex 𝐶. (𝟓)
(−𝟏, 𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
21. Q.4 (b) The point (2, −5) is the vertex of a square one of whose sides lies on the line
(𝟓 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
22. Q.2 (ii) Find the value of 𝑘 when the vertices of the triangle are the points (2,9, ), (−2,1) and
(𝑘, 3) and its area is 28 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. (𝟓)
(𝒌 = 𝟔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
23. Q.6 (iv) The area of a triangle is 8 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠, two of its vertices are the points 𝐴(1, −2) and
Page 66 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝐵(2,3) and the third vertex 𝐶 lies on the line 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 2 = 0. Find the coordinates of
vertex 𝐶. (𝟖)
(−𝟏, 𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
24. Q.6 (a) The coordinates of two points 𝐴 and 𝐵 are (3,4) and (5, −2) respectively. Find the
coordinates of any point 𝑃 if |𝑃𝐴| = |𝑃𝐵| and ∆𝑃𝐴𝐵 = 10 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. (𝟕)
(𝟕, 𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
25. Q.2 (iii) A line whose 𝑌 −intercept is 1 less than its 𝑋 −intercept, forms with the coordinate axes
a triangle of area 6 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. What is its equation? (𝟓)
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 − 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎, 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
26. Q.6 (b) The coordinates of two points 𝐴 and 𝐵 are (3,4) and (5, −2) respectively. Find the
coordinates of any point 𝑃 if |𝑃𝐴| = |𝑃𝐵| and area of triangle 𝑃𝐴𝐵 is 10 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠.
(𝟕)
(𝟕, 𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 3.3
1. Q.3 (a) Find the combined equation of the pair of lines through the origin which are
perpendicular of the lines represented by 6𝑥 2 − 13𝑥𝑦 + 6𝑦 2 = 0. (𝟖)
𝟐
(𝟔𝒙 + 𝟏𝟑𝒙𝒚 + 𝟔𝒚 = 𝟎)𝟐
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
2 2
2. Q.3 (b) Show that the equation 3𝑥 + 7𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 = 0, represents two distinct straight lines.
Also find the angle between them. (𝟖)
(𝟒𝟓°) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
2 2
3. Q.3 (b) Show that the lines 𝑥 − 4𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 = 0 and 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 3 forms an equilateral triangle.
(𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
4. Q.3 (b) Find the centroid of the triangle, the equations of whose sides are
12𝑥 2 − 20𝑥𝑦 + 7𝑦 2 = 0 and 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 4 = 0. (𝟖)
𝟖 𝟖
( , ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟑 𝟑
5. Q.3 (b) What does the equation 𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 0 represents? Explain it, and if it is intersected by the
line 𝑦 − 2 = 0 at the points 𝐴 and 𝐵 and if 𝑂 be the origin then find the area of the
triangle 𝑂𝐴𝐵. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
(𝟐 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
6. Q.3 (b) Find the centroid and area of the triangle, the equations of whose sides are
7𝑥 2 − 20𝑥𝑦 + 12𝑦 2 = 0 and 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 4 = 0. (𝟖)
−𝟏𝟔 −𝟖 𝟔𝟒
[( , )& 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟗 𝟐𝟕 𝟗
7. Q.3 (b) Show that the lines 𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 0 and 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 3 forms an equilateral triangle. Find
the centroid of the triangle. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
(𝟑, 𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
2 2
8. Q.3 (b) The gradient of one of the lines of 𝑎𝑥 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 = 0 is twice of the other. Show
that 8ℎ2 − 9𝑎𝑏 = 0 (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
9. Q.2 (b) Find the centroid of the triangle, the equations of whose sides are
12𝑦 2 − 20𝑥𝑦 + 7𝑥 2 = 0 and 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 4 = 0. (𝟖)
−𝟏𝟔 −𝟖
[( , )] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟗 𝟐𝟕
10. Q.3 (b) What does the equation 𝑥𝑦 = 0 represent? Also find the area if the triangle formed by
the lines 𝑥 − 2 = 0 and 𝑥 2 − 7𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 2 = 0. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
(𝟐√𝟒𝟏 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
2 2
11. Q.3 (a) The gradient of one of the lines of 𝑎𝑥 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 = 0 is thrice that of the other.
Show that 3ℎ2 = 4𝑎𝑏 (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
2 2
12. Q.3 (a) The gradient of one of the lines of 𝑎𝑥 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 = 0 is twice that of the other.
Show that 8ℎ2 = 9𝑎𝑏 (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
2 2
13. Q.3 (b) What does the equation 𝑥 − 𝑦 = 0 represent? If the line 𝑦 − 2 = 0 intersects
Page 67 of 226
OF STRAIGHT LINE
CHAPTER # 3 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 0 at points 𝐴 and 𝐵 and if 𝑂 be the origin, then find the area of the triangle
𝑂𝐴𝐵. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
(𝟒 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
2 2
14. Q.2 (iv) The gradient of one of the lines 𝑎𝑥 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 = 0 is five times that of the other.
Show that 5ℎ2 = 9𝑎𝑏 (𝟓)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
2 2
15. Q.4 (a) Show that the lines 𝑥 − 4𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 = 0 and 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 3 forms an equilateral triangle. Also
find the area of the triangle. (𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟖)
𝟑√𝟑
( 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟐
16. Q.2 (iv) The gradient of one of the lines 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 is five times that of the other.
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
17. Q.2 (ii) Find the combined equations of the pair of lines through the origin which are
perpendicular to the lines represented by 6𝑥 2 − 13𝑥𝑦 + 6𝑦 2 = 0
OR
The gradient of one of the lines of 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 is two times that of the other.
Show that 8ℎ2 = 9𝑎𝑏. (𝟓)
𝟐
(𝟔𝒙 + 𝟏𝟑𝒙𝒚 + 𝟔𝒚 = 𝟎)𝟐
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
2 2
18. Q.5 (b) If the line 𝑦 − 2 = 0, intersect the pair of lines 𝑥 − 7𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 = 0 in 𝐴 and 𝐵 and "𝑂"
be the origin. Find the area of triangle 𝑂𝐴𝐵. (𝟕)
(𝟐√𝟒𝟏 𝒔𝒒. 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
19. Q.2 (iii) The gradient of one of the lines 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0 is five times that of the other.
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
20. Q.6 (b) Find the combined equation of the pair of lines through the origin which are
perpendicular of the lines represented by 3𝑥 2 + 7𝑥𝑦 + 2𝑦 2 = 0. (𝟕)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟐𝒙 − 𝟕𝒙𝒚 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
21. Q.6 (a) Find the centroid of the triangle, the equations of whose sides are
12𝑥 2 − 20𝑥𝑦 + 7𝑦 2 = 0 and 2𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 4 = 0. (𝟕)
𝟖 𝟖
( , ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟑 𝟑
Page 68 of 226
DIFFERENTIABILITY ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 4
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
(i) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 9𝑥, then 𝑓 / (𝑥) is ___.
* 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 9𝑥 * 9𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 * 9𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 9𝑥 * −𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 9𝑥
(ii) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑙𝑛𝑥 3 , then 𝑓 / (𝑥) at 𝑥 = −2 is ___.
2 3 2
* * −2 * −3 * 1
3
𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑎)
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 ___.
𝑥→𝑎 𝑥−𝑎
* 𝑓 / (𝑥) * 𝑓 / (𝑎) * 𝑓 / (0) * 𝑓 / (1)
𝑑
(𝒊𝒗) (𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥) 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑑𝑥
* 1 * 2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 * −2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 * 0
−1 (2𝑥), / (𝑥)
(v) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 then 𝑓 is ___.
1 1 2 2
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
1 + 𝑥2 4 + 𝑥2 1 + 4𝑥 2 1 + 2𝑥 2
(vi) If 𝑦 = 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥, then 𝑑𝑦 = ___.
* −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 * −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 * −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 * −𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) 𝐼𝑓 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 = ___.
𝑑𝑥
1
∗ ∗ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥 ∗ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥 ∗ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
(viii) If 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥, then 𝑑𝑦 = ___.
1 1 1 1 𝑥
∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑑𝑥 ∗ 𝑑𝑥 ∗ 𝑑𝑥 ∗ 𝑎 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑥
(ix) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (3𝑥), then 𝑓 / (𝑥) is ___.
1 1 3 3
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
1 + 9𝑥 2 9 + 𝑥2 1 + 9𝑥 2 1 + 3𝑥 2
/ (𝑥)
(x) If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛 9𝑥, then 𝑓 = ___.
* 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥 * −𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥 * 9 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥 * 9 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥
𝑑
(𝒙𝒊) (𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
1 1 1 1
∗ ∗ ∗ − ∗ −
√1 + 𝑥 2 √1 − 𝑥 2 √𝑥 2 − 1 √1 − 𝑥 2
𝑑
(𝒙𝒊𝒊) 𝐼𝑓 𝑓(𝑦) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑦 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑦 𝑖𝑛 ℝ+ , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 (𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑦) = ___.
𝑑𝑦
1 1 1 𝑦 1
∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑑𝑦 ∗ 𝑑𝑦 ∗ 𝑎 𝑑𝑦 ∗
𝑦 𝑦 𝑙𝑛𝑒 𝑦 𝑦 𝑙𝑛𝑎
(xiii) Derivative of 𝑥 𝑎 with respect to ′𝑥′ is ___.
𝑥𝑎
∗ 𝑥 𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑎 ∗ 𝑥 𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑥 ∗ ∗ 𝑎𝑥 𝑎−1
𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑑
(𝒙𝒊𝒗) (𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
* 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 * 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 * 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 * 2𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥
𝑑
(𝒙𝒗) (𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
* 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 * 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥 * −2 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥 * 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝑑
(𝒙𝒗𝒊) (𝐶𝑜𝑠 −1 𝑥) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
1 1 1 1
∗ ∗ ∗ − ∗
√1 − 𝑥 2 1 − 𝑥2 √1 − 𝑥 2 √𝑥 2 − 1
𝑑
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊) (𝑙𝑛𝑥) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
1
∗ 𝑒𝑥 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 ∗ ∗ 𝑥
𝑥
𝑑 2
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) (𝑙𝑛𝑒 𝑥 ) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
1
∗ 𝑥2 ∗ 2𝑥 ∗ 𝑥 2 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 2
𝑒
Page 69 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
𝑑
(𝒙𝒊𝒙) 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 3 + 1) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
3𝑥 1 1 3𝑥 2
∗ ∗ ∗ 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 3 + 1) ∗
1 + 𝑥3 1 + 𝑥3 1 + 𝑥3 1 + 𝑥3
𝑑
(𝒙𝒙) (𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑦) = ___.
𝑑𝑦
1 1 1 1
∗ − ∗ ∗ − ∗
𝑦√𝑦 2 − 1 𝑦√1 − 𝑦 2 𝑦√1 − 𝑦 2 𝑦√𝑦 2 − 1
𝑥+1
(𝒙𝒙𝒊) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑜𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑥−1
∗ ℝ − {1} ∗ ℝ − {−1} ∗ ℝ − {0} ∗ ℝ
𝑑
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒊) (𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑎 ) = ___.
𝑑𝑥
𝑎
∗ 𝑎𝑥 𝑎−1 ∗ ∗ 𝑥 2 𝑙𝑛𝑥 ∗ 𝑎2 𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑥
Page 70 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
ANSWER KEY
2
(i) 9 𝑆𝑒𝑐 9𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑓(𝑥)] = [𝑇𝑎𝑛 9𝑥]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
= 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 9𝑥 (9𝑥)
𝑑𝑥
= 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 9𝑥 (9)
𝑑
[𝑇𝑎𝑛 9𝑥] = 9 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 9𝑥
𝑑𝑥
3
(𝒊𝒊) −
2
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑓(𝑥)] = [𝑙𝑛𝑥 3 ]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 𝑑 3
= 3 (𝑥 )
𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
= 3 (3𝑥 2 )
𝑥
3
𝑓 / (𝑥) =
𝑥
/ (−2)
3
𝑓 =−
2
(iii) 𝑓 / (𝑎)
(𝒊𝒗) 0
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥] = [1] = 0 ∵ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 = 1
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2
(𝒗)
1 + 4𝑥 2
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑓(𝑥)] = [𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (2𝑥)]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 𝑑
= (2𝑥)
1 + (2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
2
𝑑 2
[𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (2𝑥)] =
𝑑𝑥 1 + 4𝑥 2
2
(vi) −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − (𝑦) = (𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝑦) = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(vii) 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑦] = [𝑙𝑛 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 𝑑
= (𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥)
𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
= (𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥)
𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
𝑑
[𝑙𝑛 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥] = 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
1
(𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊)
𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑦] = [𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑏
= [ ] ∵ 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑏 =
𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑎 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑎
𝑑 𝑙𝑛 𝑥
= [ ] ∵ 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑎
1 𝑑
= (𝑙𝑛𝑥)
𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑑𝑥
Page 71 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
1 1
= ( )
𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑥
𝑑 1
[𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥] =
𝑑𝑥 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎
3
(𝒊𝒙)
1 + 9𝑥 2
Explanation:- Same as (v).
(x) 9 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑓(𝑥)] = [𝑆𝑖𝑛 9𝑥]
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
= 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥 (9𝑥)
𝑑𝑥
= 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥 (9)
𝑑
[𝑆𝑖𝑛 9𝑥] = 9 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9𝑥
𝑑𝑥
1
(𝒙𝒊)
√1 − 𝑥 2
1
(𝒙𝒊𝒊)
𝑦 𝑙𝑛𝑎
Explanation:- Same as (viii).
(xiii) 𝑎𝑥 𝑎−1
(xiv) 2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥] = 2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥 (𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= 2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥 (𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥)
𝑑
[𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥] = 2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
(xv) 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥] = 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 (𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 (𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥)
𝑑
[𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥] = 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
1
(𝒙𝒗𝒊) −
√1 − 𝑥 2
1
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊)
𝑥
(xviii) 2𝑥
𝑑 2 𝑑 2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑙𝑛𝑒 𝑥 ] = (𝑥 )(𝑙𝑛𝑒) ∵ 𝑙𝑛𝑎𝑏 = 𝑏𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 2
= (𝑥 )(1) ∵ 𝑙𝑛𝑒 = 1
𝑑𝑥
𝑑 2
[𝑙𝑛𝑒 𝑥 ] = 2𝑥
𝑑𝑥
3𝑥 2
(𝒙𝒊𝒙)
1 + 𝑥3
𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − [𝑙𝑛(𝑥 3 + 1)]
𝑑𝑥
1 𝑑 3
= 3 (𝑥 + 1)
(𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
1
= 3 (3𝑥 2 )
(𝑥 + 1)
𝑑 3𝑥 2
[𝑙𝑛(𝑥 3 + 1)] = 3
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 +1
1
(𝒙𝒙) −
𝑦√𝑦 2 − 1
(𝒙𝒙𝒊) ℝ − {1}
Page 72 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑥 − 1 = 0
⇒ 𝑥=1
𝑎
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒊)
𝑥
𝑑
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − (𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑎 )
𝑑𝑥
1 𝑑 𝑎
= 𝑎 𝑥
𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
= 𝑎 (𝑎𝑥 𝑎−1 )
𝑥
= 𝑥 −𝑎 × 𝑎𝑥 𝑎−1
= 𝑥 −𝑎+𝑎 × 𝑎𝑥 −1
𝑎
=
𝑥
Page 73 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
GENERAL
𝑨. FACTORIZATION
1. (𝑎 ± 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 ± 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 2. 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏)
3. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎2 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 ) 4. 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)(𝑎2 + 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 )
𝟓. 𝑥 𝑛 − 𝑎𝑛 = (𝑥 − 𝑎)(𝑥 𝑛−1 + 𝑥 𝑛−2 𝑎 + 𝑥 𝑛−3 𝑎2 + 𝑥 𝑛−4 𝑎3 + ⋯ . … … … + 𝑎𝑛−1 )
𝑩. TRIGONOMETRY
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
𝟏. 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝜃
𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝜃
𝟐. 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝜃 =
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
1
𝟑. 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝐶𝑜𝑡𝜃
1
𝟒. 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝜃 =
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃
1
𝟓. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝜃 =
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
1
𝟔. 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃 =
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃
7. 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 1
8. 1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝜃 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝜃
9. 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜃
10. 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽
12. 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 + 𝛽) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽
𝛼+𝛽 𝛼−𝛽
𝟏𝟐. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) 𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( )
2 2
𝛼−𝛽 𝛼+𝛽
𝟏𝟑. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) 𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( )
2 2
𝟏𝟒. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( ) 𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( )
2 2
𝟏𝟓. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = −2𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) 𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( )
2 2
1
𝟏𝟔. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = [𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) + 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
1
𝟏𝟕. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = [𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) + 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
1
𝟏𝟖. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = − [𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 + 𝛽) − 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
1
𝟏𝟗. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = [𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 + 𝛽) + 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
−𝟏𝟖𝟎° −𝟏𝟔𝟓° −𝟏𝟓𝟎° −𝟏𝟑𝟓° −𝟏𝟐𝟎° −𝟏𝟎𝟓° −𝟗𝟎° −𝟕𝟓° −𝟔𝟎° −𝟒𝟓° −𝟑𝟎° −𝟏𝟓° 𝟎°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
−𝝅 − − − − − − − − − − − 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
1 1
0 2 − √3 1 √3 2 + √3 ∞ −𝟐 − √𝟑 −√3 −1 − −𝟐 + √𝟑 0
√3 √3
𝟏𝟖𝟎° 𝟏𝟔𝟓° 𝟏𝟓𝟎° 𝟏𝟑𝟓° 𝟏𝟐𝟎° 𝟏𝟎𝟓° 𝟗𝟎° 𝟕𝟓° 𝟔𝟎° 𝟒𝟓° 𝟑𝟎° 𝟏𝟓° 𝟎°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
𝝅 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
1 1
0 −2 + √3 − −1 −√3 −𝟐 − √𝟑 ∞ 2 + √3 √3 1 2 − √3 0
√3 √3
Page 74 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑪. BINOMIAL THEOREM
𝑛(𝑛 − 1) 𝑛−2 2 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) 𝑛−3 3
𝟏. (𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑛𝑎𝑛−1 𝑏 + 𝑎 𝑏 + 𝑎 𝑏 +⋯
2! 3!
𝑫. LIMIT
𝐿𝑒𝑡,
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑥 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑒 → (1)
𝟏. 𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 1 = 𝑙𝑖𝑚
𝒙→𝟎 𝑥 𝒙→𝟎 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑦 = log 𝑒 𝑒
𝑬. LOGARITHMS ⇒ 𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑒1
1. Definition ⇒𝑦=1
If 𝑥 = 𝑎 𝑦 ⇒ (1) 𝒍𝒏𝒆𝟏 = 𝟏
Similarly,
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥
𝒍𝒏𝒆𝟐 = 𝟐
2. Common Logarithm
∵ 2𝑙𝑛𝑒 1 = 2 𝑜𝑟 2
𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑥 =2
3. Natural Logarithm In General,
𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 𝒍𝒏𝒆𝒙 = 𝒙
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛 𝑥
4. Laws of Logarithm 𝐿𝑒𝑡,
(𝒊) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 (𝑥𝑦) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 + 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑦 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑛(𝑥𝑦) = 𝑙𝑛𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛𝑦 𝑦 = 𝑒𝑙𝑛(𝑥) → (1)
𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑒𝑙𝑛(𝑥)
𝑥 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 ( ) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑦 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑛 ( ) = 𝑙𝑛𝑥 − 𝑙𝑛𝑦 ⇒ 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑥(𝑙𝑛𝑒1 )
𝑦 𝑦 ⇒ 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑥(1)
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 = 𝑦𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑦 = 𝑦𝑙𝑛𝑥 ⇒ 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑥
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑥.
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑥 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑥
(𝒊𝒗) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 = 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 = Hence,
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑎 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑒
𝒆𝒍𝒏(𝒙) = 𝒙
(𝒗𝒊) 𝑥 1
𝑙𝑛𝑒 = 𝑥 ∵ 𝑙𝑛𝑒 = 1
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) 𝑒 𝑙𝑛(𝑥) = 𝑥
RELATED
𝟏. CALCULUS
(a) Definition:-
* Calculus (from Latin calculus, literally “small pebble”, used for counting and
calculations, as on an abacus), is the mathematical study of continuous change,
in the same way that geometry is the study of shape and algebra is the study of
generalizations of arithmetic operations.
* Two mathematicians, Isaac Newton of England and Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz of
Germany, share credit for having independently developed the calculus in the
𝟏𝟕𝒕𝒉 𝒄𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒚.
(b) Types:-
(i) Differential Calculus
* It determines the rate of change of a physical quantity.
* For example, it tells how volume of a sphere changes with its radius.
* How displacement of a body changes with time.
* It determines the rates of radioactive decay, predict death and birth rates.
𝒅
∗ 𝐼𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑠𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑦 𝑤𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝒇/ (𝒙) = 𝒇(𝒙)
𝒅𝒙
(ii) Integral Calculus
* It is used to find the function from its rate of change.
* It also helps to calculate areas of irregular shapes, measure lengths of
curves, volumes and masses of arbitrary solids.
∗ 𝐼𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑠𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑦 𝑤𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑛 𝑎𝑠 ∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅(𝒙)
𝟐. DERIVATIVE OF A FUNCTION BY FIRST PRINCIPLE METHOD

OR
DERIVATIVE OF A FUNCTION BY AB−INITIO METHOD
Page 75 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
In ∆𝑷𝑸𝑷𝒐
𝑨𝒑𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒙. 𝑠𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑷𝑷𝟎 = 𝒎𝑨𝒑𝒑 = (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽)𝑨𝒑𝒑
|𝑷𝑸| ∆𝒚 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒇(𝒙) − 𝒇(𝒂)
= = = = → (𝟏)
|𝑷𝟎 𝑸| ∆𝒙 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝒙−𝒂
When 𝑷𝑷𝟎 becomes a tangent to the curve at 𝑷𝟎 , then 𝒙 tends to 𝒂 (𝒙 → 𝒂) then EXACT slope
of the TANGENT is obtained.
∆𝒚 𝒇(𝒙) − 𝒇(𝒂)
⇒ (𝟏)𝑆𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑷𝑷𝟎 = 𝑚 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎
𝒙→𝒂 ∆𝒙 𝒙→𝒂 𝒙−𝒂
Hence,
𝒅 𝒇(𝒙) − 𝒇(𝒂)
𝑚 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = ( (𝒚)) = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒇(𝒙))
𝒅𝒙 𝒙=𝒂 𝒙→𝒂 𝒙−𝒂
OR
𝒇(𝒙) − 𝒇(𝒂)
𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑎)
𝑓 / (𝑎) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒏𝒕

𝑥→𝑎 𝑥−𝑎
Also, if we take 𝒉 = 𝒙 − 𝒂, 𝑪𝒖𝒓𝒗𝒆
then 𝒉 → 𝟎 if and only if 𝒙 → 𝒂,
so (𝟏) can be written as:-
𝜃
/
𝑓(𝑎 + ℎ) − 𝑓(𝑎) 𝑸(𝒙, 𝒇(𝒂))
𝑓 (𝑎) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝒙−𝒂
ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕
𝑶 𝒂 𝒙
𝟑. GENERAL
𝑑 𝑛
(𝒊) (𝑥 ) = 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 𝑥 = 𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒 (𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝑭𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒊𝒊) (𝑐) = 0 𝑐 = 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 (𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝑭𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) (𝑐𝑥) = 𝑐 (𝑥) 𝑐 = 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 (𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝑭𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒐𝒓 𝑹𝒖𝒍𝒆)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒊𝒗) (𝑥) = 1
𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
(𝒗) (𝑈 ± 𝑉) = (𝑈) ± (𝑉) (𝑺𝒖𝒎 𝑹𝒖𝒍𝒆)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
(𝑈𝑉) = 𝑈 (𝑉) + 𝑉 (𝑈)
(𝒗𝒊) 𝑶𝑹 (𝑷𝒓𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒄𝒕 𝑹𝒖𝒍𝒆)
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
(𝑈𝑉𝑊) = 𝑈𝑉 (𝑊) + 𝑈𝑊 (𝑉) + 𝑉𝑊 (𝑈)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑉 (𝑈) − 𝑈 (𝑉))
𝑑 𝑈 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) ( )= (𝑸𝒖𝒐𝒕𝒊𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝑹𝒖𝒍𝒆)
𝑑𝑥 𝑉 𝑉2
Page 76 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟒. TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
𝑑
(𝒊) (𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒊𝒊) (𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥) = −𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) (𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥) = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒊𝒗) (𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥) = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒗) (𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥) = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒗𝒊) (𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥) = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝟓. LOGARITHMIC & EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS
𝑑 𝑥 1st METHOD
(𝒊) (𝑒 ) = 𝑒 𝑥 𝐿𝑒𝑡,
𝑑𝑥
𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥
𝑑 1 𝑑 𝑑 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) (𝑙𝑛𝑥) = (𝑦) = (𝑎 )
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑 𝑙𝑛𝑎𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) (𝑎)𝑥 = 𝑎 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑎 = 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 (𝑦) = (𝑒 )
𝑑 𝑑 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎
REMEMBER:- Whenever the POWER (EXPONENT) (𝑦) = (𝑒 )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
is a variable, always use either of the two methods. 𝑑 𝑑
(𝑦) = (𝑒 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎 ) (𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎)
(𝒊𝒗) 𝐿𝑒𝑡, 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑦 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 𝑑 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑥 𝑑
(𝑎 ) = (𝑒 )(𝑙𝑛𝑎) (𝑥)
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
⇒𝑦= 𝑑 𝑥 𝑥
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑎 (𝑎 ) = 𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑑𝑥
𝑙𝑛 𝑥 2nd METHOD
⇒𝑦=
𝑙𝑛 𝑎 𝐿𝑒𝑡,
𝑑 𝑑 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥
(𝑦) = ( )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑥
𝑑 1 𝑑 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎
(𝑦) = ( ) (𝑙𝑛𝑥) 𝑑 𝑑
𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑎 𝑑𝑥 (𝑙𝑛𝑦) = (𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎)
𝑑 1 1 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(𝑦) = ( ) 1 𝑑𝑦 𝑑
𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑛 𝑎 𝑥 ( ) = 𝑙𝑛𝑎 (𝑥)
𝑑 1 𝑦 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥) = → (1) 𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑎 = 𝑦𝑙𝑛𝑎
𝑑𝑥
𝐼𝑓 𝑎 = 𝑒 𝑑 𝑥
𝑑 1 (𝑎 ) = 𝑎 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎
⇒ (1) (𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥) = 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑒
𝑑 1
(𝑙𝑛𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 𝑥
𝟔. INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
𝑑 1
(𝒊) (𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 √1 − 𝑥 2
𝑑 1
(𝒊𝒊) (𝐶𝑜𝑠 −1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 √1 − 𝑥 2
𝑑 1
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) (𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 1 + 𝑥2
𝑑 1
(𝒊𝒗) (𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 |𝑥|√𝑥 2 − 1
Page 77 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑑 1
(𝒗) (𝑆𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 |𝑥|√𝑥 2 − 1
𝑑 1
(𝒗𝒊) (𝐶𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑥 1 + 𝑥2
𝟕. COMPOSITE FUNCTION DIFFERENTIATION
* If 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒖) and 𝒖 = 𝒈(𝒙)
⇒ 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒈(𝒙)) .
* This is called function of a function or composite function.
𝑑
∗ 𝑇𝑜 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 (𝑦), 𝑤𝑒 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑎: −
𝑑𝑥
𝒅 𝒅 𝒅
(𝒚) = (𝒚) ∙ (𝒖) (𝑪𝒉𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝑹𝒖𝒍𝒆)
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒖 𝒅𝒙
𝟖. IMPLICIT FUNCTION DIFFERENTIATION
* If 𝒚 cannot be easily expressed in terms of an independent variable 𝒙,
then 𝒚 is called an implicit function of 𝒙. It is written as 𝒇(𝒙, 𝒚) = 𝟎.
* Examples are, 𝒙𝟐 𝒚 + 𝟒𝒙𝒚𝟑 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎, 𝒆𝒚 + 𝒙𝟐 𝒆−𝒚 = 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟕, 𝑒𝑡𝑐
𝟗. PARAMETRIC FUNCTION DIFFERENTIATION
* A function which is described by expressing both 𝒙 and 𝒚 as a function of a third
variable “𝒕” or “𝜽” is called a parametric function.
* Here, “𝒕” or “𝜽” is called a parameter.
* Hence, 𝒙 = 𝒇(𝒕) and 𝒚 = 𝒈(𝒕) are parametric functions.
𝑑
∗ 𝑇𝑜 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 (𝑦), 𝑤𝑒 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑎: −
𝑑𝑥
𝒅
𝒅 (𝒚)
(𝒚) = 𝒅𝒕
𝒅𝒙 𝒅
(𝒙)
𝒅𝒕
𝟏𝟎. HIGHER DERIVATIVES
𝑨. Second Order Derivative
𝒅𝟐 𝒅 𝒅
𝟐
(𝒚) = [ (𝒚)] = 𝒇// (𝒙)
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝑩. Third Order Derivative
𝒅𝟑 𝒅 𝒅𝟐
(𝒚) = [ (𝒚)] = 𝒇/// (𝒙)
𝒅𝒙𝟑 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙𝟐
𝟏𝟏. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE
1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐
3. 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂 − 𝒃) 4. 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒃𝟑 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 )
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
5. 𝒂𝟑 − 𝒃𝟑 = (𝒂 − 𝒃)(𝒂𝟐 + 𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 ) 𝟔. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 =
𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝜽
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 𝟏
𝟕. 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜽 = 𝟖. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 =
𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝜽 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜽
𝟏 𝟏
𝟗. 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜽 = 𝟏𝟎. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝜽 =
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
𝟏
𝟏𝟏. 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝜽 = 12. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝟏
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
13. 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝜽 14. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝜽
Page 78 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
15. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 16. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷
17. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 18. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷
𝜶+𝜷 𝜶−𝜷 𝜶−𝜷 𝜶+𝜷

𝟏𝟗. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( ) 𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( ) 𝟐𝟎. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( ) 𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( )
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟐𝟏. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( ) 𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( ) 𝟐𝟐. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = −𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( ) 𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( )
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟏 𝟏
𝟐𝟑. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = [𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) + 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷)] 𝟐𝟒. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = [𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) + 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷)]
𝟐 𝟐
𝟏 𝟏
𝟐𝟓. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = − [𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 + 𝜷) − 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷)] 𝟐𝟔. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = [𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 + 𝜷) + 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷)]
𝟐 𝟐
𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏) 𝒏−𝟐 𝟐 𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏)(𝒏 − 𝟐) 𝒏−𝟑 𝟑
𝟐𝟕. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝒏 = 𝒂𝒏 + 𝒏𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒃 + 𝒂 𝒃 + 𝒂 𝒃 +⋯
𝟐! 𝟑!
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝒙
𝟐𝟖. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 = 𝟏 = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝟐𝟗. 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂(𝒙𝒚) = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙 + 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒚 𝑶𝑹 𝒍𝒏(𝒙𝒚) = 𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒍𝒏𝒚
𝒙→𝟎 𝒙 𝒙→𝟎 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙
𝒙 𝒙
𝟑𝟎. 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 ( ) = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒚 𝑶𝑹 𝒍𝒏 ( ) = 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒍𝒏𝒚 𝟑𝟏. 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙𝒚 = 𝒚𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝑶𝑹 𝒙 𝒍𝒏 𝒙𝒚 = 𝒚𝒍𝒏𝒙
𝒚 𝒚
𝟑𝟐. 𝒍𝒏𝒆𝒙 = 𝒙 𝟑𝟑. 𝒆𝒍𝒏(𝒙) = 𝒙
𝒇(𝒙) − 𝒇(𝒂) 𝒇(𝒂 + 𝒉) − 𝒇(𝒂) 𝒅 𝒏

𝟑𝟒. 𝒇/ (𝒂) = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝑶𝑹 𝒇/ (𝒂) = 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝟑𝟓. (𝒙 ) = 𝒏𝒙𝒏−𝟏
𝒙→𝒂 𝒙−𝒂 𝒉→𝟎 𝒉 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅 𝒅
𝟑𝟔. (𝒄) = 𝟎 𝟑𝟕. (𝒄𝒙) = 𝒄 (𝒙)
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅 𝒅 𝒅
𝟑𝟖. (𝒙) = 𝟏 𝟑𝟗. (𝑼 ± 𝑽) = (𝑼) ± (𝑽)
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅 𝒅
𝟒𝟎. (𝑼𝑽) = 𝑼 (𝑽) + 𝑽 (𝑼)
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅 𝒅
(𝑽 (𝑼) − 𝑼 (𝑽))
𝑶𝑹 𝒅 𝑼 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅 𝒅 𝒅 𝟒𝟏. ( )=
(𝑼𝑽𝑾) = 𝑼𝑽 (𝑾) + 𝑼𝑾 (𝑽) + 𝑽𝑾 (𝑼) 𝒅𝒙 𝑽 𝑽𝟐
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅
𝟒𝟐. (𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝒙) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒙 𝟒𝟑. (𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒙) = −𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅
𝟒𝟒. (𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙) = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝟒𝟓. (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙) = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅
𝟒𝟔. (𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙) = 𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 𝟒𝟕. (𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙) = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒙 𝒅 𝟏
𝟒𝟖. (𝒆 ) = 𝒆𝒙 𝟒𝟗. (𝒍𝒏𝒙) =
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒙
𝒅 𝒅 𝟏
𝟓𝟎. (𝒂)𝒙 = 𝒂𝒙 𝒍𝒏𝒂 𝟓𝟏. (𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙) =
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒂
𝒅 𝟏 𝒅 𝟏
𝟓𝟐. (𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙) = 𝟓𝟑. (𝑪𝒐𝒔−𝟏 𝒙) = −
𝒅𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐
𝒅 𝟏 𝒅 𝟏
𝟓𝟒. (𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙) = 𝟓𝟓. (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄−𝟏 𝒙) = −
𝒅𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙 |𝒙|√𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏
𝒅 𝟏 𝒅 𝟏
𝟓𝟔. (𝑺𝒆𝒄−𝟏 𝒙) = 𝟓𝟕. (𝑪𝒐𝒕 −𝟏
𝒙) = −
𝒅𝒙 |𝒙|√𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏 𝒅𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
𝒅 𝒅 𝒅 𝒅𝟐 𝒅 𝒅
𝟓𝟖. (𝒚) = (𝒚) ∙ (𝒖) (𝑪𝒉𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝑹𝒖𝒍𝒆) 𝟓𝟗. (𝒚) = [ (𝒚)] = 𝒇// (𝒙)
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒖 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
Page 79 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝒅𝟑 𝒅 𝒅𝟐
𝟔𝟎. (𝒚) = [ (𝒚)] = 𝒇/// (𝒙)
𝒅𝒙𝟑 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙𝟐
𝟔𝟏. 𝒙𝒏 − 𝒂𝒏 = (𝒙 − 𝒂)(𝒙𝒏−𝟏 + 𝒙𝒏−𝟐 𝒂 + 𝒙𝒏−𝟑 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒙𝒏−𝟒 𝒂𝟑 + ⋯ . … … … + 𝒂𝒏−𝟏 )
𝑇𝑂 𝐹𝐼𝑁𝐷 𝐷𝐸𝑅𝐼𝑉𝐴𝑇𝐼𝑉𝐸𝑆 𝑂𝑁 𝐿𝐼𝑁𝐸 𝑈𝑆𝐸 𝑇𝐻𝐼𝑆 𝑊𝐸𝐵𝑆𝐼𝑇𝐸

𝑯𝑻𝑻𝑷://𝑾𝑾𝑾. 𝑫𝑬𝑹𝑰𝑽𝑨𝑻𝑰𝑽𝑬 − 𝑪𝑨𝑳𝑪𝑼𝑳𝑨𝑻𝑶𝑹. 𝑵𝑬𝑻
Page 80 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
EXERCISE # 4.1
1. Q.4 (a) (ii) Find the derivative by the first principle at any point 𝑥 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of the
function 𝑓: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥. (𝟒)
(−𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙)𝟐
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
function 𝑓: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥. (𝟒)
(−𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
function 𝑓: 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 2 . (𝟒)
(𝟐𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 )𝟐
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
4. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at any point 𝑥 𝜖 𝐷(𝑓) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑥 2 − 𝑥.
(𝟒)
(𝟒𝒙 − 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
5. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at any point 𝑥 𝜖 𝐷(𝑓) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥.
(𝟒)
(−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
6. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at any point 𝑥 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) = 𝑅 of
the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥. (𝟒)
(𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
7. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at any point 𝑥 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of
the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛√𝑥. (𝟒)
𝟏
( 𝑪𝒐𝒔√𝒙) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟐√ 𝒙
8. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at any point 𝑥 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of
the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 2 . (𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
9. Q.4 (a) (ii) Find the derivative by the first principle at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain of the function
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥. (𝟒)
(−𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙)𝟐
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
2
10. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative of the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 at any point 𝑥 in the domain of
𝑓 by the first principle. (𝟒)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
11. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at the point 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of
the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥. (𝟒)
(−𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
12. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain of any one of the
following functions:- (i) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 (ii) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2/3
(𝟒)
𝟐
(−𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙, 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟑𝒙 𝟑
13. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by using the definition at a point 𝑥 = 𝑎 of the function
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 2 , 𝒂 𝝐 ℝ (𝟒)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
2
14. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥 at any point of its domain of definition
by using the first principle. (𝟒)
(−𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
15. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 at any point of its domain by using first
principle. (𝟒)
(𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
any one of the following functions:-
(i) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 (ii) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2/3 (𝟒)
𝟐
(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙, 𝟏 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟑𝒙𝟑
Page 81 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥. (𝟒)
(𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
18. Q.4 (a) (i) Find the derivative by the first principle at a point 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of
the function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥. (𝟒)
(−𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
19. Q.3 (i) Find the derivative by the 1st principle at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥.
(𝟓)
(−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
20. Q.3 (i) Find the derivative by first principle at any point 𝑥 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥.
(𝟓)
(−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
21. Q.3 (i) Find the derivative by first principle at any point 𝑥 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of the function
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥. (𝟓)
(−𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
22. Q.3 (i) Find the derivative by first principle at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥.
(𝟓)
(𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
23. Q.3 (i) Find the derivative by first principle at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 OR
𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 3 − 𝑥 (𝟓)
(−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙, 𝟗𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏)
𝟐
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
24. Q.3 (i) Find the derivative by First principle at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain of 𝐷(𝑓) of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥
OR 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 3 + 𝑥 (𝟓)
(−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙, 𝟗𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
25. Q.3 (i) Find the derivative by first principle at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain of 𝐷(𝑓) of the function
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥. (𝟓)
𝟐
(𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
26. Q.4 (i) Find the derivative, by first principle, at 𝑥 = 𝑎 𝝐 𝐷(𝑓) of the function
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 OR 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥. (𝟓)
𝟐
(𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙, 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 OR 𝑓(𝑥) = 3𝑥 2 + 𝑥. (𝟓)
(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙, 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 OR 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥. (𝟓)
(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙, 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
29. Q.4 (i) Find the derivative, by the first principle, at any point 𝑥 = 𝑎 in the domain 𝐷(𝑓) of the
2
function 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 OR 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 . (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟏
(−𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙, 𝒙−𝟑 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟑
EXERCISE # 4.2
𝑑𝑦
𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥 2
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 23𝑥 +𝑥
𝟐
(𝟐𝟑𝒙 +𝒙 (𝟔𝒙 + 𝟏)𝒍𝒏𝟐) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.5 (a) Differentiate any two of the following functions with respect to their independent
Variables:-
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑡 −1 {𝑙𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 (𝑏𝑥)} (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = (𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥)𝑥 + (𝑥)𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 (𝟖)
𝒂𝒃
(− 𝟐 )
[𝟏 + {𝒍𝒏{𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (𝒃𝒙)}} ] [𝟏 + (𝒃𝒙)𝟐 ][𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (𝒃𝒙)]
𝒙
𝒙𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙
[(𝑻𝒂𝒏) ( + 𝒍𝒏𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝒙𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 ( + 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝒙
Page 82 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
𝑑𝑦
𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑦= (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐2𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2𝑥)
1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥
𝟐(𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏)
( , 𝟐𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐𝒙) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
(𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙)𝟐
3𝑥 2 − 1
𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) = + 𝑙𝑛√1 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥.
3𝑥 2
(𝟒)
𝟐 𝟏+𝒙
( 𝟑+ ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝟑𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
√4 + 𝑥 − √4 − 𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑥 𝑥 + (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 (𝒊𝒊) 𝑦=
√4 + 𝑥 + √4 − 𝑥
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝟏𝟔 − 𝟒(𝟏𝟔 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟏/𝟐
[𝒙𝒙 (𝟏 + 𝒍𝒏𝒙) + (𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 ( + 𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝒙). 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) , ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙 𝒙𝟐 (𝟏𝟔 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟏/𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙
[𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 ( − 𝒍𝒏𝒙. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙. 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
1 − 𝑥2
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
[𝒍𝒏𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 ( + 𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝒙). 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) , 𝟒 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙 𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏
𝑑𝑦
𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐(𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + (𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥)𝑥
[𝑺𝒆𝒄(𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙)𝑻𝒂𝒏(𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙)(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)]
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙
[𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 ( + 𝒍𝒏𝒙. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) + (𝑻𝒂𝒏)𝒙 ( + 𝒍𝒏𝒙. 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝒙 𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
5𝑥 2 − 1
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = + 𝑙𝑛√1 + 𝑥 2 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥
5𝑥 2
𝟐 𝒙−𝟏
( 𝟑+ ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟓𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑥 𝑥 − (𝑥)𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙
[𝒙𝒙 (𝟏 + 𝒍𝒏𝒙) + (𝒙)𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 ( + 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
−1
𝑥2 + 1
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 ( 2 )
𝑥 −1
𝟐
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = √(𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 3)3
[𝟑(𝒙 − 𝟏)√𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
Page 83 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = (𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥)𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥

𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙
[(𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙)𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 { − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙. 𝒍𝒏(𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙)}] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙(𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 )
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
2𝑥 5𝑥 2 − 1
(𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = + 𝑙𝑛√1 + 𝑥 2 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥
1 − 𝑥2 5𝑥 2
𝟐 𝟐 𝒙−𝟏
( 𝟐
, 𝟑+ ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟓𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
2𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
1 − 𝑥2
𝟐
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
3𝑥 2 − 1
(𝒊) 𝑦 = + 𝑙𝑛√1 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥
3𝑥 2
𝟐 𝟏+𝒙
( 𝟑+ ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟑𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑥 𝑥 + (𝑙𝑛𝑥)𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙
[𝒙𝒙 (𝟏 + 𝒍𝒏𝒙) + (𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 ( + 𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝒙). 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒂) 𝑦 = 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥+𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙
[𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙+𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 {( ) + 𝒍𝒏𝒙(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙)}] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
𝑒𝑥
(𝒂) 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛√1 + 𝑥 2 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥 (𝒃) 𝑙𝑛 ( )
1 + 𝑒𝑥
𝒙−𝟏 𝟏
( , ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟐 𝟏 + 𝒆𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
5
(𝒂) 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥+𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 (𝒃) 𝑦 = (𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥)3 (𝒄) 𝑦 = √𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 3
𝟑(𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙)𝟐 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐
[𝒆𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙+𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝒍𝒏𝒆(𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙), , ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
√𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 𝟓(𝒙 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑)𝟒/𝟓
𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
1
(𝒂) 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
2
(𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟑 𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐸𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
2𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 −1 ( )
1 − 𝑥2
𝟐(𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 )
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
(𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )√(𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 ) − 𝟒𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐸𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑦 = √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 + 𝑙𝑛√1 + 𝑥 2
Page 84 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
𝒙 𝒙
( − ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 √𝒂𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐸𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
1 − 𝑥2
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛 ( )
1 + 𝑥2
𝟒𝒙
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟏 − 𝒙𝟒
EXERCISE # 4.3
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 3 + 𝑦 3 + 𝑎𝑥 2 𝑦 + 𝑏𝑥𝑦 2 = 0
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐𝒂𝒙𝒚 + 𝒃𝒚𝟐 )
𝟐
(− ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟑𝒚𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒃𝒙𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 ) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 𝑦 . 𝑦 𝑥 = 1
𝒚
𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝒍𝒏𝒚 + 𝒙
[ ,−( 𝒙)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑦
𝒆𝒙 𝒍𝒏𝒚. 𝒚√𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝒚 − 𝒆𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑦
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝒚 − 𝒆𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 )
𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 )
[ ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑑𝑦
𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑥𝑦. 𝑦𝑥 = 5
𝒚
𝒍𝒏𝒚 + 𝒙
−( 𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 )
𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 )
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑑𝑦
𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 2𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑦 + 7𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 9 = 0
−𝟒𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟐
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟑𝒙 + 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒
Page 85 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
𝑑𝑦
𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 )
𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚 𝟐 )
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑦
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝒚 − 𝒆𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑥√1 + 𝑦 + 𝑦√1 + 𝑥 = 3
(√𝟏 + 𝒚){𝒚 + 𝟐√(𝟏 + 𝒙)(𝟏 + 𝒚)}
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
(√𝟏 + 𝒙){𝒙 + 𝟐√(𝟏 + 𝒙)(𝟏 + 𝒚)}
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑦
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝒚 − 𝒆𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 )
𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 )
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 2𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑦 + 7𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 9 = 0
−𝟒𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟐
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟑𝒙 + 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒃) 𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑦
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝒚 − 𝒆𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒃) 𝑥𝑦. 𝑦𝑥 = 1
𝒚
𝒍𝒏𝒚 + 𝒙
[− ( 𝒙)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒂) 𝑒 𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑦 (𝒃) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 ) (𝒄) 𝑥 𝑦 . 𝑦 𝑥 = 10
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝒚
𝒆𝒙 𝒍𝒏𝒚. 𝒚√𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐 𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝒙 + 𝒚 ) 𝒍𝒏𝒚 + 𝒙
[ , ,−( 𝒙)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝒚 − 𝒆𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒚𝟐 𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒃) 2𝑥 2 − 3𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 5
Page 86 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
𝟑𝒚 − 𝟒𝒙
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟐𝒚 − 𝟑𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐸𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 )
𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 )
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐸𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 𝑦 . 𝑦 𝑥 = 10
𝒚
𝒍𝒏𝒚 + 𝒙
−( 𝒙) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐸𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 )
𝒙 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 )
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝒚 (𝟐√𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 )
EXERCISE # 4.4
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 3𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝜃
𝒃
(− ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝒂
𝑑𝑦
𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 3𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝜃
𝒃
(− ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝒂
3. Q.5 (a) Differentiate any two of the following functions with respect to their independent
Variables:-
(𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑒 −2𝑡 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑡, 𝑦 = 𝑒 −2𝑡 (𝟖)
𝟏
( ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒕 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒕
𝑑𝑦
𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑒 −𝑡 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡, 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑡 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡
(𝒆𝟐𝒕 ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝑑𝑦
𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑡 3 + 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑡 3 , 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑡 + 2𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑡
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒕(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒕 + 𝟐𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒕)
[ 𝟐 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟑𝒕 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒕𝟑 (𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒕𝟑 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒕𝟑 )
𝑑𝑦
𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
𝜋
(𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎(𝑡 − 𝑡𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡), 𝑦 = 𝑎(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡) 𝑎𝑡 𝑡 =
2
[∞] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝑑𝑦
𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑡 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡, 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑡 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡
𝒆𝒕 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒕
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟏
+ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕
𝒕
Page 87 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
𝑑𝑦
𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑛 𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑛 𝜃
𝒃
(− 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒏−𝟏 𝜽𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜽) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝒂
𝑑𝑦
𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
𝑡
𝑑2 𝑦
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑡 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡, 𝑦 = 𝑒 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡. 𝐴𝑙𝑠𝑜 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 2 .
𝑑𝑥
( , 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟏
𝒕 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
𝜋
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑡 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡, 𝑦 = 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑎𝑡 𝑡 =
2
[𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
𝜋
(𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 2𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛3 2𝜃 𝑎𝑡 𝜃 =
6
√𝟑𝒃
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝒂
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡 3 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 3 , 𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 −1 𝑡
𝟐
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 −
( 𝟐 √𝟏 − 𝒕𝟐 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟑𝒕 (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕𝟑 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒕𝟑 )
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 3𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝜃
𝒃
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝒂
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡 3 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 3 , 𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 −1 𝑡
𝟐
( 𝟐 √𝟏 − 𝒕𝟐 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟑𝒕 (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒕𝟑 )
𝟑
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟖)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑛 𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑛 𝜃
𝒃
(− 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒏−𝟏 𝜽𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜽) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝒂
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
𝜋
(𝒄) 𝑥 = 𝑎(𝜃 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃), 𝑦 = 𝑎(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃) 𝑎𝑡 𝑡 =
2
OR
𝑑2𝑦
𝐼𝑓 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥, ∀ 𝒙 𝝐 ℝ, 𝑠ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 +𝑦 =0
𝑑𝑥 2
[𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒄) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 3𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝜃
Page 88 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
𝒃
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝒂
𝑑𝑦
𝑑𝑥
(𝒄) 𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡 3 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 3 , 𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 −1 𝑡
𝟐
( 𝟐 √𝟏 − 𝒕𝟐 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟑𝒕 (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕𝟑 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒕𝟑 )
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒄) 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑡 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡, 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑡 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑡
𝒆𝒕 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟏
− 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒕
𝒕
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐸𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎(𝜃 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃), 𝑦 = 𝑎(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃)
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑡 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑡, 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑡 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡.
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟏 𝟏
+
𝒕 √𝟏 − 𝒕𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔: − (𝟕)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑥 = 𝑎𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 3𝜃, 𝑦 = 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝜃
𝒃
(− ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝒂
Page 89 of 226
CHAPTER # 4
Page 90 of 226
APPLICATIONS OF ARIF RAZA
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑑 2 (𝑠)
(𝒊) 𝐼𝑓 𝑠 = 𝑓(𝑡), 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑑𝑡 2
* Distance discovered at time “t” * Speed at time “t”
* Acceleration at time “t” * Velocity at time “t”
2
(ii) The slope of the tangent to the curve at 𝑦 = 6𝑥 at (1, −1) is ___.
* −12 * 12 * 15 * 6
(iii) The necessary condition for 𝑓(𝑥) to have an extreme value, is ___.
* 𝑓 / (𝑥) = 1 * 𝑓(𝑥) = 0 * 𝑓 / (𝑥) = 0 * 𝑓 // (𝑥) = 0
(iv) A function 𝑓(𝑥) is maximum at 𝑥 = 𝑎 if ___.
* 𝑓 // (𝑎) = 0 * 𝑓 // (𝑎) < 0 * 𝑓 // (𝑎) > 0 * 𝑓 // (𝑎) = 𝑎
(v) A function 𝑓(𝑥) is maximum at 𝑥 = 𝑎 if ___.
* 𝑓 // (𝑎) = 0 * 𝑓 // (𝑎) < 0 * 𝑓 // (𝑎) > 0 * 𝑓 // (𝑎) = 𝑎
(vi) The necessary condition for 𝑓(𝑥) to have an extreme value, is ___.
* 𝑓 // (𝑥) = 0 * 𝑓 / (𝑥) = 0 * 𝑓(𝑥) = 0 * 𝑓 / (𝑥) = 1
𝑇𝑂 𝐹𝐼𝑁𝐷 𝐸𝑋𝑇𝑅𝐸𝑀𝐸 𝑃𝑂𝐼𝑁𝑇𝑆 𝑂𝑁 𝐿𝐼𝑁𝐸 𝑈𝑆𝐸 𝑇𝐻𝐼𝑆 𝑊𝐸𝐵𝑆𝐼𝑇𝐸

𝑾𝑾𝑾. 𝑺𝒀𝑴𝑩𝑶𝑳𝑨𝑩. 𝑪𝑶𝑴/𝑺𝑶𝑳𝑽𝑬𝑹/𝑪𝑨𝑳𝑪𝑼𝑳𝑼𝑺 − 𝑭𝑼𝑵𝑪𝑻𝑰𝑶𝑵 − 𝑬𝑿𝑻𝑹𝑬𝑴𝑬 − 𝑷𝑶𝑰𝑵𝑻𝑺 − 𝑪𝑨𝑳𝑪𝑼𝑳𝑨𝑻𝑶𝑹
Page 91 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
ANSWER KEY
(i) Acceleration at time “t”
𝑑(𝑠)
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 = 𝑣 =
𝑑𝑡
𝑑 𝑑(𝑣) 𝑑2 (𝑠)
𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑎 = ( )=
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡 2
(ii) 12
𝑑(𝑦) 𝑑(6𝑥 2 )
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − =
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑(𝑦)
= 12𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑(𝑦)
( ) = 12(1) = 12
𝑑𝑥 (1,−1)
(iii) 𝑓 / (𝑥) = 0
(iv) 𝑓 // (𝑎) < 0
(v) 𝑓 // (𝑎) < 0
(vi) 𝑓 / (𝑥) = 0
Page 92 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
GENERAL
𝑨. GEOMETRY
1. Volume of a RIGHT CIRCULAR CONE
1 1
𝑉 = 𝜋𝑟 2 ℎ 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑟 = ℎ, 𝑠𝑜 𝑉 = 𝜋ℎ3
3 3
2. Volume of a SPHERE
4
𝑉 = 𝜋𝑟 3
3
3. Surface Area of a SPHERE
𝐴 = 4𝜋𝑟 2
4. RECTANGULAR Reservoir with OPEN TOP and SQUARE BASE
(i) 𝑉 = 𝑥2ℎ 𝑥 = 𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒, ℎ = 𝐻𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡, 𝑉 = 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒
2
(ii) 𝐴 = 4𝑥ℎ + 𝑥 𝐴 = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎
5. Area of a TRIANGLE
1
𝐴 = (𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒)(𝐴𝑙𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒)
2
6. Time Period of a SIMPLE PENDULUM
𝐿
𝑇 = 2𝜋√
𝑔
(𝐻𝑦𝑝𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑢𝑠𝑒)2 = (𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒)2 + (𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟)2
𝑩. TRIGONOMETRY
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
𝟏. 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝜃
𝑪. VALUES OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS AT VARIOUS ANGLES
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
−180° −165° −150° −135° −120° −105° −90° −75° −60° −45° −30° −15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
−𝝅 − − − − − − − − − − − 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 −0.2588 −0.5 −0.707 −0.866 −0.966 −1 −0.966 −0.866 −0.707 −0.5 −0.2588 0
180° 165° 150° 135° 120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
𝝅 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 0.2588 0.5 0.707 0.866 0.966 1 0.966 0.866 0.707 0.5 0.2588 0
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
−180° −165° −150° −135° −120° −105° −90° −75° −60° −45° −30° −15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
−𝝅 − − − − − − − − − − − 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
−1 −0.966 −0.866 −0.707 −0.5 −0.2588 1 0.2588 0.5 0.707 0.866 0.966 1
180° 165° 150° 135° 120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
𝝅 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
−1 −0.966 −0.866 −0.707 −0.5 −0.2588 0 0.2588 0.5 0.707 0.866 0.966 1
Page 93 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
−180° −165° −150° −135° −120° −105° −90° −75° −60° −45° −30° −15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
−𝝅 − − − − − − − − − − − 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 0.268 0.577 1 1.732 3.732 ∞ −3.732 −1.732 −1 −0.577 −0.268 0
180° 165° 150° 135° 120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
𝝅 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 −0.268 −0.577 −1 −1.732 −3.372 ∞ 3.372 1.732 1 0.577 0.268 0
𝑫. BINOMIAL THEOREM
𝑛(𝑛 − 1) 𝑛−2 2 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) 𝑛−3 3
(𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑛𝑎𝑛−1 𝑏 + 𝑎 𝑏 + 𝑎 𝑏 +⋯
2! 3!
𝑬. LOGARITHMS
1. 𝑙𝑛𝑒 𝑥 = 𝑥 ∵ 𝑙𝑛𝑒 1 = 1
2. 𝑒 𝑙𝑛𝑥 = 𝑥
𝑭. CHAPTER # 2
1. PARALLEL LINES
𝑚1 = 𝑚2
𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1
1
(ii) 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆:- Slope of 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is always equals to infinity, i.e., 𝑚 = ∞ = 0 .
𝑮. CHAPTER # 4
𝑑 𝑛
(𝒊) (𝑥 ) = 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 𝑥 = 𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒
𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
(𝒊𝒊) (𝑈𝑉) = 𝑈 (𝑉) + 𝑉 (𝑈)
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑉 (𝑈) − 𝑈 (𝑉))
𝑑 𝑈 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ( )=
𝑑𝑥 𝑉 𝑉2
𝑑
(𝒊𝒗) (𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒗) (𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥) = −𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒗𝒊) (𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥) = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) (𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥) = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) (𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥) = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝒊𝒙) (𝐶𝑜𝑡 𝑥) = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑 𝑥
(𝒙) (𝑒 ) = 𝑒 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
Page 94 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑑 1
(𝒙𝒊) (𝑙𝑛𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 𝑥
RELATED
𝟏. SLOPE OF A CURVE 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) AT POINT (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑑
𝑆𝑙𝑜𝑝𝑒 = 𝑚 = [ 𝑓(𝑥)]
𝑑𝑥 (𝑥1 ,𝑦1 )
Remember:-
Slope of a curve at a point on it is regarded as the slope of a tangent to the curve at that point.
𝟐. SPEED OF A MOVING OBJECT AT TIME “t”
𝑑
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 = 𝑣 = [ (𝑠)]
𝑑𝑡
𝟑. ACCELERATION OF A MOVING OBJECT AT TIME “t”
𝑑
𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑎 = [ (𝑣)]
𝑑𝑡
𝑑 𝑑
𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑎 = [ ( (𝑠))]
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑡
𝑑2
𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑎 = [ 2 (𝑠)]
𝑑𝑡
𝟒. DIFFERENTIALS
* The change in one physical quantity with respect to 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑥
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥
another physical quantity is called 𝑦=
derivative. 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 10
* And the actual change in physical quantity itself is 𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑦=
𝑙𝑜𝑔 10
called differential. ( 10 )
* Let, 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒
𝑙𝑛𝑥
* 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) → (𝟏) 𝑦=
1
* Let, “𝒅𝒚” and “𝒅𝒙” be the small increments ( )
𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒
in “𝒚” and “𝒙”, then:- 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒
⇒ (𝟏) 𝒚 + 𝒅𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙 + 𝒅𝒙) → (𝟐) 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛𝑥 ×
1
𝒅 𝒅 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒 × 𝑙𝑛𝑥
(𝒚) = [𝒇(𝒙)] 𝑑 𝑑
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 (𝑦) = (𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒 × 𝑙𝑛𝑥)
𝒅 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(𝒚) = 𝒇/ (𝒙) 𝑑 𝑑
𝒅𝒙 (𝑦) = (𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒) (𝑙𝑛𝑥)
/ (𝒙)𝒅𝒙
𝒅𝒚 = 𝒇 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
/ 𝑑 1
⇒ (𝟐) 𝒚 + 𝒇 (𝒙)𝒅𝒙 = 𝒇(𝒙 + 𝒅𝒙) (𝑦) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒 ×
𝑑𝑥 𝑥
Remember:-
𝒅 𝟎. 𝟒𝟑𝟒𝟑
If 𝒚 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝟏𝟎 𝒙, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛: − (𝒚) =
𝒅𝒙 𝒙
𝒅 𝟎. 𝟒𝟑𝟒𝟑
(𝒚) = ( )
𝒅𝒙 𝒙
𝟓. PERCENTAGE CHANGE CALCULATION IN DIFFERENT PHYSICAL
QUANTITIES
(𝒊) Percentage change in VOLUME
𝑑𝑣
%
𝑣
(𝒊𝒊) Percentage change in RADIUS
𝑑𝑟
%
𝑟
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) Percentage change in LENGTH
𝑑𝑙
%
𝑙
(𝒊𝒗) Percentage change in TIME PERIOD
Page 95 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑑𝑇
%
𝑇
𝟔. INCREASING AND DECREASING FUNCTIONS
𝑨. INCREASING FUNCTION
Definition:- A function is said to be increasing over an interval if it is increasing at
every point of that interval.
OR
A function 𝒇(𝒙) is said to be increasing at a point 𝒙 = 𝒂, if
𝒇(𝒂 − 𝒉) < 𝒇(𝒂) < 𝒇(𝒂 + 𝒉) (h being a positive real number)
Condition:- A function 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) is increasing at a point 𝒙 = 𝒂 if:-
𝒅
( (𝒚)) = 𝒇/ (𝒂) > 𝟎
𝒅𝒙
𝒙=𝒂
Graph:-
Maximas OR Point of Maximum Values:- The turning points when the function
changes from increasing to
decreasing values are called points of
maximum values or maximas.
B, D and F are such points.
𝑫
𝑭
𝑩
𝑩. DECREASING FUNCTION
Definition:- A function is said to be decreasing over an interval if it is decreasing at
every point of that interval.
OR
A function 𝒇(𝒙) is said to be decreasing at a point 𝒙 = 𝒂, if
𝒇(𝒂 − 𝒉) > 𝒇(𝒂) > 𝒇(𝒂 + 𝒉) (h being a positive real number)
Condition:- A function 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) is decreasing
at a point 𝒙 = 𝒂 if:-
𝒅
( (𝒚)) = 𝒇/ (𝒂) < 𝟎
𝒅𝒙
𝒙=𝒂
Graph:-
Page 96 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Minimas OR Point of Minimum Values:- The turning points when the function
changes from decreasing to
increasing values are called points of
minimum values or minimas.
C and E are such points.
𝟕. TURNING POINTS OR POINTS OF EXTREME VALUES OR EXTREMAS

 The points where the function does not change, i.e. it is neither increasing nor decreasing at
these points are called turning points or points of extreme values or extremas.
 The tangents to the curve at these points parallel to 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠.
 The derivative of the function at these points becomes zero, i.e. 𝒇/ (𝒂) = 𝟎
 B, C, D, E and F are such turning points.
𝑭
𝑩 𝑬
𝟖. CALCULATION OF MAXIMA/MINIMA OR EXTREME VALUES

Let, 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) be a function:-
Step−I
Find 𝒇/ (𝒙)
Step−II
Put 𝒇/ (𝒙) = 𝟎 and obtain turning points, say 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒃
Step−III
Find 𝒇// (𝒙)
Step−IV
Now put 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒃 in 𝒇// (𝒙). If:-
(i) 𝒇// (𝒂) < 𝟎 ⇒ 𝒙 = 𝒂 𝑖𝑠 𝒎𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒂
(ii) 𝒇// (𝒂) > 𝟎 ⇒ 𝒙 = 𝒂 𝑖𝑠 𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒂
(iii) 𝒇// (𝒂) = 𝟎 ⇒ 𝒙 = 𝒂 𝑖𝑠 𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏𝒂𝒓𝒚
Step−V
Now put 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒃 in 𝒇(𝒙) to find the maximum or minimum values.
Page 97 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟗. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE
𝟏 𝟐 𝟏 𝟒 𝟑
𝟏. 𝑽= 𝝅𝒓 𝒉 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝒓 = 𝒉 𝑽 = 𝝅𝒉𝟑 𝟐. 𝑽= 𝝅𝒓
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑
3. 𝑨 = 𝟒𝝅𝒓𝟐 4. 𝑽 = 𝒙𝟐 𝒉
𝟏
5. 𝑨 = 𝟒𝒙𝒉 + 𝒙𝟐 𝟔. 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆 = ∆= (𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆)(𝑨𝒍𝒕𝒊𝒕𝒖𝒅𝒆)
𝟐
𝑳
𝟕. 𝑻 = 𝟐𝝅√ 8. (𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒐𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒖𝒔𝒆)𝟐 = (𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆)𝟐 + (𝑷𝒆𝒓𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓)𝟐
𝒈
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽
𝟗. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = 10. 𝒍𝒏𝒆𝒙 = 𝒙
𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝜽
11. 𝒆𝒍𝒏𝒙 = 𝒙 12. 𝒎𝟏 = 𝒎𝟐 (Parallel Lines)
13. 𝒎𝟏 × 𝒎𝟐 = −𝟏 (Perpendicular Lines) 14. 𝒎=𝟎 (x−axis slope)
𝟏 𝒅 𝒏
𝟏𝟓. 𝒎 = ∞ = (𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆) 𝟏𝟔. (𝒙 ) = 𝒏𝒙𝒏−𝟏
𝟎 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅
𝒅 𝒅 𝒅 (𝑽 (𝑼) − 𝑼 (𝑽))
𝟏𝟕. (𝑼𝑽) = 𝑼 (𝑽) + 𝑽 (𝑼) 𝒅 𝑼 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝟏𝟖. ( )=
𝒅𝒙 𝑽 𝑽𝟐
𝒅 𝒅
𝟏𝟗. (𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝒙) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒙 𝟐𝟎. (𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒙) = −𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅
𝟐𝟏. (𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙) = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝟐𝟐. (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙) = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒅
𝟐𝟑. (𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙) = 𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 𝟐𝟒. (𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙) = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒅 𝒙 𝒅 𝟏
𝟐𝟓. (𝒆 ) = 𝒆𝒙 𝟐𝟔. (𝒍𝒏𝒙) =
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 𝒙
𝒅 𝒅
𝟐𝟕. 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 = 𝒎 = [ 𝒇(𝒙)] 𝟐𝟖. 𝑺𝒑𝒆𝒆𝒅 = 𝒗 = [ (𝒔)]
𝒅𝒙 (𝒙𝟏 ,𝒚𝟏 ) 𝒅𝒕
𝒅𝟐 30. 𝒚 + 𝒅𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙 + 𝒅𝒙)

𝟐𝟗. 𝑨𝒄𝒄𝒆𝒍𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 = 𝒂 = [ 𝟐 (𝒔)] 𝑻𝒉𝒆𝒏
𝒅𝒕 / (𝒙)𝒅𝒙
𝒚+𝒇 = 𝒇(𝒙 + 𝒅𝒙)
31. If 𝒚 = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝟏𝟎 𝒙 𝒅𝒗 𝒅𝒓 𝒅𝒍 𝒅𝑻
𝑻𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝟑𝟐. % 𝟑𝟑. % 𝟑𝟒. % 𝟑𝟓. %
𝒗 𝒓 𝒍 𝑻
𝒅 𝟎. 𝟒𝟑𝟒𝟑
(𝒚) = ( )
𝒅𝒙 𝒙 (Percentage Change in different Physical Quantities)
36. 𝒇(𝒂 − 𝒉) < 𝒇(𝒂) < 𝒇(𝒂 + 𝒉) 37. 𝒇(𝒂 − 𝒉) > 𝒇(𝒂) > 𝒇(𝒂 + 𝒉)
OR (Increasing Function) OR (Decreasing Function)
𝒅 𝒅
( (𝒚)) = 𝒇/ (𝒂) > 𝟎 ( (𝒚)) = 𝒇/ (𝒂) < 𝟎
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙
𝒙=𝒂 𝒙=𝒂
Page 98 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
38. Extreme Values Calculation

Step−IV
Now put 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒃 in 𝒇// (𝒙). If:-
Step−V
Step−II (i) 𝒇// (𝒂) < 𝟎 Now put 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒃 in
Step−I Put 𝒇/ (𝒙) = 𝟎 and Step−III ⇒ 𝒙 = 𝒂 𝑖𝑠 𝒎𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒂
/ (𝒙) 𝒇(𝒙) to find the
Find 𝒇 obtain turning points, Find 𝒇// (𝒙) (ii) 𝒇// (𝒂) > 𝟎
maximum or minimum
say 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒃 ⇒ 𝒙 = 𝒂 𝑖𝑠 𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒂
values.
(iii) 𝒇// (𝒂) = 𝟎
⇒ 𝒙 = 𝒂 𝑖𝑠 𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏𝒂𝒓𝒚
Page 99 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
EXERCISE # 5.1
1. Q.5 (b) (ii) Determine the points on the curve 𝑦 = 2𝑥 3 − 15𝑥 2 + 36𝑥 + 10 at which the
tangent is parallel to 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟒)
[(𝟐, 𝟑𝟖), (𝟑, 𝟑𝟕)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
EXERCISE # 5.2
1
𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒂) 𝑈𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑢𝑠 𝑠ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑒 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥. 𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒
2√𝑥
𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 √8.9 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑦. (𝟒)
(𝟐. 𝟗𝟖𝟒) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
(ii) Q.4 (a) (i) Calculate an approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 46°. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟔𝟗𝟒𝟕) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
(iii) Q.4 (a) (i) If the radius of a sphere increases by 0.2 %, show that the volume increases by
about 0.6 %. (𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
(iv) Q.4 (a) (ii) Find an approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 46°. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟔𝟗𝟒𝟕) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
(v) Q.4 (a) (ii) Calculate the approximate value of 𝑆𝑖𝑛 44°. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟔𝟗𝟒𝟕) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
(vi) Q.4 (a) (ii) If the radius of a sphere increases by 0.1 %, show that the volume increases by
about 0.3 %. (𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
(vii) Q.4 (a) (i) Calculate an approximate value of 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 (10.1), given that 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒 = 0.4343
(𝟒)
(𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟒𝟑𝟒𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
1
𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑈𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑢𝑠 𝑠ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑒 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥.
2√𝑥
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 √3.9 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑦. (𝟒)
(𝟏. 𝟗𝟕𝟓) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
9. Q.4 (a) (ii) Using differentials, find the approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 44°. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟕𝟏𝟗𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
10. Q.4 (a) (ii) Calculate the approximate value of 𝑇𝑎𝑛 44°. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟗𝟔𝟓𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
11. Q.4 (a) (ii) Calculate the approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 47° using differentials. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟔𝟖𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
12. Q.4 (a) (ii) Calculate the approximate value of 𝑇𝑎𝑛 46° using differentials. (𝟒)
(𝟏. 𝟎𝟑𝟒𝟕) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
1
𝟏𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑒 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥.
2√𝑥
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 √9.1 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑦. (𝟒)
(𝟑. 𝟎𝟏𝟔𝟔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
14. Q.4 (a) (ii) Calculate the approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 47° using differential. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟔𝟖𝟐) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
15. Q.4 (a) (ii) Using differentials calculate the approximate value of 𝑇𝑎𝑛 44°. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟗𝟔𝟓𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
16. Q.4 (a) (ii) Using differentials, find the approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 44°. (𝟒)
(𝟎. 𝟕𝟏𝟗𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
17. Q.3 (v) Using differentials, find the approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 44°. (𝟓)
(𝟎. 𝟕𝟏𝟗𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
1
𝟏𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒗) 𝑆ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑒 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥. 𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 √3.9
2√𝑥
𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑦. (𝟓)
(𝟏. 𝟗𝟕𝟓) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
19. Q.3 (v) By using differentials, calculate an approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 44°. (𝟓)
(𝟎. 𝟕𝟏𝟗𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
Page 100 of 226

CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
1
𝟐𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒗) 𝑈𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠, 𝑠ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑒 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥.
2√𝑥
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 √9.1 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑦. (𝟒)
(𝟑. 𝟎𝟏𝟔𝟔) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
1
𝟐𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒗) 𝑈𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠, 𝑠ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥 𝑐𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑒 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜 √𝑥 + ∆𝑥.
2√𝑥
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 √3.1 . (𝟓)
(𝟏. 𝟗𝟕𝟓)
OR
Calculate an approximate value of 𝑇𝑎𝑛 44° using differential.
(𝟎. 𝟗𝟔𝟓𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
22. Q.3 (v) Calculate the approximate value of 𝑆𝑖𝑛 46° by using differential. (𝟓)
(𝟎. 𝟕𝟏𝟗𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
23. Q.3 (iv) Using differentials, find the approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 44°. (𝟓)
(𝟎. 𝟕𝟏𝟗𝟒) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
24. Q.4 (iii) Calculate the approximate value of 𝐶𝑜𝑠 46° OR 𝐶𝑜𝑠 59° by using differentials.
(𝟓)
(𝟎. 𝟔𝟗𝟒𝟕, 𝟎. 𝟓𝟏𝟓𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
25. Q.4 (iii) Calculate 𝑙𝑜𝑔10(10.1), using differentials, given that 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑒 = 0.4343
(𝟓)
(𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟒𝟑𝟒𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
26. Q.4 (iii) Find the approximate value of 𝑆𝑖𝑛 46° using differential. (𝟓)
(𝟎. 𝟕𝟏𝟗𝟑) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 5.3
1. Q.6 (a) Determine the extreme values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = (𝑥 − 3)2 (𝑥 − 4)2 (𝟔)
𝟕 𝟏
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟑, 𝟒 𝒊𝒔 𝟎, 𝟎, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟐 𝟏𝟔
(𝑥 − 2)(𝑥 − 3)
𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐷𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑥𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑓(𝑥) =
𝑥2
(𝟔)
𝟏𝟐 𝟏
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝒗𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 − ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟓 𝟐𝟒
3. Q.6 (a) Determine the extreme values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 9𝑥 2 + 15𝑥 + 3
(𝟔)
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟓 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟐𝟐, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒊𝒔 𝟏𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
4. Q.6 (a) From a square sheet of cardboard with side 12 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠, make a topless box of maximum
volume by cutting equal squares at the corners and removing them and turning up the
sides. Prove that the length of the side of the square is 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠. (𝟔)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
5. Q.5 (a) Find a right−angled triangle of maximum area with a hypotenuse of length "ℎ".
(𝟖)
𝒉 𝒉
(𝒙 = ,𝒚 = ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
√𝟐 √𝟐
6. Q.5 (a) Find a right−angled triangle of maximum area with a hypotenuse of length "ℎ".
(𝟒)
𝒉 𝒉
(𝒙 = ,𝒚 = ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
√𝟐 √𝟐
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑖𝑛𝑠𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑏𝑒𝑑 𝑖𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 2 + 2 = 1
𝑎 𝑏
. (𝟖)
𝒂 𝒂
(𝒙 = ,𝒚 = , 𝑨𝒎𝒂𝒙 = 𝟐𝒂𝒃) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
√𝟐 √𝟐
8. Q.6 (b) A rectangular reservoir with a square bottom and open top is to be lined inside with lead.
1
𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑟 𝑡𝑜 ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑑 𝑎3 𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠 𝑠𝑢𝑐ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒
2
lead required is minimum. (𝟖)
Page 101 of 226
CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝒂
(𝑳𝒆𝒏𝒈𝒕𝒉 = 𝑩𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒅𝒕𝒉 = 𝒂, 𝑯𝒆𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 = ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟐
9. Q.6 (b) Using a tin sheet of length 48 𝑐𝑚 and width 25 𝑐𝑚. Make a topless box of maximum
volume by cutting equal squares of dimensions 𝑥 𝑐𝑚 at the corners and removing them
and bending the tin so as to form the sides of the box. Find the value of 𝑥 for maximum
volume. Also find maximum volume of box. Give your answer correct to three decimal
places. (𝟖)
(𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒊𝒔 𝒎𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟓. 𝟐𝟓 𝒄𝒎, 𝑽𝒎𝒂𝒙 = 𝟐𝟖𝟓𝟒. 𝟔𝟖𝟖 𝒄𝒎𝟑 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
10. Q.6 (b) (i) Show that the rectangle of maximum area inscribed area in a circle of radius "𝑎" is
a square of area 2𝑎2 . (𝟒)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
3 2
11. Q.5 (b) Determine the extreme values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 − 9𝑥 + 15𝑥 + 3
(𝟖)
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟓 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟐𝟐, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒊𝒔 𝟏𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
12. Q.6 (c) Find the right−angled triangle of the maximum area whose hypotenuse is of length "ℎ".
(𝟖)
𝒉 𝒉
(𝒙 = ,𝒚 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
√𝟐 √𝟐
13. Q.6 (c) Find the extreme values of the given function using derivatives.
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 2) ∀𝒙𝝐ℝ (𝟔)
𝟑 + √𝟑 𝟐 𝟑 − √𝟑 𝟐
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 − √𝟑, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 √𝟑)
𝟑 𝟗 𝟑 𝟗
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
14. Q.6 (c) Find all the stationary points and extreme values of the function "𝑓" such that:-
1
𝑓(𝑥) = 3 𝑥 3 − 2𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + 1 ∀𝒙𝝐ℝ (𝟖)
𝟕
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟑 𝒊𝒔 𝟏, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒊𝒔 ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟑
15. Q.6 (c) Find the relative maximum and minimum values of the function
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 3𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 1 ∀𝒙𝝐ℝ (𝟖)
𝟑 + √𝟑 𝟑 − √𝟑
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 𝟔. 𝟔𝟏𝟓𝟎, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 𝟎. 𝟗𝟐𝟎𝟖)
𝟑 𝟑
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝑙𝑛𝑥 1
𝟏𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒄) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑠 . (𝟖)
𝑥 𝑒
OR
Find the right−angled triangle of the maximum area whose hypotenuse is of length "ℎ".
𝒉 𝒉
(𝒙 = ,𝒚 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
√𝟐 √𝟐
17. Q.6 (c) Determine the extreme values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 9𝑥 2 + 15𝑥 + 3
(𝟖)
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟓 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟐𝟐, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒊𝒔 𝟏𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
3 2
18. Q.6 (b) Determine the extreme values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 − 9𝑥 + 15𝑥 + 3
(𝟖)
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟓 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟐𝟐, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒊𝒔 𝟏𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝑙𝑛𝑥 1
𝟏𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝑆ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑖𝑠 . (𝟕)
𝑥 𝑒
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
20. Q.6 (b) Find the relative maximum and minimum values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝟕)
𝝅 𝟑𝝅
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = − 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟎. 𝟑𝟐𝟏, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 𝟕. 𝟒𝟖𝟕) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟒 𝟒
21. Q.6 (b) Find the relative maximum and minimum values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 2𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 −𝑥
(𝟕)
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = −𝟎. 𝟑𝟒𝟔 𝒊𝒔 𝟐. 𝟖𝟐𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
Page 102 of 226

CHAPTER # 5 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝟐𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) =
𝑥
(𝟕)
𝟏
( ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝒆
𝝅 𝟑𝝅
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = − 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟎. 𝟑𝟐𝟏, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 𝟕. 𝟒𝟖𝟕) (𝟕)
𝟒 𝟒
OR
Find the relative maximum and minimum values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 9𝑥 2 + 15𝑥 + 3
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟓 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟐𝟐, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒊𝒔 𝟏𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
24. Q.6 (b) Find the extreme values of the function 𝑓 given by:-
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 2) ∀𝒙𝝐ℝ (𝟕)
𝟑 + √𝟑 𝟐 𝟑 − √𝟑 𝟐
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 − √𝟑, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 √𝟑)
𝟑 𝟗 𝟑 𝟗
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
𝑥
25. Q.5 (b) Find the maximum and minimum values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝟕)
𝝅 𝟑𝝅
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = − 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟎. 𝟑𝟐𝟏, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 𝟕. 𝟒𝟖𝟕) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟒 𝟒
26. Q.7 (b) Find the maximum and minimum values of the function:- 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 9𝑥 2 + 15𝑥 + 3
∀𝒙𝝐ℝ (𝟕)
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟓 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟐𝟐, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒊𝒔 𝟏𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
27. Q.7 (b) Find a right−angled triangle of maximum area with a hypotenuse of length "ℎ".
(𝟕)
𝒉 𝒉
(𝒙 = ,𝒚 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
√𝟐 √𝟐
𝝅 𝟑𝝅
(𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = − 𝒊𝒔 − 𝟎. 𝟑𝟐𝟏, 𝑴𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒎𝒖𝒎 𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒊𝒔 𝟕. 𝟒𝟖𝟕) (𝟕)
𝟒 𝟒
Page 103 of 226

ANTIDERIVATIVES ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 6
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 𝑝 𝑑𝑥 , 𝑝 ≠ −1 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 ___.
𝑥 𝑝+1 𝑥 𝑝−1 𝑥 𝑝+1 𝑥 𝑝−1
∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐
𝑝+1 𝑝−1 𝑝−1 𝑝+1
(𝒊𝒊) ∫{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛 𝑓 / (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥, 𝑛 ≠ −1 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 ___.
{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛 {𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛+1 {𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛−1
∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑛+1 𝑛+1 𝑛−1
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
2𝑥 2𝑥
* 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛 +𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑆𝑒𝑐 +𝑐
𝑑𝑦
(𝒊𝒗) 𝐴𝑛 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑖𝑠 𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 ___ 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛.
𝑑𝑥
* Polynomial * Differential * Exponential * Logarithmic
(𝒗) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛 30° 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝐶𝑜𝑠 30°
∗ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 30° + 𝑐 ∗ − +𝑐 ∗ 0 ∗ 0.5𝑥 + 𝑐
30°
(𝒗𝒊) 𝐼𝑓 𝑛 = −1, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 ∫{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛 𝑓 / (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 ___.
{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛+1 {𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛+1 {𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛−1
∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑛+1 𝑛 𝑛−1
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
* 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
𝑓 / (𝑥)
(𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓 𝑛+1 (𝑥) 1
∗ + 𝑐, 𝑛 + 1 ≠ 0 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑓 / (𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑛+1 𝑓(𝑥)
(𝒊𝒙) ∫ 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
* 𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
(𝒙) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
* 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
* 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
(𝒙𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑥 𝑥
∗ 𝑥+𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ − +𝑐 ∗ 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐
𝑒 𝑒
1
(𝒙𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑥+1
* (𝑥 + 1)0 + 𝑐 * (𝑥 + 1)−2 + 𝑐 * 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 1) + 𝑐 * −𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 1) + 𝑐
(𝒙𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 3𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑒 3𝑥 𝑒 3𝑥
∗ 𝑒 3𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ 3𝑒 3𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐
3 3
(𝒙𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑒 𝑎𝑥
∗ 𝑎𝑒 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ −𝑎𝑒 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑐
𝑎
2𝑥
(𝒙𝒗) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
1 + 𝑥2
1 1
∗ 𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑥 2 ) + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐
1 + 𝑥2 𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑥 2 )
Page 104 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
(𝑥 + 1)
(𝒙𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑥 2 + 2𝑥
* 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 + 2𝑥) + 𝑐 * 𝑙𝑛(2𝑥 + 1) + 𝑐
* 𝑙𝑛√(𝑥 2 + 2𝑥) + 𝑐 * 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 + 2𝑥)2 + 𝑐
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑐2𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛2𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 2𝑥
∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑐2𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐
2 2 2
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 3𝑒 3𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
3𝑥 3𝑥
𝑒 3𝑥 𝑒 3𝑥
∗ 3𝑒 +𝑐 ∗ 𝑒 +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ − +𝑐
3 3
𝑑𝑥
(𝒙𝒊𝒙) ∫ = ___.
(𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 + 2)
∗ 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 1) − 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 2) + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 1) + 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 2) + 𝑐
𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 1) 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 2)
∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐
𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 2) 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 1)
(𝒙𝒙) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛 45° 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
∗ 𝑥+𝑐 ∗ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 45° + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑐45° + 𝑐 ∗ 𝐶𝑜𝑡45° + 𝑐
(𝒙𝒙𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 (𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
* 𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑐 * −𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
* 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑥
∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛 ( ) + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝑐
2
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑒 2𝑥
∗ 2𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑒 2𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑒 2𝑥+1 + 𝑐
2
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒗)𝐼𝑓 𝑛 = −1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑎 ≠ 0 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 ∫(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛 𝑑𝑥, 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 ___.
𝑙𝑛(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛+1 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)𝑛+1
∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑁𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑠𝑒
𝑎 𝑎(𝑛 + 1) 𝑛+1
(xxv) An antiderivative of a function is also called ___.
* Definite integral * Indefinite integral
* Summation * Differential
(𝒙𝒙𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
* 𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐 * −𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑐 * 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑐
(𝒙𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑥
∗ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛 + 𝑐
2
∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑐
2𝑥
(𝒙𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
1 + 𝑥2
1 1
∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑥 2 ) + 𝑐
𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑥 2 ) 1 + 𝑥2
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒙) ∫ 𝑥 −1 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
1 1
∗ 𝑥0 + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
𝑥 𝑥2
(𝒙𝒙𝒙) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
∗ −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ −𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑐
Page 105 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
∗ −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑐

/ (𝑥)
𝑓
(𝒙𝒙𝒙𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ___.
𝑓(𝑥)
1
∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐 ∗ 𝑙𝑛𝑓 / (𝑥) + 𝑐 ∗ +𝑐 ∗ 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑓(𝑥)
Page 106 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
ANSWER KEY
𝑝+1
𝑥
(𝒊) +𝑐
𝑝+1
𝑥 𝑛+1
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝑥 𝑛 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑐
𝑛+1
{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛+1
(𝒊𝒊) +𝑐
𝑛+1
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛 𝑓 / (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥, 𝑛 ≠ −1
{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛+1
= +𝑐
𝑛+1
(iii) 𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐿𝑒𝑡,
𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑒 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
= 𝑒𝑦 + 𝑐 ∵ ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐
= 𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
(iv) Differential
(v) 0.5𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛 30° 𝑑𝑥
1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥
2
𝑥
= +𝑐
2
(vi) 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑓 / (𝑥)
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝑑𝑥, 𝑛 = 1
{𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛
= 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
(vii) 𝑒 +𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Same as (iii).
(viii) 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Same as (vi).
(ix) 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
𝑦 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑒 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
= 𝑒𝑦 + 𝑐 ∵ ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐
= 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
(x) 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑐
(xi) 𝑒𝑥 + 𝑐
1
(𝒙𝒊𝒊) +𝑐
𝑥+1
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 + 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑓 / (𝑥) = 1
1 𝑓 / (𝑥)
= +𝑐 ∵∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑥+1 𝑓(𝑥)
Page 107 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
𝑒 3𝑥
(𝒙𝒊𝒊𝒊) +𝑐
3
𝑦 = 3𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 3𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
⇒ = 𝑑𝑥
3
𝑑𝑦 1
∫ 𝑒 3𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑒 𝑦 = ∫ 𝑒 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
3 3
1
= 𝑒𝑦 + 𝑐 ∵ ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐
3
𝑒 3𝑥
= +𝑐
3
𝑒 𝑎𝑥
(𝒙𝒊𝒗) +𝑐
𝑎
(xv) 𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑥 2 ) + 𝑐
(xvi) 𝑙𝑛√𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 2 + 2𝑥
𝑓 / (𝑥) = 2𝑥 + 2 = 2(𝑥 + 1)
(𝑥 + 1) 1 2(𝑥 + 1)
∫ 2 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 2
𝑥 + 2𝑥 2 𝑥 + 2𝑥
1 𝑓 / (𝑥)
= 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 2 + 𝑥) + 𝑐 ∵ ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
2 𝑓(𝑥)
= 𝑙𝑛√(𝑥 2 + 𝑥) + 𝑐
2
𝑆𝑒𝑐 2𝑥
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊) +𝑐
2
𝑦 = 2𝑥
𝑑𝑦
⇒ = 𝑑𝑥
2
𝑑𝑦 1
∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑦 = ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑦 𝑑𝑦
2 2
1
= 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑦 + 𝑐 ∵ ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 + 𝑐
2
𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 2𝑥
= +𝑐
2
(xviii) 𝑒 3𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝐿𝑒𝑡, 𝑦 = 3𝑥
𝑑𝑦
⇒ = 𝑑𝑥
3
𝑑𝑦
∫ 3𝑒 3𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 3 ∫ 𝑒 𝑦 = ∫ 𝑒 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
3
= 𝑒𝑦 + 𝑐 ∵ ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐
= 𝑒 3𝑥 + 𝑐
(xix) 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 1) − 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 + 2) + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑅𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑟 𝑡𝑜 𝐼𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑏𝑦 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠.
(xx) 𝑥+𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛 45° 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1) 𝑑𝑥
=𝑥+𝑐
Page 108 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
(xxi) 𝑒 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 [𝑎𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓 / (𝑥)] 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
(xxii) 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑒 2𝑥
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒊𝒊) +𝑐
2
𝑙𝑛(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒗) +𝑐
𝑎
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)−1 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
=∫
(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)
1 𝑎 𝑑𝑥
= ∫
𝑎 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏)
1 𝑓 / (𝑥)
= 𝑙𝑛(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) + 𝑐 ∵∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
𝑎 𝑓(𝑥)
(xxv) Indefinite integral
(xxvi) 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − Same as (ix).
𝑥
(𝒙𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛 + 𝑐
2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) + 𝑐
(xxviii) 𝑙𝑛(1 + 𝑥 2 ) + 𝑐
(xxix) 𝑙𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐
(xxx) −𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑐
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = −𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑐
(xxxi) 𝑙𝑛𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑐
Page 109 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
Page 110 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
GENERAL
𝑨. FACTORIZATION
1. (𝑎 ± 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 ± 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 2. 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏)
3. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎2 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 ) 4. 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)(𝑎2 + 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 )
3 3 2 2 3 (𝑎 − 𝑏)3 = 𝑎3 − 3𝑎2 𝑏 + 3𝑎𝑏 2 − 𝑏 3
5. (𝑎 + 𝑏) = 𝑎 + 3𝑎 𝑏 + 3𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 6.
7. (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 + 2𝑎𝑏 + 2𝑏𝑐 + 2𝑎𝑐
𝑩. TRIGONOMETRY
 Trigonometric Ratios
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝟏. 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 =
𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥
𝟐. 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 =
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
1
𝟑. 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 =
𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥
1
𝟒. 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 =
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
1 1
𝟓. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 = ⇒ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 =
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥
1 1
𝟔. 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 = ⇒ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 =
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥
 Trigonometric Identities
7. 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 = 1
8. 1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
9. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
 Sum and Difference Identities
10. 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽
12. 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 + 𝛽) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽
 Sum to Product Identities
𝟏𝟒. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) 𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( )
2 2
𝟏𝟓. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) 𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( )
2 2
𝟏𝟔. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( ) 𝐶𝑜𝑠 ( )
2 2
𝟏𝟕. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = −2𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) 𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( )
2 2
 Product to Sum Identities
1
𝟏𝟖. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = [𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) + 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
1
𝟏𝟗. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = [𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) + 𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
1
𝟐𝟎. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛽 = − [𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 + 𝛽) − 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
1
𝟐𝟏. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛽 = [𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 + 𝛽) + 𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝛼 − 𝛽)]
2
 Half angle and Double angle Identities
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
𝟐𝟐. 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝟐𝟑. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 − 1 = 1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2 2 2 2 2 2
𝟐𝟒. 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝟐𝟓. 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 − 1 = 1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥
3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥 3𝑥
𝟐𝟔. 𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝟐𝟕. 𝐶𝑜𝑠3𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠2 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2 − 1 = 1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2 2 2 2 2 2
Page 111 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟐𝟖. 𝑆𝑖𝑛4𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝟐𝟗. 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠2 2𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 2𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2 2𝑥 − 1 = 1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 2𝑥
5𝑥 5𝑥 5𝑥 5𝑥 5𝑥 5𝑥
𝟑𝟎. 𝑆𝑖𝑛5𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝟑𝟏. 𝐶𝑜𝑠5𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠2 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2 − 1 = 1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2 2 2 2 2 2
𝟑𝟐. 𝑆𝑖𝑛6𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠3𝑥 𝟑𝟑. 𝐶𝑜𝑠6𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠2 3𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2 3𝑥 − 1 = 1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝑥
GENERAL FORMULAE
𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑥
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑛𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑛𝑥 = 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 − 1 = 1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2
2 2 2 2 2 2
𝑥 𝑥
𝟑𝟒. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝟑𝟓. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2
2 2
𝟑𝟔. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝟑𝟕. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥
3𝑥 3𝑥
𝟑𝟖. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠3𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝟑𝟗. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠3𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2
2 2
𝟒𝟎. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 2𝑥 𝟒𝟏. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 4𝑥
5𝑥 5𝑥
𝟒𝟐. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠5𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝟒𝟑. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠5𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2
2 2
𝟒𝟒. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠6𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝑥 𝟒𝟓. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠6𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 3𝑥
7𝑥 7𝑥
𝟒𝟔. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠7𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝟒𝟕. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠7𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2
2 2
𝟒𝟖. 1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠8𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 4𝑥 𝟒𝟗. 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠8𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 4𝑥
GENERAL FORMULAE
𝑛𝑥 𝑛𝑥
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑛𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑛𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2
2 2
GENERAL FORMULAE
𝑛𝑥 𝑛 𝜋 𝑛 𝑛 𝜋 𝑥
(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 2
− ) = 22 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑛 (
(1 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 2 = 22 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑛 ( − )
4 2 4 2
 VALUES OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS AT VARIOUS ANGLES
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙
−180° −165° −150° −135° −120° −105° −90° −75° −60° −45° −30° −15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
−𝝅 − − − − − − − − − − − 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 −0.2588 −0.5 −0.707 −0.866 −0.966 −1 −0.966 −0.866 −0.707 −0.5 −0.2588 0
180° 165° 150° 135° 120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
𝝅 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 0.2588 0.5 0.707 0.866 0.966 1 0.966 0.866 0.707 0.5 0.2588 0
Page 112 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙
−180° −165° −150° −135° −120° −105° −90° −75° −60° −45° −30° −15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
−𝝅 − − − − − − − − − − − 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
−1 −0.966 −0.866 −0.707 −0.5 −0.2588 1 0.2588 0.5 0.707 0.866 0.966 1
180° 165° 150° 135° 120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
𝝅 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
−1 −0.966 −0.866 −0.707 −0.5 −0.2588 0 0.2588 0.5 0.707 0.866 0.966 1
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙
−180° −165° −150° −135° −120° −105° −90° −75° −60° −45° −30° −15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
−𝝅 − − − − − − − − − − − 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 0.268 0.577 1 1.732 3.732 ∞ −3.732 −1.732 −1 −0.577 −0.268 0
180° 165° 150° 135° 120° 105° 90° 75° 60° 45° 30° 15° 0°
𝟏𝟏𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝟑𝝅 𝟐𝝅 𝟕𝝅 𝝅 𝟓𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅 𝝅
𝝅 𝟎
𝟏𝟐 𝟔 𝟒 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟔 𝟏𝟐
0 −0.268 −0.577 −1 −1.732 −3.372 ∞ 3.372 1.732 1 0.577 0.268 0
𝑪. LOGARITHMS
1. Definition
If 𝑥 = 𝑎 𝑦
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥
2. Common Logarithm
𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 𝑥
3. Natural Logarithm
𝑦 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥
⇒ 𝑦 = 𝑙𝑛 𝑥
4. Laws of Logarithm
(𝒊) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 (𝑥𝑦) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 + 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑦 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑛(𝑥𝑦) = 𝑙𝑛𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛𝑦
𝑥 𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 ( ) = 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 − 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑦 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑛 ( ) = 𝑙𝑛𝑥 − 𝑙𝑛𝑦
𝑦 𝑦
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 𝑦 = 𝑦𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑛 𝑥 𝑦 = 𝑦𝑙𝑛𝑥
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑥 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑥
(𝒊𝒗) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑥 = 𝑶𝑹 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 =
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑎 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑐 𝑒
(𝒗𝒊) 𝑙𝑛𝑒 𝑥 = 𝑥 ∵ 𝑙𝑛𝑒 1 = 1
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) 𝑒 𝑙𝑛(𝑥) = 𝑥
RELATED
𝟏. INTEGRATION
Definition:-
* The process of finding the function when the derivative is given is called an
ANTIDERIVATION or INTEGRATION or ANTIDIFFERENTIATION.
𝟐. ANTIDERIVATIVE
Definition:-
Page 113 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
* A function 𝒈(𝒙) is called an ANTIDERIVATIVE or integral of a function 𝒉(𝒙) on given

interval 𝑰 if 𝒉(𝒙) = 𝒈/ (𝒙) for all 𝒙 in the interval.
𝟑. INDEFINITE INTEGRAL
Definition:-
If 𝒈(𝒙) is an antiderivative or integral of a function 𝒉(𝒙) then the indefinite integral of 𝒉(𝒙)
𝒘. 𝒓. 𝒕. 𝒙 is defined by
𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏
𝑺𝒚𝒎𝒃𝒐𝒍 ∫ 𝒉(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒈(𝒙) + 𝑪 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕
}
}
Example
𝑰𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒇𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒆
𝑥4 𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒅
∗ ℎ(𝑥) = 𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒍
4
𝑥4 𝑥5
∗ ∫ ℎ(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = +𝐶
4 20
𝑥5
∗ ⇒ 𝑔(𝑥) = +𝐶
20
𝑑 𝑑 𝑥5
∗ {𝑔(𝑥)} = ( )+𝐶
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 20
/ (𝑥)
𝑥4
𝑔 =
4
𝑔/ (𝑥) = ℎ(𝑥)
𝟒. DEFINITE INTEGRAL
Definition:-
* If 𝒂 and 𝒃 are two real numbers such that 𝒂 ≤ 𝒃, we defined the quantity
[∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙] − [∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙] 𝑎𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒅𝒆𝒇𝒊𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒆 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒍 𝑜𝑓 𝒇(𝒙) 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛

𝒙=𝒃 𝒙=𝒂
𝒃
𝒂 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝒃, 𝑤𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑛 𝑎𝑠 ∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙 , 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 [𝒂, 𝒃] 𝑖𝑠 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒅 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒
𝒂
𝒅𝒐𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝑜𝑓 𝒇.
* Thus, if
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝐹(𝑥) + 𝐶,
Then
𝑏
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [𝐹(𝑥) + 𝐶]𝑏𝑎
𝑎
𝑏
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = {𝐹(𝑏) + 𝐶} − {𝐹(𝑎) + 𝐶}
𝑎
𝑏
𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙)
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝐹(𝑏) + 𝐶 − 𝐹(𝑎) − 𝐶
𝑎
𝑏
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝐹(𝑏) − 𝐹(𝑎)
𝑎
𝑏
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [𝐹(𝑥)]𝑏𝑎
𝑎
* 𝒂 = 𝑳𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒍𝒊𝒎𝒊𝒕 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑙.
* 𝒃 = 𝑼𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒍𝒊𝒎𝒊𝒕 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑙.
𝒃
∗ 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒍 𝒏𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓 ∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙 𝑟𝑒𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒂𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝑨 𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒅 𝑏𝑦 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒄𝒖𝒓𝒗𝒆
𝒂
𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒔 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒙 = 𝒃 𝑎𝑠 𝑠ℎ𝑜𝑤𝑛 𝑖𝑛 𝑓𝑖𝑔𝑢𝑟𝑒.
𝟓. INTEGRATION FORMULAE
 Basic
Page 114 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑑 𝑛 𝑥 𝑛+1
(𝑥 ) = 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 𝑛
∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = + 𝑪, 𝒏 ≠ −𝟏
𝑑𝑥 𝑛+1
𝑑 {𝑓(𝑥)}𝑛+1 𝑛 / (𝑥)𝑑𝑥
[𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛+1
[ ] = 𝑓(𝑥) ∫[𝑓(𝑥)] 𝑓 = + 𝑪, 𝒏 ≠ −𝟏
𝑑𝑥 𝑛 + 1 𝑛+1
𝑑
(𝑥) = 1 ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑𝑥
 Logarithmic and Exponential
1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥)𝑛 + 𝑪, 𝒏 = 𝟏 (𝒎𝒖𝒔𝒕 𝒃𝒆)
(𝑥)𝑛
𝑑 1
(𝑙𝑛𝑥) = OR
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 𝑓 / (𝑥)
∫ 𝑛
𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛[𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛 + 𝑪, 𝒏 = 𝟏 (𝒎𝒖𝒔𝒕 𝒃𝒆)
𝑓(𝑥)
∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑 𝑥
(𝑒 ) = 𝑒 𝑥 OR
𝑑𝑥 𝑒 𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝑒 𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
𝒂
𝑑 𝑎𝑥 𝑎𝑥
( ) = 𝑎 𝑥 (𝒂 = 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕) ∫ 𝑎 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = + 𝑪 (𝒂 = 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕)
𝑑𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑎 𝑙𝑛𝑎
 Trigonometric
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑
(𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) = 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 OR
𝑑𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
𝒂
∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑
(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥) = −𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 OR
𝑑𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = − +𝑪
𝒂
∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑
(𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 OR
𝑑𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
𝒂
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = −𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑
(𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 OR
𝑑𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = − +𝑪
𝒂
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑
(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥) = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 OR
𝑑𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝒂𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = − +𝑪
𝒂
∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑
(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥) = 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 OR
𝑑𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝒂𝑥𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
𝒂
∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑪 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑪
OR OR
𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑒𝑐𝒂𝑥 𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑖𝑛𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
𝒂 𝒂
Page 115 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) + 𝑪 ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝑪

OR OR
𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝒂𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝒂𝑥) 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝒂𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝒂𝑥)
∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪 ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥𝒂𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
𝒂 𝒂
 Inverse Trigonometric
1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑪
√(1)2 − (𝑥)2
𝑑 1
(𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥) = OR
𝑑𝑥 √1 − 𝑥 2 1 𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 ( ) + 𝑪
√(𝑎)2 − (𝑥)2 𝑎
1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑪
(1)2 + (𝑥)2
𝑑 1
(𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥) = OR
𝑑𝑥 1 + 𝑥2 1 1 𝑥
−1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 ( )+𝑪
(𝑎)2 + (𝑥)2 𝒂 𝑎
1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑥 + 𝑪
𝑑 1 𝑥√(𝑥) − (1)
2 2
(𝑆𝑒𝑐 −1 𝑥) = OR
𝑑𝑥 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 1 1 1 𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑒𝑐 −1 ( ) + 𝑪
𝑥√(𝑥)2 − (𝑎)2 𝒂 𝑎
 Rational
1 1 𝑎+𝑥 1 1 𝑥−𝑎
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 ( ) + 𝑪 ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 ( )+𝑪
(𝑎)2 − (𝑥)2 2𝒂 𝑎−𝑥 (𝑥)2 − (𝑎)2 2𝒂 𝑥+𝑎
 Irrational
1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √(𝑥)2 − (𝑎)2 ) + 𝑪
√(𝑥)2 − (𝑎)2
1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √(𝑥)2 + (𝑎)2 ) + 𝑪
√(𝑥) + (𝑎)
2 2
𝑥√(𝑎)2 − (𝑥)2 𝑎2 𝑥
∫ √(𝑎) − (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 =
2 2 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 ( ) + 𝑪
2 2 𝑎
2
𝑥√(𝑥) − (𝑎)
2 2 𝑎
∫ √(𝑥)2 − (𝑎)2 𝑑𝑥 = − 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √(𝑥)2 − (𝑎)2 ) + 𝑪
2 2
𝑥√(𝑥) + (𝑎)
2 2 𝑎2
∫ √(𝑥)2 + (𝑎)2 𝑑𝑥 = + 𝑙𝑛 (𝑥 + √(𝑥)2 + (𝑎)2 ) + 𝑪
2 2
𝟔. INTEGRATION TECHNIQUES
 Using Standard Formulae
Example # 1
∫ 𝑥 5 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 5+1 𝑥 𝑛+1
= +𝐶 ∵ ∫ 𝑥 𝑛 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
5+1 𝑛+1
𝟓
𝒙𝟔
∫ 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝟔
Example # 2
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
Example # 3
3
∫(𝑥 4 + 1)2 4𝑥 3 𝑑𝑥
Page 116 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
3
(𝑥 4 + 1)2+1 [𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛+1
= +𝐶 ∵ ∫[𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛 𝑓 / (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = + 𝑪, 𝒏 ≠ −𝟏
3 𝑛+1
+ 1
2
5
4
(𝑥 + 1)2
= +𝐶
5
2
𝟑 𝟐 𝟒 𝟓
∫(𝒙𝟒 + 𝟏)𝟐 𝟒𝒙𝟑 𝒅𝒙 =(𝒙 + 𝟏)𝟐 + 𝑪
𝟓
 Using Algebraic Substitution
Case # 1 𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒇(𝒙) > 𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒇/ (𝒙)
Example # 1
∫(𝑥 3 + 2)−3 3𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 3 + 2)−3+1 [𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛+1
= +𝐶 ∵ ∫[𝑓(𝑥)]𝑛 𝑓 / (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = + 𝑪, 𝒏 ≠ −𝟏
−3 + 1 𝑛+1
(𝑥 3 + 2)−2
= +𝐶
−2
𝟏
∫(𝒙𝟑 + 𝟐)−𝟑 𝟑𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝟐(𝒙𝟑 + 𝟐)𝟐
Example # 2
3
∫ √1 − 𝑥 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
= ∫(1 − 𝑥 2 )3 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
Let,
𝑦 = 1 − 𝑥2
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑦) = (1 − 𝑥 2 )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝑦) = −2𝑥
𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = −2𝑥𝑑𝑥
⇒ −𝑑𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑑𝑥
1
∫(1 − 𝑥 2 )3 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
= ∫(𝑦)3 (−𝑑𝑦)
1
= − ∫(𝑦)3 𝑑𝑦
1
(𝑦)3+1 𝑥 𝑛+1
=− +𝐶 ∵ ∫ 𝑥 𝑛 𝑑𝑥 = +𝑪
1 𝑛+1
+ 1
3
4
(𝑦)3
=− +𝐶
4
3
𝟑 𝟑 𝟒
∫ √𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 𝟐𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = (𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟑 + 𝑪
𝟒
Case # 2 𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒇/ (𝒙)
Example # 3
(𝑥 + 2)
∫ 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 − 3)
{(𝑥 − 3) + 5}
=∫ 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 − 3)
(𝑥 − 3) 𝑑𝑥
=∫ 𝑑𝑥 + 5 ∫
(𝑥 − 3) 𝑥−3
Page 117 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + 5 ∫
𝑥−3
(𝒙 + 𝟐)
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒙 + 𝟓𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) + 𝑪
(𝒙 − 𝟑)
Example # 4
𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥
√1 + 𝑥
Let,
𝑦 = 1+𝑥 ⇒ 𝑥 = 𝑦−1
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑦) = (1 + 𝑥)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝑦) = 1
𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 𝑑𝑥
𝑥
∫ 𝑑𝑥
√1 + 𝑥
(𝑦 − 1)
=∫ 𝑑𝑦
√𝑦
𝑦 𝑑𝑦
= ∫ 1 𝑑𝑦 − ∫ 1
𝑦2 𝑦2
1 1
= ∫ 𝑦 2 − ∫ 𝑦 −2 𝑑𝑦
1 1
𝑦 2+1 𝑦 −2+1
= − +𝐶
1 1
2 + 1 −2 + 1
3 1
𝑦2 𝑦2
= − +𝐶
3 1
2 2
𝒙 𝟐 𝟑 𝟏
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = (𝟏 + 𝒙)𝟐 − 𝟐(𝟏 + 𝒙)𝟐 + 𝑪
√𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟑
Case # 3 𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒇(𝒙) < 𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒇/ (𝒙)
Example # 5
7
∫(𝑥 3 + 1)5 𝑥 5 𝑑𝑥
7 7
∫(𝑥 3 + 1)5 𝑥 5 𝑑𝑥 = ∫(𝑥 3 + 1)5 𝑥 3 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
Let,
𝑦 = 𝑥3 + 1 ⇒ 𝑥3 = 𝑦 − 1
𝑑 𝑑 3
(𝑦) = (𝑥 + 1)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝑦) = 3𝑥 2
𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 3𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
⇒ = 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
3
7
∫(𝑥 3 + 1)5 𝑥 5 𝑑𝑥
7
= ∫(𝑥 3 + 1)5 𝑥 3 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
7 𝑑𝑦
= ∫(𝑦)5 (𝑦 − 1)
3
1 7 7
= ∫ (𝑦 5+1 − 𝑦 5 ) 𝑑𝑦
3
Page 118 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
1 12 1 7
= ∫ 𝑦 5 𝑑𝑦 − ∫ 𝑦 5 𝑑𝑦
3 3
12 7
1 𝑦 5 +1 1 𝑦 5+1
= ( )− ( )+𝐶
3 12 + 1 3 7+1
5 5
17 12
1 𝑦5 1 𝑦5
= ( )− ( )+𝐶
3 17 3 12
5 5
1 5 17 1 5 12
= × 𝑦5 − × 𝑦5 +𝐶
3 17 3 12
𝟕 𝟓 𝟑 𝟏𝟕 𝟓 𝟑 𝟏𝟐
∫(𝒙𝟑 + 𝟏)𝟓 𝒙𝟓 𝒅𝒙 = (𝒙 + 𝟏) 𝟓 − (𝒙 + 𝟏) 𝟓 + 𝑪
𝟓𝟏 𝟑𝟔
More Examples
Example # 6
∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛 (3𝑥 + 2)𝑑𝑥
Let,
𝑦 = 3𝑥 + 2
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑦) = (3𝑥 + 2)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝑦) = 3
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
⇒ = 𝑑𝑥
3
∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛 (3𝑥 + 2)𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑦
3
1
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
3
1
= (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑦) + 𝐶 ∵ ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 𝑪
3
𝟏
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏 (𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐)𝒅𝒙 = − 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐) + 𝑪
𝟑
Example # 7
∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Let,
𝑦 = 𝑒𝑥
𝑑 𝑑 𝑥
(𝑦) = (𝑒 )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑
(𝑦) = 𝑒 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑒 𝑥 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
= 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑦 + 𝐶 ∵ ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑪
∫ 𝒆𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒆𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒙 + 𝑪
 Using Trigonometric Substitution
Page 119 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
Case # 1
𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒅 ∫ √[(𝒂)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐 ]𝒏 𝑷𝒖𝒕, 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 𝑶𝑹 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽
Example # 1
√3
∫ √4 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
−1
√3
= ∫ √(2)2 − (𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
−1
Let,
𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑥) = (2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝜃
1 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 = 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑑𝜃
√3 𝜋
𝑥 = √3 ⇒ √3 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 ⇒ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 = ⇒ 𝜃=
2 3
−1 7𝜋
𝑥 = −1 ⇒ −1 = 2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 ⇒ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃 = ⇒ 𝜃=
2 6
√3
∫ √(2)2 − (𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
−1
𝜋
3
= ∫ √(2)2 − (2𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃)2 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑑𝜃
7𝜋
6
𝜋
3
= ∫ √4 − 4𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑑𝜃
7𝜋
6
𝜋
3
= ∫ √4(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝜃) 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑑𝜃
7𝜋
6
𝜋
3
= ∫ √4𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑑𝜃
7𝜋
6
𝜋
3
= ∫ 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃𝑑𝜃
7𝜋
6
𝜋
3
= 4 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝜃 𝑑𝜃
7𝜋
6
𝜋
3 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜃
= 4∫ ( ) 𝑑𝜃
7𝜋 2
6
𝜋
3
= 2 ∫ (1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜃) 𝑑𝜃
7𝜋
6
𝜋 𝜋
3 3
= 2 ∫ 𝑑𝜃 + 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝜃 𝑑𝜃
7𝜋 7𝜋
6 6
𝜋
𝜋
3
𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝜃 3
= 2[𝜃]7𝜋 + 2[ ]
6
2 7𝜋
6
𝜋 𝜋
3 3
[𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝜃]7𝜋
= 2[𝜃]7𝜋 +
6 6
𝜋 7𝜋 𝜋 7𝜋
= 2 ( − ) + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 ( ) − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 ( )
3 6 3 6
2𝜋 − 7𝜋 2𝜋 7𝜋
= 2( ) + 𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) − 𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( )
6 3 3
Page 120 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
−5𝜋 √3 √3
= 2( )+ −
6 2 2
√𝟑 𝟓𝝅
∫ √𝟒 − 𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙 = −
−𝟏 𝟑
Case # 2
𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒅 ∫ √[(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 ]𝒏 𝑷𝒖𝒕, 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑺𝒆𝒄𝜽
Example # 2
−2√3
𝑑𝑥
∫
−6 𝑥√𝑥 2 − 9
−2√3
𝑑𝑥
=∫ → (1)
−6 𝑥√(𝑥)2 − (3)2
Let,
𝑥 = 3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑥) = (3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝜃
1 = 3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 = 3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃𝑑𝜃
3 3 5𝜋
𝑥 = −2√3 ⇒ −2√3 = 3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃 ⇒ −2√3 = ⇒ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 = ⇒ 𝜃=
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 −2√3 6
3 3 2𝜋
𝑥 = −6 ⇒ −6 = 3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃 ⇒ −6 = ⇒ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 = ⇒ 𝜃=
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 −6 3
−2√3
𝑑𝑥
∫
−6 𝑥√(𝑥)2 − (3)2
5𝜋
6 3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃𝑑𝜃
=∫
2𝜋
3
3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃√(3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃)2 − (3)2
5𝜋
=∫
2𝜋 3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃√9𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝜃 − 9
3
5𝜋
=∫
2𝜋
3
3𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃√9(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝜃 − 1)
5𝜋
6 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃𝑑𝜃
=∫
2𝜋 √9𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝜃
3
5𝜋
6 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃𝑑𝜃
=∫
2𝜋 3𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃
3
5𝜋
1 6
= ∫ 𝑑𝜃
3 2𝜋
3
1 5𝜋 6
= [𝜃]2𝜋
3 3
1 5𝜋 2𝜋
= [ − ]
3 6 3
1 5𝜋 − 4𝜋
= [ ]
3 6
−𝟐√𝟑
𝒅𝒙 𝝅
∫ =
−𝟔 𝒙√𝒙𝟐 − 𝟗 𝟏𝟖
Case # 3
Page 121 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒅 ∫ √[(𝒙)𝟐 + (𝒂)𝟐 ]𝒏 𝑷𝒖𝒕, 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
Example # 3
𝑎
𝑑𝑥
∫ 3
0 (𝑎 2 + 𝑥 2 )2
𝑎
𝑑𝑥
=∫ 3 →
(1)
0 [(𝑎)2 + (𝑥)2 ]2
Let,
𝑥 = 𝑎𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃
𝑑 𝑑
(𝑥) = (𝑎𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝜃
1 = 𝑎𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝜃
𝑑𝑥
2
𝑑𝑥 = 𝑎𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝜃𝑑𝜃
𝑎 𝜋
𝑥=𝑎 ⇒ 𝑎 = 𝑎𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 ⇒ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = ⇒ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = 1 ⇒ 𝜃=
𝑎 4
0
𝑥=0 ⇒ 0 = 𝑎𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 ⇒ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = ⇒ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 = 0 ⇒ 𝜃=0
𝑎
𝑎
𝑑𝑥
∫ 3
0[(𝑎)2 + (𝑥)2 ]2
𝜋
4 𝑎𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝜃𝑑𝜃
=∫ 3
0 [(𝑎)2 + (𝑎𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃)2 ]2
𝜋
=∫ 3
0 [𝑎 2 + 𝑎 2 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝜃]2
𝜋
=∫ 3
0 [𝑎 2 (1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝜃)]2
𝜋
=∫ 3
0 [𝑎 2 (𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝜃)]2
𝜋
=∫ 3 3
0 𝑎 2×2 × 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2×2 𝜃
𝜋
=∫ 3 3
0 𝑎 × 𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝜃
𝜋
=∫
0 𝑎3 × 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝜃
𝜋
4 𝑑𝜃
=∫ 2
0 𝑎 × 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝜃
𝜋
1 4
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝜃 𝑑𝜃
𝑎2 0
𝜋
1
= 2 [𝑆𝑖𝑛𝜃]04
𝑎
1 𝜋
= 2 [𝑆𝑖𝑛 ( ) − 𝑆𝑖𝑛(0) ]
𝑎 4
𝒂
𝒅𝒙 𝟏
∫ 𝟑 =
𝟎 (𝒂𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 √𝟐𝒂𝟐
 Using Completing Square
This method is used when the integrand involves a quadratic expression in the
denominator or quadratic expression under a radical.
Example # 1
Page 122 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑑𝑥
∫
√6𝑥 − 𝑥 2
6𝑥 − 𝑥 2
= −(𝑥 2 − 6𝑥)
= −[(𝑥)2 − 2(𝑥)(3) + (3)2 − (3)2 ]
= −[{(𝑥)2 − 2(𝑥)(3) + (3)2 } − (3)2 ]
= −[(𝑥 − 3)2 − (3)2 ]
6𝑥 − 𝑥 2 = (3)2 − (𝑥 − 3)2
𝑑𝑥
∫
√6𝑥 − 𝑥 2
𝑑𝑥
=∫
√(3)2 − (𝑥 − 3)2
𝒅𝒙 𝒙−𝟑
∫ = 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( )+𝑪
√𝟔𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 𝟑
 Using Integration by Parts
Formula
𝑑
∫ 𝒖𝒗 𝑑𝑥 = 𝒖 ∫ 𝒗 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ [ (𝒖) ∫ 𝒗 𝑑𝑥] 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
Order
1. 𝑳 ogarithmic functions. For eg., 𝒍𝒏𝒙, 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙, 𝒆𝒕𝒄
2. 𝑰 nverse Trigonometric functions. For eg., 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙, 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙, 𝒆𝒕𝒄
3. 𝑰 rrational functions. For eg., √𝒂𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 , √𝒂𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 , 𝒆𝒕𝒄
𝟏
4. 𝑨 lgebraic functions. For eg., 𝒙𝟐 , 𝒙𝟑 , 𝒆𝒕𝒄
5. 𝑻 rigonometric functions. For eg., 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙, 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙, 𝒆𝒕𝒄
6. 𝑬 xponential functions. For eg., 𝒂𝒙 , 𝒆𝒙 , 𝒆𝒕𝒄
Derivation
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
(𝑢𝑤) = 𝑢 (𝑤) + 𝑤 (𝑢)
𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
∫ (𝑢𝑤) 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑢 (𝑤) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑤 (𝑢) 𝑑𝑥
𝑑(𝑤) 𝑑(𝑢)
𝑢𝑤 = ∫ 𝑢 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑤 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫𝑢 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑢𝑤 − ∫ 𝑤 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Put,
𝑑𝑤
= 𝑣 ⇒ ∫ 𝑑𝑤 = ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 ⇒ 𝑤 = ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
∫𝑢 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑢𝑣 − ∫ 𝑤 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑(𝑢)
⇒ ∫ 𝑢𝑣 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑢 ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ (∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑑(𝑢)
∫ 𝑢𝑣 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑢 ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ [ ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥] 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
In words:-
Integral of a product of two functions=First function×Integral of second
function− ∫ Derivative of first function×Integral of second function.
Note:-
Integration by parts is a very useful technique when one factor of the integrand
can be easily integrated while the differentiation of the other factor simplifies it.
Example # 1
∫ 𝑥𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
Let,
Page 123 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑢=𝑥 and 𝑣 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥

𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑥
= 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑢
=1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∫ 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 = −𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑑𝑥
Integrate (1) by parts
𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑥𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥 ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ [( ) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥] 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
= 𝑥(−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 1(−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
= −𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝒅𝒙 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
Some more Formulae

𝑒 𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝑒 𝒂𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝒃𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 2 (𝒂𝑆𝑖𝑛𝒃𝑥 − 𝒃𝐶𝑜𝑠𝒃𝑥)
𝒂 + 𝒃2
𝒂𝑥
𝑒 𝒂𝑥
∫ 𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝒃𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 2 (𝒂𝐶𝑜𝑠𝒃𝑥 + 𝑏𝑆𝑖𝑛𝒃𝑥)
𝒂 + 𝒃2
∫ 𝑒 𝒂𝑥 [𝑎𝑓(𝑥) + 𝑓 / (𝑥)] 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝒂𝑥 𝑓(𝑥) + 𝐶
Example # 2
∫ 𝑒 3𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Here, 𝑎 = 3, 𝑏 = 2
3𝑥
𝑒 3𝑥
∫ 𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 2 (3𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥)
3 + 22
𝒆𝟑𝒙
∫ 𝒆𝟑𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = (𝟑𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 − 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙)
𝟏𝟑
Example # 3
∫ 𝑒 −𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠3𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Here, 𝑎 = −1, 𝑏 = 3
𝑒 −𝑥
∫ 𝑒 −𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠3𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = (−𝐶𝑜𝑠3𝑥 + 3𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥)
(−1)2 + (3)2
𝒆−𝒙̇
−𝒙
∫ 𝒆 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = (−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑𝒙)
𝟏𝟎
Example # 4
∫ 𝑒 𝑥 (𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝒆𝒙 (𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒆𝒙 𝒔𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
 Using Partial Fractions

* A rational function is a ratio of two polynomials.
𝑵(𝒙)
∗ 𝐴 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑑𝑒𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑠 𝑹(𝒙) = .
𝑫(𝒙)
* Here,
𝑹(𝒙) = 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛;
𝑵(𝒙) = 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟;
𝑫(𝒙) = 𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟.
* A rational functional may be integrated by using partial fractions if its:-
𝑫𝒆𝒏𝒐𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒕𝒐𝒓, 𝑫(𝒙) 𝒄𝒐𝒖𝒍𝒅 𝒃𝒆 𝒇𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒊𝒛𝒆𝒅.
* There are two types of rational functions:-
Page 124 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
(i) Proper Fraction

* When the degree of the 𝑫(𝒙) is greater than the degree of the 𝑵(𝒙).
3𝑥 2 + 5𝑥 + 9
∗ 𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒, .
𝑥 3 + 5𝑥 + 2𝑥
(ii) Improper Fraction
* When the degree of the 𝑫(𝒙) is less than the degree of the 𝑵(𝒙).
𝑥 4 + 2𝑥 + 1
∗ 𝐹𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑥𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒, .
𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 6
* In this case improper fraction can be converted in to proper fraction by
dividing 𝑵(𝒙) by 𝑫(𝒙) until the degree of remainder 𝒓(𝒙) becomes less
than the degree of 𝑫(𝒙).
𝑵(𝒙) 𝒓(𝒙)
∗ = 𝑸(𝒙) +
𝑫(𝒙) 𝑫(𝒙) 𝑵(𝒙)
𝑫(𝒙) 𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 6 𝑥 4 + 0𝑥 3 + 0𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 1 𝑥 2 + 5𝑥 + 19 𝑸(𝒙)
4 3 2
±𝑥 ∓ 5𝑥 ± 6𝑥
5𝑥 3 − 6𝑥 2 + 2𝑥
±5𝑥 3 ∓ 25𝑥 2 ± 30𝑥
19𝑥 2 − 28𝑥 + 1
±19𝑥 2 ∓ 95𝑥 ± 114
𝟔𝟕𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟑 𝒓(𝒙)
∗ 𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒,
𝑥 4 + 2𝑥 + 1 67𝑥 − 113
2
= (𝑥 2 + 5𝑥 + 19) + ( 2 )
𝑥 − 5𝑥 + 6 𝑥 − 5𝑥 + 6
* Here,
67𝑥 − 113
(𝑥 2 + 5𝑥 + 19) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ( 2 ) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝒑𝒂𝒓𝒕𝒊𝒂𝒍 𝒇𝒓𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏𝒔 𝑎𝑛𝑑
𝑥 − 5𝑥 + 6
𝑥 4 + 2𝑥 + 1
𝑖𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒖𝒍𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝒇𝒓𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏.
𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 6
Categories of Proper Fractions
* There are four categories of proper fractions according to the nature of denominator.
Category A:- Linear factors (𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒)
2
𝑚𝑥 + 𝑛 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶
= + +
(𝑎𝑥 − 𝛼)(𝑏𝑥 − 𝛽)(𝑐𝑥 − 𝛾) (𝑎𝑥 − 𝛼) (𝑏𝑥 − 𝛽) (𝑐𝑥 − 𝛾)
Example # 1
(5𝑥 − 2)
∫ 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 7)
Resolving (1) in to partial fractions
(5𝑥 − 2) 𝐴 𝐵
= + → (2)
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 7) 𝑥 − 3 𝑥 + 7
5𝑥 − 2 = 𝐴(𝑥 + 7) + 𝐵(𝑥 − 3) → (3)
Put, 𝑥 + 7 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 = −7
Also, 𝑥 − 3 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 = 3
Put, 𝑥 = −7 in (3)
⇒ (3) 5(−7) − 2 = 𝐴(−7 + 7) + 𝐵(−7 − 3)
−35 − 2 = 𝐴(0) + 𝐵(−10)
−37 = −10𝐵
37
𝐵=
10
Put, 𝑥 = 3 in (3)
⇒ (3) 5(3) − 2 = 𝐴(3 + 7) + 𝐵(3 − 3)
15 − 2 = 𝐴(10) + 𝐵(0)
13 = 10𝐴
Page 125 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
13
𝐴=
10
⇒ (2)
13 37
(5𝑥 − 2) (10) (10)
= +
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 7) 𝑥 − 3 𝑥 + 7
(5𝑥 − 2) 13 1 37 1
= ( )+ ( )
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 7) 10 𝑥 − 3 10 𝑥 + 7
⇒ (1)
(5𝑥 − 2) 13 1 37 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 7) 10 𝑥−3 10 𝑥+7
(𝟓𝒙 − 𝟐) 𝟏𝟑 𝟑𝟕
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) + 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 + 𝟕) + 𝑪
(𝒙 − 𝟑)(𝒙 + 𝟕) 𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎
Category B:- Linear factors with a power (𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒)𝒎
𝑘𝑥 + 𝑢 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶 𝐷 𝑃
= + + + + ⋯……+
(𝑎𝑥 − 𝛼)(𝑏𝑥 − 𝛽) 𝑚 (𝑎𝑥 − 𝛼) (𝑏𝑥 − 𝛽) (𝑏𝑥 − 𝛽) 2 (𝑏𝑥 − 𝛽) 3 (𝑏𝑥 − 𝛽)𝑚
Example # 2
(3𝑥 + 7)
∫ 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4)2
(3𝑥 + 7) 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶
∫ = + + → (2)
(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4) 2 2𝑥 − 1 𝑥 − 4 (𝑥 − 4)2
3𝑥 + 7 = 𝐴(𝑥 − 4)2 + 𝐵(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4) + 𝐶(2𝑥 − 1) → (3)
Put, 𝑥 − 4 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 = 4
1
𝐴𝑙𝑠𝑜, 2𝑥 − 1 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 =
2
Put, 𝑥 = 3 in (3)
⇒ (3) 3(4) + 7 = 𝐴(4 − 4)2 + 𝐵(2(4) − 1)(4 − 4) + 𝐶(2(4) − 1)
19 = 𝐴(0)2 + 𝐵(7)(0) + 𝐶(7)
19 = 7𝐵
19
𝐵=
7
1
𝑃𝑢𝑡, 𝑥 = 𝑖𝑛 (3)
2
2
1 1 1 1 1
⇒ (3) 3 ( ) + 7 = 𝐴 ( − 4) + 𝐵 (2 ( ) − 1) ( − 4) + 𝐶 (2 ( ) − 1)
2 2 2 2 2
17 7 2 7
= 𝐴 (− ) + 𝐵(1 − 1) (− ) + 𝐶(1 − 1)
7 2 2
17 49 7
= 𝐴 ( ) + 𝐵(0) (− ) + 𝐶(0)
2 4 2
17 4
𝐴= ×
2 49
13 = 10𝐴
34
𝐴=
49
⇒ (3) 3𝑥 + 7 = 𝐴(𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 16) + 𝐵(2𝑥 2 − 9𝑥 + 4) + 𝐶(2𝑥 − 1)
3𝑥 + 7 = 𝐴𝑥 2 − 8𝐴𝑥 + 16𝐴 + 2𝐵𝑥 2 − 9𝐵𝑥 + 4𝐵 + 2𝐶𝑥 − 2𝐶
0𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + 7 = 𝑥 2 (𝐴 + 2𝐵) + 𝑥(2𝐶 − 9𝐵 + 16𝐴) + 16𝐴 + 4𝐵 − 2𝐶
Comparing the coefficients of 𝑥 2 , 𝑥 and constants
𝐴 + 2𝐵 = 0 → (4) 3 = 16𝐴 − 9𝐵 + 2𝐶 → (5) 7 = 16𝐴 + 4𝐵 − 2𝐶 → (6)
⇒ (5) 3 = 16𝐴 − 9𝐵 + 2𝐶
34 19
3 = 16 ( ) − 9 ( ) + 2𝐶
49 7
19 34
2𝐶 = 3 + 9 ( ) − 16 ( )
7 49
Page 126 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
171 544
2𝐶 = 3 + −
7 49
800
2𝐶 =
49
400
𝐶=
49
⇒ (2)
34 19 400
(3𝑥 + 7) (49) (7) ( 49 )
= + +
(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4)2 2𝑥 − 1 𝑥 − 4 (𝑥 − 4)2
(3𝑥 + 7) 34 1 19 1 400 1
= ( )+ ( )+ ( )
(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4) 2 49 2𝑥 − 1 7 𝑥−4 49 (𝑥 − 4)2
⇒ (1)
(3𝑥 + 7) 34 1 19 1 400 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4) 2 49 2𝑥 − 1 7 𝑥−4 49 (𝑥 − 4)2
(3𝑥 + 7) 34 1 2 19 1 400
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = × ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫(𝑥 − 4)−2 𝑑𝑥
(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4)2 49 2 2𝑥 − 1 7 𝑥−4 49
(3𝑥 + 7) 17 19 400 (𝑥 − 4)−2+1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛(2𝑥 − 1) + 𝑙𝑛(𝑥 − 4) + × +𝐶
(2𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 4)2 49 7 49 −2 + 1
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟕) 𝟏𝟕 𝟏𝟗 𝟒𝟎𝟎 𝟏
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏) + 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟒) − × +𝑪
(𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏)(𝒙 − 𝟒)𝟐 𝟒𝟗 𝟕 𝟒𝟗 (𝒙 − 𝟒)
Category C:- Quadratic factors (𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)
𝑘𝑥 + 𝑢 𝐹𝑥 + 𝐺 𝐻𝑥 + 𝐼
= +
(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)(𝑑𝑥 + 𝑒) (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐) (𝑑𝑥 2 + 𝑒)
2 2 2
Example # 3
(2𝑥 + 4)
∫ 𝑑𝑥 → (1)
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 2 + 1)
(2𝑥 + 4) 𝐴 𝐵𝑥 + 𝐶
= + 2 → (2)
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 1) 𝑥 − 3 𝑥 + 1
2
2𝑥 + 4 = 𝐴(𝑥 2 + 1) + (𝐵𝑥 + 𝐶)(𝑥 − 3) → (3)

Put, 𝑥 − 3 = 0 ⇒ 𝑥 = 3
Put, 𝑥 = 3 in (3)
⇒ (3) 2(3) + 4 = 𝐴((3)2 + 1) + (𝐵𝑥 + 𝐶)(3 − 3)
10 = 𝐴(10) + (𝐵𝑥 + 𝐶)(0)
10 = 𝐴(10)
𝐴=1
⇒ (3) 2𝑥 + 4 = 𝐴𝑥 2 + 𝐴 + 𝐵𝑥 2 − 3𝐵𝑥 + 𝐶𝑥 − 3𝐶
0𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 4 = 𝑥 2 (𝐴 + 𝐵) + 𝑥(𝐶 − 3𝐵) + 𝐴 − 3𝐶
Comparing the coefficients of 𝑥 2 , 𝑥 and constants
𝐴 + 𝐵 = 0 → (4) 2 = 𝐶 − 3𝐵 → (5) 4 = 𝐴 − 3𝐶 → (6)
⇒ (6) 4 = 𝐴 − 3𝐶
4 = 1 − 3𝐶
3𝐶 = 1 − 4
3𝐶 = −3
𝐶 = −1
⇒ (5) 2 = 𝐶 − 3𝐵
2 = −1 − 3𝐵
−3𝐵 = 2 + 1
−3𝐵 = 3
𝐵 = −1
⇒ (2)
(2𝑥 + 4) 1 (−1)𝑥 + (−1)
= +
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 1) 𝑥 − 3
2 𝑥2 + 1
Page 127 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
(2𝑥 + 4) 1 (−𝑥 − 1)
= + 2
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 1) 𝑥 − 3
2 𝑥 +1
(2𝑥 + 4) 1 (𝑥 + 1)
= −
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 2 + 1) 𝑥 − 3 𝑥 2 + 1
(2𝑥 + 4) 1 (𝑥 + 1)
= − 2
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 + 1) 𝑥 − 3 𝑥 + 1
2
⇒ (1)
(2𝑥 + 4) 1 (𝑥 + 1)
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 2 + 1) 𝑥−3 𝑥2 + 1
1 𝑥 1
=∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 2 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑥−3 𝑥 +1 𝑥 +1
1 1 2𝑥 1
=∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 2 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥−3 2 𝑥 +1 (𝑥) + (1)2
2
(𝟐𝒙 + 𝟒) 𝟏
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) − 𝒍𝒏(𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏)𝒅𝒙 − 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒙 − 𝟑)(𝒙 + 𝟏)
𝟐 𝟐
Category D:- Quadratic factors with a power (𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)𝒎
𝑘𝑥 + 𝑢 𝐴1 𝑥 + 𝐴2 𝐴3 𝑥 + 𝐴4 𝐴5 𝑥 + 𝐴6 𝐴𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝐴𝑛
= + + + ⋯.+
(𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)
2 𝑚 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐) (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)
2 2 2 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)
2 3 (𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)𝑚
𝟕. AREA UNDER A CURVE
* The area under a curve of a given function between the given points is written as:-
𝒃 𝒃
𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = ∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙 ⇒ 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = ∫ 𝒚 𝒅𝒙
𝒂 𝒂
* This is shown in the figure.
Example # 1
Find the area above the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, under the curve 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 , between the ordinates 𝑥 = 1 and
𝑥 = 3.
3
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝑥
1
3
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
1
3
𝑥 2+1
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = [ ]
2+1 1
1
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = [𝑥 3 ]13
3
1
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = [33 − 13 ]
3
1
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = [27 − 1]
3
𝟐𝟔
𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐
𝟑
Example # 2
𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 4, 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒
1 3
𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = .
2 2
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 4
⇒ 𝑦2 = 4 − 𝑥2
⇒ 𝑦 = ±√4 − 𝑥 2
𝑦 = √4 − 𝑥 2
Take +𝑣𝑒 sign before the square root, as we have to find the area above the
𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠.
Page 128 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
3
2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝑥
1
2
3
2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫ √4 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
1
2
3
2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = ∫ √(2)2 − (𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
1
2
3
2 2
𝑥√4 − 𝑥2 2 𝑥
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = [ + 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 ( )]
2 2 2 1
2
2
3√ 3 3 1√ 1 2 1
4−( ) 4 ( ) 4 − ( ) 4 ( )
2 2 2 2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = + 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 ( 2 ) − + 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 ( 2 )
2 2 2 2 2 2
{ }
3 9 3 1 1 1
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = √4 − + 2𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 ( ) − { √4 − + 2𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 ( )}
4 4 4 4 4 4
3 √7 1 √15
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = × + (2 × 0.848) − { × + (2 × 0.253)}
4 2 4 2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 0.992 + 1.696 − {0.484 + 0.506}
𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟏. 𝟔𝟗𝟖 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐
𝟖. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Definition:-
* An equation involving derivatives of a function 𝒇 with 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) is called a differential
equation.
𝒅𝒚 𝒅𝟐 𝒚 𝟐𝒅𝒚
∗ = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙, − + 𝒚 = 𝒙𝟐 ,
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙𝟐 𝒅𝒙
𝒅𝟑 𝒚 𝒅𝒚 𝟐
+ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 ( ) − 𝒚𝟑 = 𝟎
𝒅𝒙𝟑 𝒅𝒙
are few examples of differential equations.
* The highest derivative gives the order of a differential equation.
* The power of the highest derivative gives the degree of a
differential equation.
𝑑3 𝑦 𝑑2𝑦
∗ (𝟏) +𝑥 = 2 𝑶𝒓𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝟑, 𝑫𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒆𝒆 = 𝟏
𝑑𝑥 3 𝑑𝑥
𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦 4
(𝟐) − 2 ( ) = 𝑦 𝑶𝒓𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝟐, 𝑫𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒆𝒆 = 𝟏
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑑2 𝑦
(𝟑) + 2𝑦 = 3 𝑶𝒓𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝟐, 𝑫𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒆𝒆 = 𝟏
𝑑𝑥 2
3
𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦 4 𝑑𝑦
(𝟒) ( 2 ) + 2 ( ) = 9𝑥 𝑶𝒓𝒅𝒆𝒓 = 𝟐, 𝑫𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒆𝒆 = 𝟑
* To solve a differential equation means to find an equation which does not involve
derivatives.
Example # 1
𝑑𝑦 3
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 3𝑥 2 − 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡
𝑑𝑥 √𝑥
𝑦 = 20 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 4.
𝑑𝑦 3
= 3𝑥 2 −
𝑑𝑥 √𝑥
1
⇒ 𝑑𝑦 = 3 (𝑥 2 − ) 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥
Page 129 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
1
⇒ ∫ 𝑑𝑦 = 3 ∫ (𝑥 2 − ) 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥
1
𝑥3 𝑥 −2+1
⇒ 𝑦 = 3( − )+𝐶
3 −1 + 1
2
1
𝑥3 𝑥2
⇒ 𝑦 = 3( − ) + 𝐶
3 1
2
𝑥3 1
⇒ 𝑦 = 3 ( − 2𝑥 2 ) + 𝐶 → (1)
3
Apply given conditions
43 1
20 = 3 ( − 2(4)2 ) + 𝐶
3
64
20 = 3 ( − 2 × 2) + 𝐶
3
64
20 = 3 ( − 4) + 𝐶
3
64
20 = 3 × −4×3+𝐶
3
20 = 64 − 12 + 𝐶
𝐶 = −32
⇒ (1)
𝑥3 1
⇒ 𝑦 = 3 ( − 2𝑥 2 ) − 32
3
𝟏
𝒚 = 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟔𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝟐
𝟗. INTEGRATION OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS WITH HIGHER POWERS

 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙
Odd Power (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 = 𝟏)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥) 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − (−) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝟑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥) 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
Page 130 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟐 𝟏
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟓 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟑 𝟓
= ∫(𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)3 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)3 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 6 𝑥) 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 6 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 6 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥

𝟑 𝟏
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓 𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟕 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟓 𝟕
Even Power
𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙
(𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 = )
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥
= ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
2
1
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
2
1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2 2
𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝟐 𝟒
= ∫(𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 2
= ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
2
1
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
4
1
= ∫(1 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
4
1 2 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 4 4
1 1 1 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥
4 2 4 2
1 1 1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 2 8 8
𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛4𝑥
= − + + +𝐶
4 4 8 32
𝟑𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + +𝑪
𝟖 𝟒 𝟑𝟐
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)3 𝑑𝑥
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 3
= ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
2
Page 131 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
1
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥)3 𝑑𝑥
8
1
= ∫(1 − 3𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
8
1 3 3 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 8 8
1 3 3 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 8 2 8
1 3 3 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 2𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 16 8
1 3 3 3 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 16 16 8
1
+ ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 2𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8
𝑥 3 3𝑥 3 1 1 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 2𝑥
= − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 + + 𝑆𝑖𝑛4𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 + × +𝐶
8 16 16 64 16 8 3×2
𝟓𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 𝟑 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝟐𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟔 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟏𝟔 𝟒 𝟔𝟒 𝟒𝟖
 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙
Odd Power (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 = 𝟏)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 − +𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 2𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛4 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟐 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟓 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟑 𝟓
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)3 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)3 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 3𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 3𝑆𝑖𝑛4 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 3 ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 3 ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥

𝟑 𝟏
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝒙 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟓 𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟕 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟓 𝟕
Even Power
Page 132 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟐 𝟐
1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥
= ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
2
1
= ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
2
1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2 2
𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + +𝑪
𝟐 𝟒
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 2
= ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
2
1
= ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
4
1
= ∫(1 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
4
1 2 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 4 4
1 1 1 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥
4 2 4 2
1 1 1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 2 8 8
𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛4𝑥
= + + + +𝐶
4 4 8 32
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟒 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + + +𝑪
𝟖 𝟒 𝟑𝟐
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)3 𝑑𝑥
1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 3
= ∫( ) 𝑑𝑥
2
1
= ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥)3 𝑑𝑥
8
1
= ∫(1 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
8
1 3 3 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 8 8
1 3 3 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 8 2 8
1 3 3 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 2𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 16 8
1 3 3 3 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8 8 16 16 8
1
− ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 2𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
8
𝑥 3 3𝑥 3 1 1 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 2𝑥
= + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 + + 𝑆𝑖𝑛4𝑥 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 − × +𝐶
8 16 16 64 16 8 3×2
𝟔
𝟓𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 𝟑 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝟐𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒𝒙 − +𝑪
𝟏𝟔 𝟒 𝟔𝟒 𝟒𝟖
Page 133 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙

At least one of the Trigonometric Functions Power is Odd
(𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒂𝒍𝒘𝒂𝒚𝒔 𝒔𝒑𝒍𝒊𝒕 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒐𝒅𝒅)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥
=∫ 𝑑𝑥 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙
2 ∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
1 𝟐
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2 (𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙
𝟒
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟐
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒 𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝟒
(𝒗) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥) 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓 𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + +𝑪
𝟑 𝟓
(𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)3 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)3 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 3𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 + 3𝑆𝑖𝑛4 𝑥 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥) 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 3 ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛8 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 3 ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛10 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛12 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟕 𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟗 𝒙 𝟑 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟏𝟑 𝒙

∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟕 𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟔 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟏𝟏 𝒙 − +𝑪
𝟕 𝟑 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟑
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛9 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛9 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)4 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Page 134 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)4 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)2 (1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥) (1 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥) 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 6𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 8 𝑥 − 4𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 − 4𝐶𝑜𝑠 6 𝑥) 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 6 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠11 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠15 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 4 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
−4 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠13 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 7 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − 6 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠11 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠15 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
+4 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 9 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + 4 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠13 𝑥 (−𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟖 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟏𝟐 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟏𝟔 𝒙 𝟐 𝟐

∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟗 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − − + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟏𝟎 𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟏𝟒 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟖 𝟐 𝟏𝟔 𝟓 𝟕
Both of the Trigonometric Functions Power are Even

𝟐 𝟐
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥
= ∫( )( ) 𝑑𝑥
2 2
1
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
4
1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 4
1 1 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥
4 4 2
1 1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 8 8
𝑥 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛4𝑥
= − − +𝐶
4 8 32
𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝟖 𝟑𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)2 (𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥

1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 2 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 2
= ∫( ) ( ) 𝑑𝑥
2 2
1
= ∫(1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥)2 (1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
16
1
= ∫(1 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥) (1 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
16
1 2
− 4𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ (1 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2𝑥 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥
16 +2𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 2𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 2𝑥
1
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 2𝑥 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 + 1) 𝑑𝑥
16
1 2 1
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 2𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥
16 16 16
1 1 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 1
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥)2 − ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥
16 8 2 16
Page 135 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
1 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 2 1 1
= ∫( ) − ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥
16 2 16 16
1 1 1 1
= ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥)2 − ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥
64 16 16 16
1 1
= ∫(1 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 4𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
64 16
1 2 1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
64 64 64 16
1 1 1 1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠8𝑥 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ ( ) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
64 32 64 2 16
1 1 1 1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠8𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
64 32 128 128 16
3 1 1
= ∫ 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠8𝑥 𝑑𝑥
128 32 128
𝟑𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟖𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟒 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + +𝑪
𝟖 𝟏𝟐𝟖 𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟒
 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙
Even/Odd Power (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑑𝑥
= 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 − 𝑥 + 𝐶
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟐
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟒 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟑
(𝒗) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Page 136 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟒 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟓 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟒 𝟐
(𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟔
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟓 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟓 𝟑
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑇𝑎𝑛5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟔 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟒 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙

∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + − 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟔 𝟒 𝟐
(𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛8 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟖
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟕 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟓 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + − 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟕 𝟓 𝟑
 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙
Odd Power
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒏−𝟐 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝒏 − 𝟐
(𝑼𝒔𝒆 ∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒏 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + ∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒏−𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 )
𝒏−𝟏 𝒏−𝟏
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 1
= + ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2 2
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝟏
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Page 137 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 3
= + ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 4
𝟓
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝟑 𝟑
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟒 𝟖 𝟖
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑆𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 5
= + ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
6 6
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟓 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝟓 𝟓
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 +
𝟔 𝟐𝟒 𝟏𝟔
𝟓
𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟏𝟔
Even Power (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)

(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟒 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 2𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 2 ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟔
𝟐 𝟑
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟓 𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟑 𝟓
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 8 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥)3 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥)3 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 3𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 + 3𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 3 ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 3 ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟔
𝟑 𝟑 𝟓
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟕 𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟓 𝟕
 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒎 𝒙 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒏 𝒙
Page 138 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝒎 = 𝑬𝒗𝒆𝒏/𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 = 𝑬𝒗𝒆𝒏 (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟑 𝟐
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟒 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝟒
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟕 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟔 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝟕
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛5 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛5 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛5 𝑥 (1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛5 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛7 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟔 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟖 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟓 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟒 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + +𝑪
𝟔 𝟖
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 (𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 (1 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 (1 + 2𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛6 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 2 ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛8 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛10 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟕 𝒙 𝟐 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟏𝟏 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟔 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟔 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟗 𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟕 𝟗 𝟏𝟏
𝒎 = 𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 = 𝑶𝒅𝒅 (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)

(𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟑 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛5 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Page 139 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1)2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 − 2𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 + 1) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟕 𝒙 𝟐 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟓 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟓 𝒙 + +𝑪
𝟕 𝟓 𝟑
𝒎 = 𝑬𝒗𝒆𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 = 𝑶𝒅𝒅 (𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕 𝒂𝒍𝒍 𝒊𝒏 𝒕𝒐 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒇𝒐𝒓𝒎) (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= + 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) − 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝐶
2 2
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝟏
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − 𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟐 𝟐
= ∫(𝑇𝑎𝑛2 𝑥)2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1)2 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝑆𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 − 2𝑆𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 + 1) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥

𝑆𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 5 5 5
=( + 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥))
6 24 16 16
𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 3 3
−2 ( + 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥))
4 8 8
+( + 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥)) + 𝐶
2 2
5
𝑆𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 5 1 5 3
= + 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 − 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 − 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
6 24 2 16 4
1 5 3 1
+ 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) − 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝑙𝑛(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 + 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥) + 𝐶
2 16 4 2
𝟓
𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝟕 𝟏
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟒 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙
𝟔 𝟐𝟒 𝟏𝟔
𝟏
+ 𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟏𝟔
 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙
Even/Odd Power (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Page 140 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝑑𝑥
= −𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 − 𝑥 + 𝐶
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − 𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟐
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟒
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 + 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟑
(𝒗) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟒 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + + 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟒 𝟐
(𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Page 141 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟔 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟓 𝟑
(𝒗𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟕
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟔 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟒 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + − − 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟔 𝟒 𝟐
(𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 8 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟕 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙

∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟖 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + − + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 + 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟕 𝟓 𝟑
 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙
Odd Power
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒏−𝟐 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝒏 − 𝟐
(𝑼𝒔𝒆 ∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒏 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + ∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒏−𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 )
𝒏−𝟏 𝒏−𝟏
(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 1
=− + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2 2
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝟏
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 3
=− + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
4 4
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝟑 𝟑
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟓 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 + 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟒 𝟖 𝟖
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 5
=− + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
6 6
Page 142 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟓 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝟓 𝟓
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟕 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 +
𝟔 𝟐𝟒 𝟏𝟔
𝟓
𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟏𝟔
Even Power (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)

(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝟒
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − +𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥

𝟐 𝟐
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟔 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟑 𝟓
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 8 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥)3 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥)3 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(1 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 3 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 3 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
+ ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 3 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − 3 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
− ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
Page 143 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟑 𝟏
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟖 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟕 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟓 𝟕
 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒎 𝒙 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒏 𝒙

𝒎 = 𝑬𝒗𝒆𝒏/𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 = 𝑬𝒗𝒆𝒏 (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 3 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟒 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝟒
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟕 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟔 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝟕
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑥 (1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 7 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 7 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟔 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟖 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟒 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − +𝑪
𝟔 𝟖
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 (𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 (1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 (1 + 2𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 8 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡10 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 6 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 8 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡10 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝟔 𝟔
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟕 𝒙 𝟐 𝟗
𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟏𝟏 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − 𝑪𝒐𝒕 𝒙 − +𝑪
𝟕 𝟗 𝟏𝟏
𝒎 = 𝑶𝒅𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 = 𝑶𝒅𝒅 (𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)

(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
Page 144 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 + 1) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
+ ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 + 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
− ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 (−𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟕 𝒙 𝟐 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟓 𝒙 − +𝑪
𝟕 𝟓 𝟑
𝒎 = 𝑬𝒗𝒆𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒏 = 𝑶𝒅𝒅 (𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕 𝒂𝒍𝒍 𝒊𝒏 𝒕𝒐 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒇𝒐𝒓𝒎)

(𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥
=− + 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) − 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) + 𝐶
2 2
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝟏
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − − 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 4 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑡 2 𝑥)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 − 1)2 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 − 2𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 𝑥 + 1) 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
= ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 7 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 2 ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 + ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥

𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 5 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 5 5 5
= (− − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥))
6 24 16 16
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 3 3
−2 (− − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥))
4 8 8
Page 145 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
+ (− + 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥)) + 𝐶
2 2
5
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 5 1
=− − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥
6 24 2
5 3 1
− 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥
16 4 2
5 3 1
+ 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) − 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) + 𝑙𝑛(𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥) + 𝐶
16 4 2
𝟓
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝟕 𝟏
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟒 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙
𝟔 𝟐𝟒 𝟏𝟔
𝟏
+ 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) + 𝑪
𝟏𝟔
𝟏𝟎. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE
1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐
3. 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂 − 𝒃) 4. 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒃𝟑 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 )
5. 𝒂𝟑 − 𝒃𝟑 = (𝒂 − 𝒃)(𝒂𝟐 + 𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 ) 6. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟑 = 𝒂𝟑 + 𝟑𝒂𝟐 𝒃 + 𝟑𝒂𝒃𝟐 + 𝒃𝟑
7. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟑 = 𝒂𝟑 − 𝟑𝒂𝟐 𝒃 + 𝟑𝒂𝒃𝟐 − 𝒃𝟑 8. (𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 + 𝒄𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝟐𝒃𝒄 + 𝟐𝒂𝒄
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝟏 𝟏
𝟗. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 = 𝟏𝟎. 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 = 𝟏𝟐. 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 =
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝟏𝟑. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 = ⇒ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 = 𝟏𝟒. 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 = ⇒ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 =
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙
15. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽 = 𝟏 16. 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝜽 17. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝜽 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝜽
18. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 19. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷
20. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 21. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷

𝟐𝟐. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( ) 𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( ) 𝟐𝟑. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( ) 𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( )
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟐𝟒. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( ) 𝑪𝒐𝒔 ( ) 𝟐𝟓. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = −𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( ) 𝑺𝒊𝒏 ( )
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟏 𝟏
𝟐𝟔. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = [𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) + 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷)] 𝟐𝟕. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = [𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) + 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷)]
𝟐 𝟐
𝟏 𝟏
𝟐𝟖. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 = − [𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 + 𝜷) − 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷)] 𝟐𝟗. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 = [𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 + 𝜷) + 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷)]
𝟐 𝟐
𝟑𝟎. 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂(𝒙𝒚) = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙 + 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒚 𝑶𝑹 𝒍𝒏(𝒙𝒚) = 𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒍𝒏𝒚 𝟑𝟏. 𝒍𝒏𝒆𝒙 = 𝒙 𝟑𝟐. 𝒆𝒍𝒏(𝒙) = 𝒙
𝒙 𝒙
𝟑𝟑. 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 ( ) = 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒚 𝑶𝑹 𝒍𝒏 ( ) = 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒍𝒏𝒚 𝟑𝟒. 𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒙𝒚 = 𝒚𝒍𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝑶𝑹 𝒙 𝒍𝒏 𝒙𝒚 = 𝒚𝒍𝒏𝒙
𝒚 𝒚
𝒙 𝒙 𝒙 𝒙 𝒙 𝒙
𝟑𝟓. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝟑𝟔. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝟏 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟑𝟕. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 𝟑𝟖. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 − 𝟏 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙
𝟑𝒙 𝟑𝒙 𝟑𝒙 𝟑𝒙 𝟑𝒙 𝟑𝒙
𝟑𝟗. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝟒𝟎. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝟏 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
Page 146 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟒𝟏. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟒𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 𝟒𝟐. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟒𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝟐𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟐𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟐𝒙
𝟓𝒙 𝟓𝒙 𝟓𝒙 𝟓𝒙 𝟓𝒙 𝟓𝒙
𝟒𝟑. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟓𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝟒𝟒. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝟏 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟒𝟓. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟔𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑𝒙 𝟒𝟔. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟔𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝟑𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟑𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟏 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟑𝒙
GENERAL FORMULAE
𝒏𝒙 𝒏𝒙 𝒏𝒙 𝒏𝒙 𝒏𝒙 𝒏𝒙
𝟒𝟕. 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒏𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝟒𝟖. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒏𝒙 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 − 𝟏 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒙
𝟒𝟗. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟓𝟎. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐
𝟐 𝟐
𝟓𝟏. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 𝟓𝟐. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙
𝟑𝒙 𝟑𝒙
𝟓𝟑. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟓𝟒. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐
𝟐 𝟐
𝟓𝟓. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟒𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝒙 𝟓𝟔. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟒𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝟐𝒙
𝟓𝒙 𝟓𝒙
𝟓𝟕. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟓𝟖. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐
𝟐 𝟐
𝟓𝟗. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟔𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟑𝒙 𝟔𝟎. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟔𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝟑𝒙
𝟕𝒙 𝟕𝒙
𝟔𝟏. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟕𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟔𝟐. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟕𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐
𝟐 𝟐
𝟔𝟑. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟖𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟒𝒙 𝟔𝟒. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟖𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝟒𝒙
GENERAL FORMULAE
𝒏𝒙 𝒏𝒙
𝟔𝟓. 𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒏𝒙 = 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝟔𝟔. 𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒏𝒙 = 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐
𝟐 𝟐
GENERAL FORMULAE
𝒏 𝒏 𝝅 𝒏𝒙 𝒏 𝒏 𝝅 𝒏𝒙
𝟔𝟕. (𝟏 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒏𝒙)𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒏 ( − ) 𝟔𝟖. (𝟏 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒏𝒙)𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒏 ( − )
𝟒 𝟐 𝟒 𝟐
BASIC
𝒅 𝒏 𝒙𝒏+𝟏
𝟔𝟗. (𝒙 ) = 𝒏𝒙𝒏−𝟏 𝟕𝟎. ∫ 𝒙𝒏 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝑪, 𝒏 ≠ −𝟏
𝒅𝒙 𝒏+𝟏
𝒅 {𝒇(𝒙)}𝒏+𝟏 [𝒇(𝒙)]𝒏+𝟏
𝟕𝟏. [ ] = 𝒇(𝒙) 𝟕𝟐. ∫[𝒇(𝒙)]𝒏 𝒇/ (𝒙)𝒅𝒙 = + 𝑪, 𝒏 ≠ −𝟏
𝒅𝒙 𝒏 + 𝟏 𝒏+𝟏
𝒅
𝟕𝟑. (𝒙) = 𝟏 𝟕𝟒. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒅𝒙
LOGARITHMIC & EXPONENTIAL
𝟏
𝟕𝟔. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝒙)𝒏 + 𝑪, 𝒏 = 𝟏 (𝒎𝒖𝒔𝒕 𝒃𝒆)
(𝒙)𝒏
𝒅 𝟏
𝟕𝟓. (𝒍𝒏𝒙) = OR
𝒅𝒙 𝒙 𝒇 / (𝒙)
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏[𝒇(𝒙)]𝒏 + 𝑪, 𝒏 = 𝟏 (𝒎𝒖𝒔𝒕 𝒃𝒆)
𝒇(𝒙)𝒏
𝟕𝟖. ∫ 𝒆𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒆𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒅 𝒙
𝟕𝟕. (𝒆 ) = 𝒆𝒙 OR
𝒅𝒙 𝒆 𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝒆𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝒂
Page 147 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝒅 𝒂𝒙 𝒙
𝒂𝒙
𝟕𝟗. ( ) = 𝒂𝒙 (𝒂 = 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕) 𝟖𝟎. ∫ 𝒂 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝑪 (𝒂 = 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕)
𝒅𝒙 𝒍𝒏𝒂 𝒍𝒏𝒂
TRIGONOMETRIC
𝟖𝟐. ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑪
𝒅
𝟖𝟏. (𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 OR
𝒅𝒙 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝒂
𝟖𝟒. ∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒅
𝟖𝟑. (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) = −𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 OR
𝒅𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝒂
𝟖𝟔. ∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒅
𝟖𝟓. (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 OR
𝒅𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝒂
𝟖𝟖. ∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒅
𝟖𝟕. (𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒙 OR
𝒅𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝒂
𝟗𝟎. ∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒅
𝟖𝟗. (𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙) = −𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 OR
𝒅𝒙 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = − +𝑪
𝒂
𝟗𝟐. ∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒅
𝟗𝟏. (𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙) = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 OR
𝒅𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒙𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝒂
𝟗𝟑. ∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑪 𝟗𝟒. ∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪
OR OR
𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒙 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒙
∫ 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪 ∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝒂 𝒂
𝟗𝟓. ∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙) + 𝑪 𝟗𝟔. ∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪
OR OR
𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒙) 𝒍𝒏(𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒙 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒂𝒙)
∫ 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪 ∫ 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙𝒂𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = +𝑪
𝒂 𝒂
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC
𝟏
𝟗𝟖. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪
√(𝟏)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐
𝒅 𝟏
𝟗𝟕. (𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙) = OR
𝒅𝒙 √𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 𝟏 𝒙
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪
√(𝒂)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐 𝒂
𝟏
𝟏𝟎𝟎. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪
(𝟏)𝟐 + (𝒙)𝟐
𝒅 𝟏
𝟗𝟗. (𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙) = OR
𝒅𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 𝟏 𝟏 𝒙
−𝟏
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏 ( )+𝑪
(𝒂)𝟐 + (𝒙)𝟐 𝒂 𝒂
Page 148 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝟏
𝟏𝟎𝟐. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪
𝒙√(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝟏)𝟐
𝒅 𝟏
𝟏𝟎𝟏. (𝑺𝒆𝒄−𝟏 𝒙) = OR
𝒅𝒙 𝒙√𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝒙
∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪
𝒙√(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 𝒂 𝒂
RATIONAL
𝟏 𝟏 𝒂+𝒙 𝟏 𝟏 𝒙−𝒂
𝟏𝟎𝟑. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏 ( )+𝑪 𝟏𝟎𝟒. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏 ( )+𝑪
(𝒂)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐 𝟐𝒂 𝒂−𝒙 (𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 𝟐𝒂 𝒙+𝒂
IRRATIONAL
𝟏
𝟏𝟎𝟓. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏 (𝒙 + √(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 ) + 𝑪
√(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐
𝟏
𝟏𝟎𝟔. ∫ 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒍𝒏 (𝒙 + √(𝒙)𝟐 + (𝒂)𝟐 ) + 𝑪
√(𝒙)𝟐 + (𝒂)𝟐
𝒙√(𝒂)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐 𝒂𝟐 𝒙
𝟏𝟎𝟕. ∫ √(𝒂)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪
𝟐 𝟐 𝒂
𝒙√(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 𝒂𝟐
𝟏𝟎𝟖. ∫ √(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 𝒅𝒙 = − 𝒍𝒏 (𝒙 + √(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 ) + 𝑪
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙√(𝒙)𝟐 + (𝒂)𝟐 𝒂𝟐
𝟏𝟎𝟗. ∫ √(𝒙)𝟐 + (𝒂)𝟐 𝒅𝒙 = + 𝒍𝒏 (𝒙 + √(𝒙)𝟐 + (𝒂)𝟐 ) + 𝑪
𝟐 𝟐
TRIGONOMETRIC SUBSTITUTION
𝟏𝟏𝟎. 𝑭𝒐𝒓 ∫ √[(𝒂)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐 ]𝒏 , 𝑷𝒖𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝑭𝒐𝒓 ∫ √[(𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒂)𝟐 ]𝒏 , 𝑷𝒖𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑺𝒆𝒄𝜽
𝟏𝟏𝟐. 𝑭𝒐𝒓 ∫ √[(𝒙)𝟐 + (𝒂)𝟐 ]𝒏 , 𝑷𝒖𝒕 𝒙 = 𝒂𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
INTEGRATION BY PARTS
𝒅
𝟏𝟏𝟑. ∫ 𝒖𝒗 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒖 ∫ 𝒗 𝒅𝒙 − ∫ [ (𝒖) ∫ 𝒗 𝒅𝒙] 𝒅𝒙
𝒅𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟒. 𝑰𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒃𝒚 𝒑𝒂𝒓𝒕𝒔 𝑶𝒓𝒅𝒆𝒓 𝑳 𝑰 𝑰 𝑨 𝑻 𝑬
𝒂𝒙
𝒆𝒂𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟓. ∫ 𝒆 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒃𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝟐 (𝒂𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒃𝒙 − 𝒃𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒃𝒙)
𝒂 + 𝒃𝟐
𝒆𝒂𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟔. ∫ 𝒆 𝒂𝒙
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒃𝒙 𝒅𝒙 = 𝟐 (𝒂𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒃𝒙 + 𝒃𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒃𝒙) 𝟏𝟏𝟕. ∫ 𝒆𝒂𝒙 [𝒂𝒇(𝒙) + 𝒇/ (𝒙)] 𝒅𝒙 = 𝒆𝒂𝒙 𝒇(𝒙) + 𝑪
𝒂 + 𝒃𝟐
INTEGRATION BY PARTIAL FRACTIONS
𝟏𝟏𝟖. Linear factors (𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒)
𝟐
𝒎𝒙 + 𝒏 𝑨 𝑩 𝑪
= + +
(𝒂𝒙 − 𝜶)(𝒃𝒙 − 𝜷)(𝒄𝒙 − 𝜸) (𝒂𝒙 − 𝜶) (𝒃𝒙 − 𝜷) (𝒄𝒙 − 𝜸)
𝟏𝟏𝟗. Linear factors with a power (𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒)𝒎
𝒌𝒙 + 𝒖 𝑨 𝑩 𝑪 𝑫 𝑷
= + + + + ⋯ … … +
(𝒂𝒙 − 𝜶)(𝒃𝒙 − 𝜷)𝒎 (𝒂𝒙 − 𝜶) (𝒃𝒙 − 𝜷) (𝒃𝒙 − 𝜷)𝟐 (𝒃𝒙 − 𝜷)𝟑 (𝒃𝒙 − 𝜷)𝒎
𝟐
𝟏𝟐𝟎. Quadratic factors (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)
𝒌𝒙 + 𝒖 𝑭𝒙 + 𝑮 𝑯𝒙 + 𝑰
= +
(𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)(𝒅𝒙 + 𝒆) (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄) (𝒅𝒙𝟐 + 𝒆)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝟏𝟐𝟏. Quadratic factors with a power (𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)𝒎

𝒌𝒙 + 𝒖 𝑨𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑨𝟐 𝑨𝟑 𝒙 + 𝑨𝟒 𝑨𝟓 𝒙 + 𝑨𝟔 𝑨𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑨𝒏
= + + + ⋯.+
(𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)
𝟐 𝒎 (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄) (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 (𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)
𝟐 𝟑 (𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)𝒎
AREA UNDER A CURVE
Page 149 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝒃 𝒃
𝟏𝟐𝟐. 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = ∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙 ⇒ 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = ∫ 𝒚 𝒅𝒙
𝒂 𝒂
Page 150 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
EXERCISE # 6.1
1. Q.6 (b) Evaluate any two of the following:- (𝟖)
1
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ (2𝑥 2 + 4)4𝑥 𝑑𝑥
−1
(𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
2 2 3
(𝒊) ∫ (𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + 5)3 (𝑥 + ) 𝑑𝑥
0 2
𝟑 𝟑
[𝟑 √𝟐𝟐𝟓 − √𝟐𝟓] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
2
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) ∫
1 √1 + 𝑥 − √𝑥
𝟐
[ (𝟑√𝟑 − 𝟏)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟑
2
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) ∫
1 √1 + 𝑥 + √𝑥
𝟐
[ (𝟑√𝟑 − 𝟒√𝟐 + 𝟏)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟑
2
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) ∫
1 √1 + 𝑥 + √𝑥
𝟐
[ (𝟑√𝟑 − 𝟒√𝟐 + 𝟏)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟑
6. Q.3 (iv) Evaluate any two of the following:- (𝟓)
2
3
(𝒃) ∫ √𝑥 3 + 𝑥 2 + 7 (3𝑥 2 + 2𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
1
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑
[ (𝟏𝟗 √𝟏𝟗 − 𝟗 √𝟗)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟒
𝑑𝑥
(𝒂) ∫
√ 1 + 𝑥 + √𝑥
𝟐 𝟑 𝟐 𝟑
[ (𝟏 + 𝒙)𝟐 − (𝒙)𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟑 𝟑
1
(𝒂) ∫ (√𝑥 − ) 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥
𝟐 𝟑 𝟏
[ (𝒙)𝟐 − 𝟐(𝒙)𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟑
9. Q.3 (v) Evaluate any two of the following:- (𝟓)
2 𝑏
(𝒂) ∫(𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)−3 (𝑥 + ) 𝑑𝑥
2
𝟑 𝟐 𝟏
[ (𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄)𝟑 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
𝟐
2
𝑑𝑥
(𝒂) ∫
0 √1 + 𝑥 − √𝑥
𝟐
[ (𝟑√𝟑 + 𝟐√𝟐 − 𝟏)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟑
11. Q.5 Evaluate any two of the following:- (𝟏𝟔)
1
3𝑥 2 + 1
(𝒊) ∫ 1 𝑑𝑥
−1 (𝑥 3 + 𝑥 + 6)2
[𝟒(√𝟐 − 𝟏)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)

Page 151 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
2 2 𝑏
(𝒊) ∫ (𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐)−3 (𝑥 + ) 𝑑𝑥
0 2
𝟑 𝟏 𝟏
[ (𝟒 + 𝟐𝒃 + 𝒄)𝟑 − 𝒄𝟑 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟐
EXERCISE # 6.2
3
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
2
0 √9 − 𝑥
𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟐
𝑑𝑥
(𝒃) ∫
9 − 𝑥2
𝟏 𝟑+𝒙
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( )] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟔 𝟑−𝒙
3. Q.5 (a) Evaluate any two of the following:- (𝟖)
2
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 2
0 9−𝑥
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏𝟓] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
𝟔
EXERCISE # 6.3
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 3 √𝑥 2 − 9 𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟓 𝟗
[ (𝒙𝟐 − 𝟗)𝟐 + (𝒙𝟐 − 𝟗) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟓 𝟐
𝑙𝑛𝑥𝑆𝑖𝑛{1 + (𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 }
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥
𝟏
[− 𝑪𝒐𝒔{𝟏 + (𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝟐 } + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟐
1
1
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
0 √1 + 𝑥 − √𝑥
𝟒√𝟐
[ ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟑
𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑎 + 𝑏𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒂 + 𝒃𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝒃
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟓 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙
[ + + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟓 𝟑
(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 6 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟏
[(−𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟑 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝟓 𝒙 + 𝑪) , (−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓 𝒙 + 𝑪)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟑 𝟓 𝟑 𝟓
7
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫(𝑥 3 + 1)5 𝑥 5 𝑑𝑥
Page 152 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
𝟓 𝟑 𝟏𝟕 𝟓 𝟑 𝟏𝟐
[ (𝒙 + 𝟏) 𝟓 − (𝒙 + 𝟏) 𝟓 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟓𝟏 𝟑𝟔
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟏
[ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟓𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟐 𝟏𝟎
0
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1
[ − + + 𝑪, (−𝟏. 𝟒𝟓)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟖 𝟒 𝟑𝟐
𝜋
3 𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) ∫
0 1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
[√𝟑 + 𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑎 − 𝑏𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑥
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒂 − 𝒃𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝒃
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠5𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟏
[− 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟖𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝟏𝟔 𝟒
3𝑥 + 5
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛5 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥 − 1
𝟑 𝟏 𝟐 𝟏
[(𝟐(𝒙 − 𝟏)𝟐 + 𝟏𝟔(𝒙 − 𝟏)𝟐 + 𝑪) , (−𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑 𝒙 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟓 𝒙 + 𝑪)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟑 𝟓
𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟓 𝒙 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟑 𝒙
[ + + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟓 𝟑
𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 (𝑙𝑛𝑥)
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥
𝒍𝒏𝒙 𝟏
[ + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐(𝒍𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟐 𝟒
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒂 + 𝒃𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝒃
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
[𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝜋
3 𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) ∫
0 1 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
[√𝟑 + 𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
Page 153 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
(𝒄) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠5𝑥 𝑑𝑥

𝟏 𝟏
[− 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟖𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟏𝟔 𝟒
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 2 √4 + 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟐 𝟕 𝟏𝟔 𝟓 𝟑𝟐 𝟑
[ (𝟒 + 𝒙)𝟐 − (𝟒 + 𝒙)𝟐 + (𝟒 + 𝒙)𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟕 𝟓 𝟑
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒂 + 𝒃𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝒃
(𝒂) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛4𝑦 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑦 𝑑𝑦
𝟏 𝟏
[ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒚 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟔𝒚 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟐 𝟏𝟐
(𝒄) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠4𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟏
[ 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟔𝒙 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟏𝟐 𝟒
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒂 + 𝒃𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝒃
𝑆𝑖𝑛(𝑙𝑛𝑥)
(𝒄) ∫ 1 𝑑𝑥
𝑥(3 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑙𝑛𝑥)2
𝟏
[𝟐(𝟑 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
2
𝑥
(𝒃) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠5𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒃) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
1 − 𝑥6
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
[(− 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟖𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪) , ( 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙𝟑 + 𝑪)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
𝟏𝟔 𝟒 𝟑
𝐶𝑜𝑠(𝑙𝑛𝑥)
(𝒃) ∫ 1 𝑑𝑥
𝑥(3 − 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑙𝑛𝑥)2
𝟏
[−𝟐(𝟑 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
(𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒂 + 𝒃𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝒃
7 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
(𝒊) ∫(𝑥 3 + 1)5 𝑥 5 𝑑𝑥 (𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝟓 𝟏𝟕 𝟓 𝟑 𝟏𝟐 𝟏
[( (𝒙𝟑 + 𝟏) 𝟓 − (𝒙 + 𝟏) 𝟓 + 𝑪) , ( 𝒍𝒏(𝒂 + 𝒃𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒙) + 𝑪)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟓𝟏 𝟑𝟔 𝒃
EXERCISE # 6.4
Page 154 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
1 𝜋
3 𝑥
(𝒊) ∫(𝑥 + 1) ( √𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 5) 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑡 5 𝑑𝑥
2
0 𝜋
2
𝜋
6
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 𝑥√𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥

0
𝟑 𝟑 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
[{ (𝟏𝟔 − 𝟓 √𝟓)} , {− − 𝟐𝒍𝒏 ( )} , { − }] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟖 𝟐 √𝟐 𝟑√𝟐 𝟐𝟖√𝟐
1 𝜋
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 √2𝑥 2 + 3 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥

−2 0
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑 𝟒
[{ (𝟕 √𝟕 − 𝟑 √𝟑)} , { }] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟒 𝟑
𝜋
2
0
𝟑𝝅
[ ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟏𝟔
𝜋
2
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
0
𝟐
[ ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟑
𝜋

0
𝟒
[ ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝟑
𝜋
4
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
0
𝝅 𝟏
[ − ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟒 𝟑
𝜋 𝜋
2 2
𝑥 𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛 ( ) 𝑆𝑒𝑐 4 ( ) 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
2 2
0 0
𝟑 𝟏
[ , ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟐 𝟑
𝜋
2 𝜋
(𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥

0 0
𝟑𝝅 𝟒
[ , ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟏𝟔 𝟑
Page 155 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
𝜋
4 2
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫(𝑥 + 1) √𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 2 𝑑𝑥

0 0
𝝅 𝟓
[ , (𝟐√𝟏𝟎 − √𝟓)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟑𝟐 𝟑
𝜋
2
0
𝟑𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟏𝟔
𝜋
6
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛5 3𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 3 3𝑥 𝑑𝑥

0
𝟏
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟕𝟐
𝜋
2
0
𝟑𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟏𝟔
𝜋

0
𝟒
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟑
𝜋
(𝒂) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥

0
𝟒
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟑
𝜋
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛3 𝑥 𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑥 𝑑𝑥

0
𝟒
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟑
𝜋
2
0
𝟑𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟏𝟔
2
3
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫(𝑥 + 1) ( √𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 2) 𝑑𝑥
1
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑
[ (𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 − 𝟓 √𝟓)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟖
Page 156 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
1
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 √2𝑥 2 + 3 𝑑𝑥
−2
𝟏
[ (𝟓√𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏√𝟏𝟏)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟔
𝜋
2
(𝒗𝒊) ∫ 𝐶𝑜𝑠 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
0
𝟑𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟏𝟔
EXERCISE # 6.5
1
𝑥2
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 3 𝑑𝑥
0 (4 − 𝑥 2 )2
𝟐√𝟑 − 𝝅
[ ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟔
2√3
𝑥
√𝑥 2 + 4
0
𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏𝟒] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟐
2
𝑥2
(𝒊) ∫ 3 𝑑𝑥
0 (4 − 𝑥 2 )2
[∞] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
3√3
2
𝑥5
√9 − 𝑥 2
0
𝟒𝟐𝟗𝟑
[ ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟏𝟔𝟎
1
𝑥3
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 3 𝑑𝑥
0 (4 − 𝑥 2 )2
𝟏𝟔
[ − 𝟑√𝟑] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟑
2
𝑦3
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑦
√16 − 𝑦 2
0
𝟖
[ (𝟏𝟔 − 𝟗√𝟑)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟑
𝑑𝑢
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 3 √7 + 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑢2 √𝑎2 − 𝑢2
𝟏 𝟓
𝟐 )𝟐
𝟕 𝟑
𝟐 )𝟐
𝟏 √𝒂𝟐 − 𝒖𝟐
[( (𝟕 +𝒙 − (𝟕 +𝒙 + 𝑪) , (− 𝟐 + 𝑪)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟓 𝟑 𝒂 𝒖
Page 157 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
3√3
2
𝑥3
√9 − 𝑥 2
0
𝟒𝟓
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟖
1
𝑥2
0 (4 − 𝑥 2 )2
𝟐√𝟑 − 𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟔
√𝑥 2 − 9
𝑥
√𝒙𝟐 − 𝟗
√ 𝟐 −𝟏
[ 𝒙 − 𝟗 − 𝟑𝑻𝒂𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟑
1
𝑥2
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 3 𝑑𝑥
0 (4 − 𝑥 2 )2
𝟐√𝟑 − 𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟔
1
𝑥2
0 (4 − 𝑥 2 )2
𝟐√𝟑 − 𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟔
𝑥3
√𝑎2 − 𝑥 2
𝟏 𝟑
[−𝒂𝟐 √𝒂𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + (𝒂𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟑
𝑎
𝑑𝑥
(𝒃) ∫ 3 𝑑𝑥
0 (𝑥 2 + 𝑎 2 )2
𝟏
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
√𝟐𝒂𝟐
1
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) ∫
2
0 √4 − 𝑥
𝝅
[ ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟔
𝑥3
√𝑎2 − 𝑥 2
𝟏 𝟑
[−𝒂𝟐 √𝒂𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 + (𝒂𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
𝟑
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ √4 − 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
Page 158 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
√𝟒 − 𝒙𝟐 𝒙
[ + 𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟐 𝟐
2
𝑦3
(𝒗) ∫ 𝑑𝑦
√16 − 𝑦 2
0
𝟖
[ (𝟏𝟔 − 𝟗√𝟑)] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟑
−3
√𝑥 2 − 9
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫
−6 𝑥
𝝅
[√𝟑 − ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟑
EXERCISE # 6.6
3
1
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 5
2
𝝅 𝟏 𝟏
[ − 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( ) ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟖 𝟐 𝟐
𝑦+3
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 2 𝑑𝑦
𝑦 + 2𝑦 + 5
𝒚+𝟏
[𝒍𝒏√𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒚 + 𝟓 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( )]+𝑪 (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟐
𝑥+3
𝑥 + 2𝑥 + 5
𝒙+𝟏
[𝒍𝒏√𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟓 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( )]+𝑪 (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟐
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) ∫
√4𝑥 − 𝑥 2
𝒙
[𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( − 𝟏 )] + 𝑪 (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟐
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 2
𝑥 + 4𝑥 + 5
−𝟏
[𝑻𝒂𝒏 (𝒙 + 𝟐) ] + 𝑪 (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
2𝑥 − 3
(𝒄) ∫ 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 + 2𝑥 + 2
[𝒍𝒏(𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐) − 𝟓𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (𝒙 + 𝟏) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝑑𝑥
(𝒄) ∫
4𝑥 − 𝑥 2
𝟏 𝒙
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( )] + 𝑪 (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟒 𝟒−𝒙
𝑑𝑦
(𝒄) ∫
√4𝑦 − 𝑦 2
𝒚
[𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( − 𝟏 )] + 𝑪 (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟐
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 2
𝑥 + 4𝑥 + 5
Page 159 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
[𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (𝒙 + 𝟐) ] + 𝑪 (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝑥+3
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 + 2𝑥 + 5
𝒙+𝟏
[𝒍𝒏√𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟓 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟐
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫
√5 + 4𝑥 − 𝑥 2
𝒙−𝟐
[𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( )] + 𝑪 (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟑
𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 2
𝑥 −𝑥+1
𝟐 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
√𝟑 √𝟑
EXERCISE # 6.7
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 2 𝐶𝑜𝑠 −1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟑 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟑
[ 𝑪𝒐𝒔−𝟏 𝒙 − (𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 + (𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟑 𝟑 𝟗
𝜋
2
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥
0
𝝅
[ − 𝟏] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟐
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
[𝒙(𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟏
[𝒙𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + (𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟐 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝟐 𝟒
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 2𝑥 3 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
[𝟐𝒆𝒙 (𝒙𝟑 − 𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟔) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 2𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛3𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒆𝟐𝒙
[ (𝟐𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟑𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟏𝟑
𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑈𝑠𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑏𝑦 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑠 𝑡𝑜 𝑒𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑒 √9 − 10𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥. (𝟒)
𝒙√𝟗 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙𝟐 𝟗 √𝟏𝟎𝒙
[ + 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟐 𝟐√𝟏𝟎 𝟑
Page 160 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟐 𝒙 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 − + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟐 𝒙 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 − + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒆𝒙 𝒙𝟑 𝟏
[{ (𝑺𝒊𝒏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) + 𝑪} , { 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙𝟑 + 𝑪}] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟐 𝟑 𝟗
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟑 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟑
[ 𝑺𝒊𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + (𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 − (𝟏 − 𝒙𝟐 )𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟑 𝟑 𝟗
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 3 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟒 𝒙𝟑 𝒙 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 − + − 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟒 𝟏𝟐 𝟒 𝟒
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑎𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑏𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒆𝒂𝒙
[ (𝒂𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒃𝒙 − 𝒃𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒃𝒙)] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
𝜋
4
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥

0
𝝅 𝝅 𝟏
[{ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( ) − 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 )} , {𝒙(𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪}] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝟒 𝟒 𝟐
2
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 2𝑥 3 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟐 𝟐
[𝒙𝟐 𝒆𝒙 − 𝒆𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒆𝒙
[ (𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟓
𝑥2
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 2𝑥 3 𝑒 𝑑𝑥
𝟐 𝟐
[𝒙𝟐 𝒆𝒙 − 𝒆𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
3
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 6𝑥 5 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟑
[𝟐𝒆𝒙 (𝒙𝟑 − 𝟏) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
Page 161 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟑 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙𝟑 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟑 𝟗
𝜋
0
𝝅𝟐 𝝅 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝝅 − + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝝅] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
1 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝒙
[𝒆𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟐
(𝒂) ∫ 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟐 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟐 𝟒
(𝒃) ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟑 𝒙𝟐 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 − + 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟑 𝟔 𝟔
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙
[𝒆𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟐
(𝒃) ∫ 𝑥𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟐 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟐 𝟒
2𝑥𝑑𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) ∫
𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 2𝑥
𝟏
[𝒙𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 − 𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟐
𝒙𝟐 𝒙 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 − + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒄) ∫ 𝑙𝑛𝑥 𝑑𝑥
[𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
(𝒗) ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟑 𝒙𝟐 𝟏
[ 𝑻𝒂𝒏 𝒙 − + 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 ) + 𝑪]
−𝟏
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟑 𝟔 𝟔
Page 162 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝟏
[𝒙𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 − 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝒙
[𝒆𝒙 𝑻𝒂𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟐
EXERCISE # 6.8 & 6.9
𝑥2 + 2
𝑥 −1
𝟐 𝟐𝒙
[𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟏) − 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟑 √𝟑
1
(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 2 + 1)
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟏) − 𝒍𝒏(𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐) − 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟐 𝟒 𝟐
1
(𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 2 + 1)
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟏) − 𝒍𝒏(𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐) + 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟐 𝟒 𝟐
1
𝑥(𝑥 2 − 1)
𝟏 𝟏
[−𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟏) + 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 + 𝟏) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
2
2𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ 2
𝑑𝑥
1 12 + 𝑥 − 𝑥
𝟖 𝟐 𝟔 𝟓
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( ) + 𝒍𝒏 ( )] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟕 𝟑 𝟕 𝟒
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 2
𝑑𝑥
𝐶𝑜𝑠 𝑥 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 2
[𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟐) − 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟏) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
(3𝑥 + 1)
(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 + 1)2
𝟏
[𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟏) − 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 + 𝟏) − + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝒙+𝟏
𝜋
2 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
0 (1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥)(2 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥)
𝟒
[𝒍𝒏 ( )] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟑
2𝑥
(1 + 𝑥 )(3 + 𝑥 2 )
2
𝟏 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( 𝟐 ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟐 𝒙 +𝟑
Page 163 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
3𝑥 2 + 𝑥 − 2
(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 2 + 1)
𝒙−𝟏
[𝒍𝒏 ( ) + 𝟑𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥 + 3𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 + 2
[𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟐) − 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟏) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
(7𝑥 − 25)
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 − 4)
[𝟒𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) + 𝟑𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟒) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
(1 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥)(2 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥)
[𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙) − 𝒍𝒏(𝟐 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥(2 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥)
𝟏 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟐 𝑺𝒊𝒏 + 𝟐
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟐 𝑺𝒊𝒏 + 𝟐
2𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
(1 + 𝑥 )(3 + 𝑥 2 )
2
𝟏 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( 𝟐 ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟐 𝒙 +𝟑
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟐 𝑺𝒊𝒏 + 𝟐
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟐 𝑺𝒊𝒏 + 𝟐
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥)(2 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥)
[𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟐) − 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟏) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
(7𝑥 − 25)
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 − 4)
[𝟒𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) + 𝟑𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟒) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
2𝑥
(1 + 𝑥 )(3 + 𝑥 2 )
2
𝟏 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏
[ 𝒍𝒏 ( 𝟐 ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟐 𝒙 +𝟑
Page 164 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
(2𝑥 − 1)
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥(𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 − 3)
𝟏 𝟏 𝟓
[− 𝒍𝒏𝒙 − 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟏) + 𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟑 𝟐 𝟔
(7𝑥 − 25)
(𝒊𝒗) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 − 4)
[𝟒𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) + 𝟑𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟒) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
(7𝑥 − 25)
(𝒗) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 − 4)
[𝟒𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟑) + 𝟑𝒍𝒏(𝒙 − 𝟒) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 6.10
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) (𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1. (𝟒)
16 9
[𝟏𝟐𝝅 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.6 (b) (i) Find the area enclosed by the parabola 𝑎𝑦 = 3(𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 ) and axis of 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠.
(𝟒)
[𝟒𝒂𝟐 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
2
3. Q.6 (b) Find the area bounded by the parabola 𝑦 = 4𝑥 and the line 𝑦 = 2𝑥 − 4. (𝟒)
𝟐𝟖
[ 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟑
4. Q.6 (b) (i) Prove that the area enclosed by the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 1 is 𝜋 𝑠𝑞. 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠.
(𝟒)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
5. Q.5 (c) Find the area above 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 under the following curve between the given
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠: − + = 1, 𝑥 = −1, 𝑥 = 1 (𝟒)
4 9
[𝟓. 𝟕𝟒 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 + = 1 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
16 25
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 2. (𝟒)
𝟐
[𝟑. 𝟖𝟐 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
2 2
7. Q.8 (b) Find the area bounded by the parabola 𝑦 = 9𝑥 and 𝑥 = 9𝑦. (𝟒)
[𝟐𝟕 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
2 2
𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) (𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 9 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
𝑥 = −2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 1. (𝟒)
[𝟖. 𝟒𝟔𝟑 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑐 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒
3 5
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 9 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = . (𝟒)
2 2
[𝟔. 𝟗𝟏 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟏𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) (𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠
1 3
𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦 𝑦 = √4 − 𝑥 2 . (𝟒)
2 2
[𝟐. 𝟕𝟏 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
𝟏𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 + = 1 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
16 9
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 3. (𝟒)
[𝟖. 𝟏𝟑 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
𝟏𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 + = 1,
4 9
𝑥 = −1, 𝑥 = 1. (𝟒)
𝟐
[𝟓. 𝟕𝟒 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟏𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 9 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = 0.5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 1.5 (𝟒)
Page 165 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
[𝟒. 𝟑𝟐 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)

2 2
𝑥 𝑦
𝟏𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
4 9
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = −1, 𝑥 = 1. (𝟒)
𝟐
[𝟓. 𝟕𝟒 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
15. Q.6 (a) (i) Find the area above 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, under the curve 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 and between the
𝜋 𝜋
𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = . (𝟒)
6 3
[𝟎. 𝟓𝟎 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
2
16. Q.5 (a) Find the area above the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 under the curve 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 𝑥 between
𝜋 𝜋
𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = . (𝟒)
6 4
[𝟎. 𝟏𝟔𝟏 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟏𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = −2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 1
𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 𝑦 = √9 − 𝑥 2 (𝟒)
𝟐
[𝟕. 𝟗𝟔 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
18. Q.6 (a) (ii) Find the area above 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, under the curve 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 and between the
𝜋 𝜋
4 3
[𝟎. 𝟑𝟒𝟔 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
19. Q.6 (a) (ii) Find the area above 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, under the curve 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 and between the
𝜋 𝜋
4 3
[𝟎. 𝟑𝟒𝟔 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
4 2
20. Q.6 (a) (ii) Find the area above 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, under the curve 𝑦 = 3𝑥 − 2𝑥 + 1 and between
the ordinates 𝑥 = 1 and 𝑥 = 2. (𝟒)
[𝟏𝟒. 𝟗𝟑 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
2 2
𝟐𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 4 𝑎𝑛𝑑
1 3
𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = . (𝟒)
2 2
[𝟐. 𝟕𝟏 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
4 3
22. Q.6 (a) (i) Find the area under the curve 𝑦 = 3𝑥 − 2𝑥 + 1, above 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 and between
𝑥 = 1 and 𝑥 = 2. (𝟒)
[𝟐𝟏. 𝟏 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
5
𝟐𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑥 − 2 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠
𝑥
𝑥 = 2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = 4. (𝟒)
[𝟒. 𝟕𝟓 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟐𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 𝑦 = 3𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠
𝜋
𝑥 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥 = . (𝟒)
3
[𝟏. 𝟓 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
25. Q.6 (a) (i) Find the area above the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 under the curve 𝑦 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥 between the
𝜋 𝜋
4 3
[𝟎. 𝟑𝟒𝟔 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
𝟐𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒗) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠, 𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒 + = 1 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
4 9
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 = −1, 𝑥 = 1. (𝟓)
[𝟓. 𝟕𝟒 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
3𝑥
27. Q.4 (iv) Find the area above the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 under the curve 𝑦 = 2𝑒 between the
𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑎 = 2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏 = 5. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟏𝟓
[ (𝒆 − 𝒆𝟔 ) 𝑼𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔𝟐 ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟑
EXERCISE # 6.11
𝑑𝑦
𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑒 𝑦−𝑥 = 𝑥; 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = 0
𝑑𝑥
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 0. (𝟒)
Page 166 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
[𝒆𝒚 = 𝒆𝒙 (𝒙 − 𝟏)] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)

𝑑𝑦
𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑥 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥; 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑦 = 3
𝑑𝑥
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 0. (𝟒)
𝒙𝟐
[𝒚 = − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟒] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒄) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑦(1 + 𝑥 2 ) = 𝑥(1 + 𝑦 2 )2 . (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟏
[− = 𝒍𝒏(𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 ) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟐(𝟏 + 𝒚 ) 𝟐
𝟐
𝑑𝑦 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑦
𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = . (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥
[𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒚 + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝑑𝑤
𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒃) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = √𝑤𝑧 − 2𝑤 − 3𝑧 + 6, 𝑤 = 12
𝑑𝑧
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑧 = 6. (𝟒)
𝟏 𝟏 𝟑
[(𝒘 − 𝟑)𝟐 = (𝒛 − 𝟐)𝟐 + 𝟏] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝟑
6. Q.6 (a) (ii) Solve any one of the following differential equations:- (𝟒)
𝑑𝑠
(𝒂) = √𝑠 + 1 √3𝑡 + 2, 𝑠 = 3 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡 = 5
𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑦
(𝒃) 𝑥2 = 3𝑥 4 𝑦 2 + 𝑦 2 , 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑦(3) = 1
𝑑𝑥
𝟑
𝟏 𝟏 𝟑 𝟏𝟕 √𝟏𝟕 𝟏 𝟏
[{(𝒔 + 𝟏) = (𝟑𝒕 + 𝟐) + 𝟐 −
𝟐 𝟐 } , { = − 𝒙𝟑 + 𝟖𝟑}] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟗 𝟗 𝒚 𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑥 2 (1 + 𝑦) + (1 − 𝑥)𝑦 2 = 0
𝑑𝑥
(𝟒)
𝒚 𝟏 𝟏
[𝒍𝒏 ( ) = + + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝒙 𝒙 𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = 𝑥(𝑦 4 + 2𝑦 2 + 1) 𝑖𝑓 𝑦(−3) = 1
𝑑𝑥
(𝟒)
𝟐
𝟏 𝒙 𝟏𝟗
[− 𝟐
= − ] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟐(𝒚 + 𝟏) 𝟐 𝟒
𝑑𝑠
𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = √𝑠 + 2 √7𝑡 − 5, 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡
𝑑𝑡
𝑠 = 7 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡 = 3. (𝟒)
𝟑
[𝟐𝟏√𝒔 + 𝟐 = (𝟕𝒕 − 𝟓)𝟐 − 𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝑑𝑦 1
𝟏𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑥 2 = , 𝑦(1) = 1. (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥 𝑦 2 + √𝑦
𝟑
𝒚𝟑 𝟐𝒚𝟐 𝟑
[ + = − + 𝟔] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟑 𝟑 𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = √𝑥𝑦 − 2𝑦 − 3𝑥 + 6, 𝑥 = 6
𝑑𝑧
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑦 = 12. (𝟒)
𝟏 𝟑
[𝟑(𝒚 − 𝟑)𝟐 = (𝒙 − 𝟐)𝟐 + 𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 𝑦𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥. (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥
OR
𝑑𝑦
= 𝑥 + 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥, 𝑦 = 3 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 0.
𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟑
𝒙𝟐
[{𝑪𝒐𝒕𝒚 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔 𝒙 − 𝑪} , {𝒚 = − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟒}] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝟑 𝟐
Page 167 of 226
CHAPTER # 6
𝑑𝑦 √1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠2𝑦 𝜋
𝟏𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒃) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = , 𝑦 = 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 3
𝑑𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2𝑦 2
(𝟒)
[−√𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝒚 = 𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = √𝑥𝑦; 𝑦(9) = 100 (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟑
[√𝒚 = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟑
𝑑𝑦 √1 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑦 𝜋
𝟏𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = ; 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 𝑦(3) = (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑦 2
[√𝟏 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒚 = 𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = 𝑥(𝑦 4 + 2𝑦 2 + 1) 𝑖𝑓 𝑦(−3) = 1
𝑑𝑥
(𝟒)
𝟏 𝒙𝟐 𝟏𝟗
[− = − ] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟐(𝒚𝟐 + 𝟏) 𝟐 𝟒
𝑑𝑦 1
𝟏𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑥 2 = , 𝑦(1) = 1. (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥 𝑦 2 + √𝑦
𝟑
𝒚𝟑 𝟐𝒚𝟐 𝟑
[ + = − + 𝟔] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟑 𝟑 𝒙
𝑑𝑦
𝟏𝟖. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑦 = 𝑥(𝑦 4 + 2𝑦 2 + 1) 𝑖𝑓 𝑦(−3) = 1
𝑑𝑥
(𝟒)
𝟏 𝒙𝟐 𝟏𝟗
[− = − ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟐(𝒚𝟐 + 𝟏) 𝟐 𝟒
𝑑𝑦 √1 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑦 𝜋
𝟏𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = ; 𝑦(3) =
𝑑𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑦 2
(𝟒)
𝟓 𝒙
[√𝟏 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒚 = − ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟐 𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 2 + 2𝑦 = 1 + 3𝑥 2 ; 𝑦(2) = 1
𝑑𝑥
(𝟒)
[𝒚𝟐 = 𝒙𝟑 − 𝒙 − 𝟓] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟏. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑦 2 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥. (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥
𝟏
[ = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 − 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝒚
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 2 + 2𝑦 = 1 + 3𝑥 2 ; 𝑦(2) = 1.
𝑑𝑥
OR
𝑑𝑢
= √𝑢𝑣; 𝑢 = 100, 𝑣 = 9 (𝟒)
𝑑𝑣
𝟏 𝟑
[{𝒚𝟐 = 𝒙𝟑 − 𝒙 − 𝟓}, {√𝒖 = 𝒗𝟐 + 𝟏}] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟑
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑦. (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥
𝒙𝟐
[𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒚 = + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
𝟐
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒂) (𝒊𝒊) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = √𝑥𝑦; 𝑦(9) = 100 (𝟒)
𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟑
[√𝒚 = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟑
Page 168 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
𝑑𝑦 (1 + 𝑥 2 )2
𝟐𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒗) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = . (𝟓)
𝑑𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛2 3𝑦
𝟏 𝟏 𝟐𝒙𝟑 𝒙𝟓
[ 𝒚− 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟔𝒚 = 𝒙 + + + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟐 𝟏𝟐 𝟑 𝟓
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒊𝒗) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = √𝑥𝑦; 𝑥 = 100, 𝑦 = 9 (𝟓)
𝑑𝑥
𝟏 𝟑 𝟗𝟗𝟏
[√𝒚 = 𝒙𝟐 − ] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟑 𝟑
𝑑𝑦
𝟐𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒗) 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 2 + 2𝑦 = 1 + 3𝑥 2 ; 𝑦(2) = 1. (𝟓)
𝑑𝑥
[𝒚𝟐 = 𝒙𝟑 − 𝒙 − 𝟓] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
MISCALLENEOUS
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑙𝑛𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥
[𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝐶𝑜𝑡𝑥
(𝒊𝒊) ∫ √𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑆𝑖𝑛3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝟐 𝟑 𝟐 𝟕
[{− 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝒙 + 𝑪} , {𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝑺𝒊𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪}] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟑 𝟕
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑙𝑛𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
[𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
[𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
(𝒊) ∫(𝑙𝑛𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
[𝒙(𝒍𝒏𝒙)𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙𝒍𝒏𝒙 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
5𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
6 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑥 − 𝐶𝑜𝑠 2 𝑥
[𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 − 𝟑) − 𝒍𝒏(𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 + 𝟐) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝑒𝑥
1 + 𝑒 2𝑥
[𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (𝒆𝒙 ) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
[𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑥
(𝒊) ∫ 𝑑𝑥
[𝒍𝒏(𝒍𝒏𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙) + 𝑪] (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
Page 169 of 226

CHAPTER # 6
Page 170 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
(i) The center of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 8𝑦 − 24 = 0 is ___.
* (3, −4) * (−3,4) * (4,3) * (3,4)
2 2
(ii) The length of the tangent from the point (−2,3) to the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 3 = 0 is ___.
* 3 * 4 * 5 * 6
2 2
(iii) The center of the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 33 = 0 is ___.
* (−3,5) * (−3, −5) * (3, −5) * (3,5)
(iv) Which of the following circles passes through the origin?
* 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 + 7 = 0 * 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 9𝑦 + 11 = 0
* 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 + 11𝑦 = 0 * 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 + 11𝑦 + 19 = 0
(v) The length of the tangent from the point (2,4) to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 5 = 0 is ___.
* 5 * 15 * √15 * √5
2 2
(vi) The center of circle 2𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 8𝑥 = 0 is ___.
* (0,0) * (−4,0) * (8,0) * (−2,0)
2 2
(vii) Center of the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 6𝑥 − 8𝑦 + 3 = 0 is ___.
* (3,4) * (−3, −4) * (3, −4) * (−3,4)
2 2
(viii) The center of the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 10𝑥 + 6𝑦 + 18 = 0 is ___.
* (10, −6) * (−10,6) * (5, −3) * (−5,3)
2 2
(ix) The length of the tangent drawn from (3, −1) to the circle 2𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 5 = 0 is ___.
12 25 5
∗ √10.5 ∗ ∗ ∗
5 2 √2
(x) The equation of the circle with center (0,0) and radius 𝑟 is ___.
* 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 1 * 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 0 * 𝑥2 = 𝑟2 * 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 𝑟2
(xi) Equation of a circle with center at the origin and radius 2𝑟 is 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = ___.
* 𝑟2 * 2𝑟 2 * 4𝑟 2 * 4𝑟
(xii) The radius of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑘 = 0 is ___.
* 𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 + 𝑘 * 𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑘
* 𝑟 = √𝑔2 − 𝑓 2 + 𝑘 * 𝑟 = √𝑓 2 − 𝑔2 + 𝑘
(xiii) Equation of a circle with center (0, −5) and diameter 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 is ___.
* 𝑥 2 + (𝑦 + 5)2 = 4 * (𝑥 − 5)2 + (𝑦 − 0)2 = 42
* 𝑥 2 + (𝑦 − 5)2 = 42 * (𝑥 + 5)2 + 𝑦 2 = 4
(xiv) ___ circle has its center lies on 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠.
* 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 + 3 = 0 * 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 − 3 = 0
2 2
* 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 0 * 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 2
(xv) The radius of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is ___.
* 𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 + 𝑐 * 𝑟 = √𝑐 − 𝑔2 − 𝑓 2
* 𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐 * 𝑟 = √𝑔 + 𝑓 − 𝑐
2 2
(xvi) The radius of the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑝 = 0 is ___.
* √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 + 𝑝 * √𝑔2 − 𝑓 2 − 𝑓
* √𝑔2 − 𝑓 2 + 𝑓 * √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑝
(xvii) The line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 touches the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑟 2 if ___.
* 𝑐 2 = 𝑚2 (1 + 𝑟 2 ) * 𝑐 2 = 𝑟 2 (1 + 𝑚2 )
* 𝑟 2 = 𝑐 2 (1 + 𝑚2 ) * 𝑚2 = 𝑐 2 (1 + 𝑟 2 )
(xviii) The length of the tangent from the point (1, −2) to the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2 = 0 is ___.
* √2 * 1 * √6 * √3
(xix) The radius of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is ___.
* √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐 * √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 + 𝑐
* √𝑔2 − 𝑓 2 − 𝑐 * √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐 2
Page 171 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
MCQ’S 0334-3653937
Page 172 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
ANSWER KEY
(i) (3, −4)
Explanation:- Compare 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑥 + 8𝑦 − 24 = 0 with the general equation of circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0.
2𝑔𝑥 = −6𝑥 2𝑓𝑦 = 8𝑦
2𝑔 = −6 2𝑓 = 8
𝑔 = −3 𝑓=4
−𝑔 = 3 −𝑓 = −4
(ii) 4
Explanation:- 𝑙 = √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 3
𝑙 = √(−2)2 + (3)2 + 3 ∵ 𝑥 = −2 & 𝑦 = 3
𝑙 = √4 + 9 + 3
𝑙 = √16
𝑙=4
(iii) (−3,5)
(iv) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 + 11𝑦 = 0
Explanation:- Put (𝑥, 𝑦) = (0,0) in 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 + 11𝑦 = 0, we get:-
(0)2 + (0)2 + 8(0) + 11(0) = 0
0=0
(v) √15
(vi) (−2,0)
(vii) (−3,4)
(viii) (5, −3)
5
(𝒊𝒙)
√2
5
Explanation:- 𝑙 = √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2
5
𝑙 = √(3)2 + (−1)2 + ∵ 𝑥 = 3 & 𝑦 = −1
2
5
𝑙 = √9 + 1 +
2
5
𝑙 = √10 +
2
25
𝑙=√
2
5
𝑙=
√2
(x) 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑟 2
Explanation:- Here, (𝑎, 𝑏) = (0,0).
Standard equation of circle is (𝑥 − 𝑎)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑏)2 = 𝑟 2
(𝑥 − 0)2 + (𝑦 − 0)2 = 𝑟 2
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 𝑟2
(xi) 4𝑟 2
Explanation:- Here, (𝑎, 𝑏) = (0,0) and 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 = 2𝑟
Page 173 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
ANSWER KEY 0334-3653937
(𝑥 − 0)2 + (𝑦 − 0)2 = (2𝑟)2

𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 4𝑟 2
(xii) 𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑘
(xiii) 𝑥 2 + (𝑦 + 5)2 = 4
𝑑
Explanation:- Here, (𝑎, 𝑏) = (0, −5) and 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 = 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠, ∵ 𝑟 = 2
2
(𝑥 − 0)2 + (𝑦 − (−5)) = (2)2
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 4
2 2
(xiv) 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 2𝑦 − 3 = 0
Explanation:- Compare 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 − 3 = 0 with 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0, we get:-
2𝑔𝑥 = 0 2𝑓𝑦 = −2𝑦
𝑔=0 𝑓 = −1
−𝑓 = 1
Since 𝑔 = 0, therefore center lies on
𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠.
(xv) 𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐
Explanation:- Same as (xii).
(xvi) √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑝
(xvii) 𝑐 2 = 𝑟 2 (1 + 𝑚2 )
(xviii) √3
(xix) 𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐
Page 174 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
GENERAL
𝑨. FACTORIZATION
1. (𝑎 ± 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 ± 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2
𝑩. QUADRATIC EQUATION
1. Standard Form
𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0
2. Quadratic Formula
−𝑏 ± √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝑥=
2𝑎
3. Product of Roots
𝑐
𝑥1 × 𝑥2 =
𝑎
𝑪. CHAPTER # 2
1. DISTANCE FORMULA
𝑑 = |𝐴𝐵| = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2
2. MID−POINT OF A LINE SEGMENT
[𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜 − 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑤ℎ𝑖𝑐ℎ 𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )& 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 )
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
𝑃(𝑥, 𝑦) = ( , )
2 2
𝑦2 − 𝑦1
𝑚=
𝑥2 − 𝑥1
OR
𝑚 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 ("𝜃" 𝑖𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 + 𝑣𝑒 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑗𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) &
𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑖𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑖 𝑐𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑘 𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛)
Remember:-
(ii) 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆:- Slope of 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 is always equals to infinity, i.e.,
1
𝑚=∞=
0
4. PARALLEL LINES
𝑚1 = 𝑚2
𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1
𝑚1 − 𝑚2
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
𝑚2 − 𝑚1
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
(i) Equation of 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 175 of 226
CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑦=0
(ii) Equation of 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑥=0
8. POINT−SLOPE FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑃(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 "𝒎" 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
Remember:- If the line passes through the origin then equation of the line becomes
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 .
𝑫. CHAPTER # 4
𝑑 𝑛
𝟏. (𝑥 ) = 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 𝑥 = 𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒
𝑑𝑥
𝑬. CHAPTER # 5
1. SLOPE OF A CURVE 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) AT POINT (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑑
𝑑𝑥 (𝑥1 ,𝑦1 )
Remember:-
Slope of a curve at a point on it is regarded as the slope of a tangent
to the curve at that point.
RELATED
𝑨. CONE
Definition:- A solid that has a circular base and a single vertex
is called a cone.
Types:- It has two types:-
𝑽𝑬𝑹𝑻𝑬𝑿 → (i) Right Circular Cone:- If the vertex is over the center of the base
then it is called a right circular cone.
(ii) Oblique Circular Cone:- If the vertex is not over the center of the
base then it is called an oblique circular
cone.
An object that is shaped like a cone is called
“conical”.
Construction:- * Let 𝒂 and 𝒈 be two distinct lines that

intersect at a point 𝑽. Keep the line 𝒂 fixed.
* Now rotate the line 𝒈 about 𝒂 while
maintaining the same angle
between 𝒂 and 𝒈. 𝒖𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒏𝒂𝒑𝒑𝒆 →
* The collection of points swept out
(𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅) by the line 𝒈 forms a
(𝒓𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒄𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓) cone as shown in figure.
* The fixed line 𝒂 is called the 𝑨𝑿𝑰𝑺 of the
cone. 𝒍𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒏𝒂𝒑𝒑𝒆 →
* The point 𝑽 where generators intersect is
called the 𝑽𝑬𝑹𝑻𝑬𝑿.
* The lines that passes through 𝑽 and makes the same angles with 𝒂
as 𝒈 are called the 𝑮𝑬𝑵𝑬𝑹𝑨𝑻𝑶𝑹𝑺 of the cone. Thus, each
generator is a line that lies entirely on the cone.
* The cone consists of 𝑻𝑾𝑶 parts, called 𝑵𝑨𝑷𝑷𝑬𝑺, that intersect at
the vertex.
𝑩. CONICS (An abbreviation for conic sections)
Definition:-
Page 176 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
* A curve that is obtained by the intersection of a 𝒓𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒄𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒆 and a plane is
called conics.
* It has two types:-
(i) Generated Conics
(ii) De−Generated Conics
(i) Generated Conics:-If the plane does not contain the vertex, the intersection
of the plane and the cone is a circle, parabola, ellipse and
hyperbola.
(a) Circle:- When the plane is perpendicular to the axis of the cone
and intersects each generator, circle is obtained.
(b) Ellipse:- When is plane is slightly tilted so that it intersects each generator,
but intersects only one nappe of the cone, ellipse is obtained.
(c) Parabola:- When is plane is tilted further so that it is parallel to one (and
only one) generator and intersects only one nappe of the cone,
parabola is obtained.
(d) Hyperbola:- When is plane is parallel to one (and only one) generator and
intersects two nappes of the cone, hyperbola is obtained.
(ii) De−Generated If the plane does contain the vertex, the intersection of the
Conics:- plane and the cone is a point, a line or a pair of
intersecting lines.
𝑪. CIRCLE
𝟏. Definition:- * A circle is a set of points in ℝ𝟐 whose distance from a given fixed
point remains constant.
* The fixed point is called the center of the circle.
* The constant distance is called the radius of the circle.
𝟐. Standard Equation of Circle 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
(i) Center at 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃) 𝒓
(𝑥 − 𝑎)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑏)2 = 𝑟 2
𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃)
(ii) Center at origin 𝑪(𝟎, 𝟎)
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 𝑟2
𝟑. General Equation of Circle 𝑶 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
(i) Center at 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃) = (−𝒈, −𝒇)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0
𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐
(ii) Center at 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔; 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃) = (−𝒈, 𝟎)
`
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 𝑪(𝟎, −𝒇)
𝑩(−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑶 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎)
Page 177 of 226
CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑟 = √𝑔2 − 𝑐 𝑨(𝟎, 𝒃)
(iii) Center at 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔; 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃) = (𝟎, −𝒇)
𝑪(−𝒈, 𝟎)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0
𝑟 = √𝑓 2 − 𝑐
(iv) Passing through Origin(𝟎, 𝟎) and making 𝑩(𝟎, −𝒃)
𝒙 & 𝒚 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕𝒔
Center at 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃) = (−𝒈, −𝒇)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 = 0
(𝑻𝒉𝒓𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉 𝑶𝒓𝒊𝒈𝒊𝒏)
𝑟 = √𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 𝑩(𝟎, 𝒃)
𝑥 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 = 0 (x−Intercept) 𝑪(−𝒈, −𝒇)
𝑦 2 + 2𝑓𝑦 = 0 (y−Intercept)
Remember:- (a) If a circle cuts 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 at two points 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎)
which are equidistant from the origin, then 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)
the center of circle must lie on 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔.
(b) If a circle cuts 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 at two points
which are equidistant from the origin,
then the center of circle must lie on 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔.
𝟒. Equation of Circle Touching Each Axes

(i) For 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 (𝒚 = 𝟎)
Center at 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃) = (𝒈, 𝒇) 𝑪(𝒈, 𝒇)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑔𝑥 − 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑔2 = 0 𝒓
𝑅𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 = 𝑟 = 𝑓
𝑶 𝑷(𝒈, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
(ii) For 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 (𝒙 = 𝟎)
Center at 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃) = (𝒈, 𝒇)

𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑔𝑥 − 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑓 2 = 0 𝒓 𝑪(𝒈, 𝒇)
𝑷(𝟎, 𝒇)
𝑅𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 = 𝑟 = 𝑔
𝟓. Concentric Circles 𝑶
Circles which have common center are called
concentric circles. 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑪(−𝒈, −𝒇)
They only differ with each other by a constant term.
𝑫𝒊𝒂𝒎𝒆𝒕𝒆𝒓
1st Circle:- 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0

2nd Circle:- 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑘 = 0
𝟔. Equation of a Circle with a Line Segment as its Diameter

𝑷𝟐 (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )(𝑥 − 𝑥2 ) + (𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑦 − 𝑦2 ) = 0
Here, 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) and 𝑷𝟐 (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) are the end points of the diameter
𝑷𝟏 𝑷𝟐 .
𝟕. Condition for a point 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) to be:-
(i) On the circle
𝑥12 + 𝑦12 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐 = 0
(ii) Outside the circle
𝑥12 + 𝑦12 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐 > 0
(iii) Inside the circle
𝑥12 + 𝑦12 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐 < 0
Page 178 of 226
CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝟖. Tangent, Secant and Normal to a circle
(i) Secant:- A line which joins the circle at any
two points is called a secant. 𝑵𝒐𝒓𝒎𝒂𝒍
(ii) Tangent:- A line which touches the circle at only
one point is called a tangent.
(iii) Normal:- A line which is perpendicular to the
tangent and always passes through
the center of the circle is called a normal. 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝟗. Equation of a Chord joining two points on a Circle
(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )(𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ) + (𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 ) = 0
Here, 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) and 𝑷𝟐 (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) are the end points of the chord 𝑷𝟏 𝑷𝟐 .
𝟏𝟎. Equation of a Tangent and Normal to a Circle
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) using Derivative
𝑷𝟐 (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
(i) Equation of Tangent
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
Here,
𝑑
𝑚=( (𝒚))
𝑑𝒙 𝑵𝒐𝒓𝒎𝒂𝒍
(𝒙𝟏 ,𝒚𝟏 )
(ii) Equation of Normal 𝟏 𝑪(−𝒈, −𝒇)
−
1 𝒎
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = − (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) 𝒎
𝑚
𝑨𝑳𝑻𝑬𝑹𝑵𝑨𝑻𝑬 𝑴𝑬𝑻𝑯𝑶𝑫
(𝑵𝒐𝒏 𝑫𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒗𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝑴𝒆𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒅)
(i) Equation of Tangent to a Circle 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐 at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑥𝑥1 + 𝑦𝑦1 = 𝑟 2
(ii) Equation of Tangent to a Circle𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑥(𝑥1 + 𝑔) + 𝑦(𝑦1 + 𝑓) + (𝑔𝑥1 + 𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐) = 0
Here, 𝑪𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓 = 𝑪(𝒈, 𝒇)
(iii) Equation of Normal to a Circle 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐 at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑥𝑦1 − 𝑦𝑥1 = 0
(iv) Equation of Normal to a Circle 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑦 − 𝑦1
=
𝑥1 + 𝑔 𝑦1 + 𝑓
𝟏𝟏. Condition of Tangency of a line 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒌 to a Circle
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 or 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
(i) General Condition
* A line is said to be a tangent to a circle, if the quadratic equation
obtained has equal roots.
* A quadratic equation has equal roots when its descrminant is equal to
zero.
* Hence, 𝑫 = 𝟎 ; 𝒐𝒓 𝑩𝟐 − 𝟒𝑨𝑪 = 𝟎 .
(ii) Specific Condition
For Circle (𝒙 − 𝒂)𝟐 + (𝒚 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
𝑚2 (𝑟 2 − 𝑎2 ) + 2𝑎𝑚(𝑏 − 𝑘) + 𝑟 2 = (𝑘 − 𝑏)2 (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
(iii) Specific Condition
For Circle 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
𝑘 2 = 𝑟 2 (1 + 𝑚2 ) (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
Page 179 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝑟 2𝑚 𝑟 2 𝒃
(− , ) 𝒐𝒓 (𝒙 = − ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕)
𝑘 𝑘 𝟐𝒂
(iv) Specific Condition
For Circle 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
(𝑘 − 𝑚𝑔 + 𝑓)2 = (𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐) (1 + 𝑚2 ) (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
(𝒈𝟐 + 𝒇𝟐 − 𝒄)𝒎 (𝒈𝟐 + 𝒇𝟐 − 𝒄) 𝒃
(− , ) 𝒐𝒓 (𝒙 = − ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕)
𝒌 − 𝒎𝒈 + 𝒇 𝒌 − 𝒎𝒈 + 𝒇 𝟐𝒂
𝟏𝟐. Condition of Normality of a line 𝒍𝒙 + 𝒎𝒚 + 𝒏 = 𝟎 to a Circle
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
* A line is said to be normal to a circle, if it passes through the center of the circle.
* Since line 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 passes through (−𝑔, −𝑓),
therefore put 𝑥 = −𝑔 and 𝑦 = −𝑓 in 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 → (1),
we get:-
𝑙(−𝑔) + 𝑚(−𝑓) + 𝑛 = 0
𝑛 = 𝑙𝑔 + 𝑚𝑓 ⇒ (2)
⇒ (1)𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + (𝑙𝑔 + 𝑚𝑓) = 0 𝑵𝒐𝒓𝒎𝒂𝒍
𝑙𝑥 + 𝑙𝑔 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑚𝑓 = 0 𝒍𝒙 + 𝒎𝒚 + 𝒏 = 𝟎 𝑪(−𝒈, −𝒇)
𝑙(𝑥 + 𝑔) + 𝑚(𝑦 + 𝑓) = 0 is the required condition.
𝟏𝟑. Perpendicular distance between the center of a Circle

𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 and a Tangent line 𝒍𝒙 + 𝒎𝒚 + 𝒏 = 𝟎
|(𝑙)(𝑎) + (𝑚)(𝑏) + 𝑛|
𝑟 = |𝐴𝐶| = 𝑪(𝒂, 𝒃)
√𝑙 2 + 𝑚2
(−𝒈, −𝒇)
Remember:- A straight line becomes a tangent to a circle
if its distance from circle’s center becomes 𝒓
equal to the circle’s radius.
𝒍𝒙 + 𝒎𝒚 + 𝒏 = 𝟎 𝑨 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕
𝟏𝟒. Length of the Tangent Segment from the point 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
to the Circle 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
𝑪(−𝒈, −𝒇)
|𝑃𝑃1 | = √𝑥12 + 𝑦12 + 2𝑔𝑥1 + 2𝑓𝑦1 + 𝑐
𝒓
𝟏𝟓. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐
−𝒃 ± √𝒃𝟐 − 𝟒𝒂𝒄
3. 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 𝟒. 𝒙=
𝟐𝒂
𝒄
𝟓. 𝒙𝟏 × 𝒙𝟐 = 6. 𝒅 = |𝑨𝑩| = √(𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 )𝟐 + (𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 )𝟐
𝒂
𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏
𝟕. 𝑪(𝒙, 𝒚) = ( , ) 𝟖. 𝒎= 𝒐𝒓 𝒎 = 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽
𝟐 𝟐 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏
𝟏
9. 𝒎=𝟎 (x−axis slope) 𝟏𝟎. 𝒎 = ∞ = (𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒔𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆)
𝟎
11. 𝒎𝟏 = 𝒎𝟐 (Parallel Lines) 12. 𝒎𝟏 × 𝒎𝟐 = −𝟏 (Perpendicular Lines)

𝒎𝟏 − 𝒎𝟐 𝒎𝟐 − 𝒎𝟏
𝟏𝟑. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟐 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟏 ) 𝟏𝟒. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟏 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟐 )
𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐
Page 180 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
15. 𝒚 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 16. 𝒙 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)
17. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = 𝒎(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) 18. 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 (𝑻𝒉𝒓𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉 𝑶𝒓𝒊𝒈𝒊𝒏)
𝒅 𝒏 𝒅
𝟏𝟗. (𝒙 ) = 𝒏𝒙𝒏−𝟏 𝟐𝟎. 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 = 𝒎 = [ 𝒇(𝒙)]
𝒅𝒙 𝒅𝒙 (𝒙𝟏 ,𝒚𝟏 )
21. (𝒙 − 𝒂)𝟐 + (𝒚 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐 22. 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎

23. 24. (Center x−axis)
𝒓 = √𝒈𝟐 + 𝒇𝟐 − 𝒄 𝒓 = √𝒈𝟐 − 𝒄
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 = 𝟎 (Through
25. (Center y−axis) 26.
𝒓= √𝒇𝟐 −𝒄 𝒓= √𝒈𝟐 + 𝒇𝟐 Origin)
27. 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 = 𝟎 (x−Intercept) 28. 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 = 𝟎 (y−Intercept)
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟐𝒈𝒙 − 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒈𝟐 = 𝟎 (Touching 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟐𝒈𝒙 − 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒇𝟐 = 𝟎 (Touching
29. 30.
𝑹𝒂𝒅𝒊𝒖𝒔 = 𝒓 = 𝒇 x−axis) 𝑹𝒂𝒅𝒊𝒖𝒔 = 𝒓 = 𝒈 y−axis)
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 (Concentric 32. (𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 ) + (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 )(𝒚 − 𝒚𝟐 ) = 𝟎

31.
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒌 = 𝟎 Circles) (Circle equation from its Diameter)
𝒙𝟐𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐𝟏 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙𝟏 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 (On Circle)

34. (Chord Equation)
33. 𝒙𝟐𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐𝟏 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙𝟏 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄 > 𝟎 (Outside Circle)
(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )(𝒙𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 ) + (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 )(𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 ) = 𝟎
𝒙𝟐𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐𝟏 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙𝟏 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄 < 𝟎 (Inside Circle)
35. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = 𝒎(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) Tangent Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

𝟏
36. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = − 𝒎(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) Normal Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝒎 (Derivative Method)
𝒅
37. 𝒎=( (𝒚)) Slope at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝒅𝒙
(𝒙𝟏 ,𝒚𝟏 )
38. 𝒙𝒙𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚𝟏 = 𝒓𝟐 Tangent Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) for 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐

(Non−Derivative Method)
Tangent Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) for

39. 𝒙(𝒙𝟏 + 𝒈) + 𝒚(𝒚𝟏 + 𝒇) + (𝒈𝒙𝟏 + 𝒇𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄) = 𝟎
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
40. 𝒙𝒚𝟏 − 𝒚𝒙𝟏 = 𝟎 Normal Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) for 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 𝒚 − 𝒚 𝟏 Normal Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) for

41. =
𝒙 𝟏 + 𝒈 𝒚𝟏 + 𝒇 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
A line is said to be a tangent to a Valid for

Tangency condition of
𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒌 to a Circle
circle, if the quadratic equation 𝒙 𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓 𝟐

and
42. obtained has equal roots. For equal 𝟐 𝟐
roots:- 𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
and
𝑩𝟐 − 𝟒𝑨𝑪 = 𝟎
(𝒙 − 𝒂) + (𝒚 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
𝟐
Valid for
43. 𝒎𝟐 (𝒓𝟐 − 𝒂𝟐 ) + 𝟐𝒂𝒎(𝒃 − 𝒌) + 𝒓𝟐 = (𝒌 − 𝒃)𝟐
(𝒙 − 𝒂)𝟐 + (𝒚 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
Page 181 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
FORMULAE 0334-3653937
𝒌𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐 (𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 )
44. 𝒃 Valid for 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
(𝒙 = − ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕)
𝟐𝒂
(𝒌 − 𝒎𝒈 + 𝒇)𝟐 = (𝒈𝟐 + 𝒇𝟐 − 𝒄) (𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 )
Valid for
45. 𝒃 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 = − ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕) 𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
𝟐𝒂
46. 𝒍(𝒙 + 𝒈) + 𝒎(𝒚 + 𝒇) = 𝟎
Normality condition of 𝒍𝒙 + 𝒎𝒚 + 𝒏 = 𝟎 to 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
|(𝒍)(𝒂) + (𝒎)(𝒃) + 𝒏|
𝟒𝟕. 𝒓 = |𝑨𝑪| =
√𝒍𝟐 + 𝒎𝟐
Perpendicular distance between the center of a circle 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 and a
tangent line 𝒍𝒙 + 𝒎𝒚 + 𝒏 = 𝟎
𝟒𝟖. |𝑷𝑷𝟏 | = √𝒙𝟐𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐𝟏 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙𝟏 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄
Length of the tangent segment from the point 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) to the circle
𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
𝑻𝑶 𝑭𝑰𝑵𝑫 𝑬𝑸𝑼𝑨𝑻𝑰𝑶𝑵 𝑶𝑭 𝑪𝑰𝑹𝑪𝑳𝑬

𝑾𝑾𝑾. 𝑬𝑨𝑺𝒀𝑪𝑨𝑳𝑪𝑼𝑳𝑨𝑻𝑰𝑶𝑵. 𝑪𝑶𝑴/𝑨𝑵𝑨𝑳𝒀𝑻𝑰𝑪𝑨𝑳/𝑨𝑵𝑨𝑳𝒀𝑻𝑰𝑪𝑨𝑳. 𝑷𝑯𝑷
𝑾𝑾𝑾. 𝑴𝑨𝑻𝑯𝑷𝑶𝑹𝑻𝑨𝑳. 𝑶𝑹𝑮/𝑪𝑨𝑳𝑪𝑼𝑳𝑨𝑻𝑶𝑹𝑺. 𝑷𝑯𝑷
Page 182 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
EXERCISE # 7.1
10
1. Q.8 (a) Show that the four points (5,7), (8,1), (1,3) and (1, 3 ) are concyclic, and find the
equation of the circle on which they lie. (𝟔)
(𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒚𝟐 − 𝟐𝟗𝒙 − 𝟏𝟗𝒚 + 𝟓𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.8 (a) Find the equation of the circle concentric with the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 33 = 0 and touching the line 𝑦 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
3. Q.9 (a) Find the equation of the circle which passes the two points (𝑎, 0) and (−𝑎, 0) and whose
radius is √𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 . (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 ± 𝟐𝒃𝒚 − 𝒂 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 33 = 0 and touching the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟖𝒙 − 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
5. Q.7 (a) Show that four points (3,4), (−1, −4), (−1,2) and (3, −6) are concyclic, and find the
equation of the circle on which they lie. (𝟔)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟏𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
6. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle passing through the points (−1, −1) and (3,1) and with
center on the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 10 = 0. (𝟔)
(𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒚𝟐 + 𝟏𝟔𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
7. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle containing the point (4,4) and touching the line 𝑦 = 𝑥 at
the point (6,0). (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟗𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
8. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle which touches 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 and passes through the points
(1, −2) and (3, −4). (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟐𝟎𝒚 + 𝟐𝟓 = 𝟎, 𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 + 𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
9. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −1) and (3,1) and with
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 33 = 0 and touching the line 𝑦 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
11. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle whose center is at the point (2,3) and it passes through
the center of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 + 10𝑦 − 53 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟒𝒙 − 𝟔𝒚 + 𝟖𝟕 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
2 2
12. Q.8 (b) Find the equation of the circle concentric with 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 33 = 0 which
touches the line 𝑥 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟐𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
13. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle which passes through the two points (𝑎, 0) and (−𝑎, 0)
and whose radius is √𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 . (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 ± 𝟐𝒃𝒚 − 𝒂 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
14. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle which passes through the point (−2, −4) and has the
same center as the circle whose equation is 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 − 12𝑦 − 23 = 0.
(𝟔)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟖𝒙 − 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟔𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
15. Q.7 (b) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −2) and (6, −1) and touching
the line 𝑦 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟗 = 𝟎, 𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟒𝟔𝒙 + 𝟐𝟗𝟎𝒚 + 𝟓𝟐𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 4𝑥 − 6𝑦 − 23 = 0 and touching the 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟒𝒙 − 𝟔𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
17. Q.8 (a) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −1) and (3,1) and with
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
18. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −2) and (6, −1) touching
Page 183 of 226
CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟗 = 𝟎, 𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟒𝟔𝒙 + 𝟐𝟗𝟎𝒚 + 𝟓𝟐𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
19. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the circle whose center is at the point (2,3) and it passes through
the center of the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 + 10𝑦 − 53 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟒𝒙 − 𝟔𝒚 + 𝟖𝟕 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝑡ℎ
20. Q.2 (vii) Find the equation of the circle touching each of the axes in 4 quadrant at a distance of
6 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 from the origin. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝒚 + 𝟑𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
21. Q.2 (v) Find the equation of circle which passes through the origin and cut off intercepts equal to
3 and 4 from the axes. (𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟒𝒚 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
22. Q.4 (b) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −1) and (3,1) and with
center on the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 10 = 0. (𝟕)
(𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒚𝟐 + 𝟏𝟔𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
2 2
23. Q.2 (v) Find the equation of the circle concentric with the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 33 = 0
and touching the 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟐𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
24. Q.2 (v) Find the equation of the circle touching each of the axes in 4𝑡ℎ quadrant at a distance of
5 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 from the origin. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟐𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
25. Q.4 (b) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −1) and (3,1) and with the
center on the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 10 = 0. (𝟖)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
26. Q.2 (v) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −1) and (3,1) and the
𝑥 − 𝑦 + 10 = 0 passing through the center of the circle. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
27. Q.2 (iv) Prove that the point (5, −7.5) lies outside the circle whose equation is
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 4𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 44. (𝟓)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
28. Q.3 (i) Find the equation of the circle containing the points (−1, −1) and (3,1) and with
center on the line 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 10 = 0. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝒚 − 𝟑𝟒 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
2 2
29. Q.3 (i) Find the equation of the circle concentric with the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 6𝑥 − 10𝑦 + 33 = 0
and touching the line 𝑦 = 0. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏𝟎𝒚 + 𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
30. Q.3 (i) Find the equation of the circle of radius 𝑎 which passes through the two points on the
𝑥 −axis which are at a distance 𝑏 from the origin. (𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 ± (𝟐√𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 )𝒚 − 𝒃𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 7.2
1. Q.9 (a) Prove the condition that the line, 𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼 + 𝑦𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼 = 𝑝, may touch the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 if 𝑔𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼 + 𝑓𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼 + 𝑝 = ±√𝑔2 + 𝑓 2 − 𝑐.(𝟔)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.9 (c) Find the condition that the two conics 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 1 and 𝑎/ 𝑥 2 + 𝑏 / 𝑦 2 = 1 intersect
orthogonally. (𝟔)
/ /
𝒃−𝒃 𝒂−𝒂
( /
= ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝒃𝒃 𝒂𝒂/
3. Q.9 (c) Find the measure of the angles between the following pair of curves at their points of
Intersection. 𝑥 = 2𝑦 2 ; 𝑥 = 3𝑦 2 − 4𝑦 + 3. (𝟔)
2 1
[𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 (− ) , 𝑻𝒂𝒏−𝟏 ( )] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
9 85
4. Q.9 (c) Prove that the curves 3𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 12 and 𝑥 2 + 3𝑦 2 − 24 = 0 intersect at right angles.
Also find their point of intersection. (𝟔)
(±√𝟔, ±√𝟔) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
2 2
5. Q.7 (c) Find the equations of the tangents to the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 6𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 9 = 0 through the
Page 184 of 226
CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
origin. (𝟔)
(𝟑𝒙 − 𝟒𝒚 = 𝟎, 𝒚 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
6. Q.7 (b) Find the equation of the circle which is concentric with the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 + 12𝑦 + 15 = 0 and passes through the point (5,4). (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟖𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
7. Q.8 (a) Prove that the condition of tangency of 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑏, with the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 is (𝑔 + 𝑓𝑚)2 = 𝑏(𝑏 + 2𝑓 − 2𝑚𝑔) + 𝑐(1 + 𝑚2 ).
(𝟔)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
8. Q.8 (a) Find the condition that the conic 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 1 should cut the conic 𝑎 / 𝑥 2 + 𝑏 / 𝑦 2 = 1
/ /
( /
= ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝒃𝒃 𝒂𝒂/
9. Q.7 (b) Prove that the two circles 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 touch
1 1 1
𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑓 2 + 2 = . (𝟔)
𝑓 𝑔 𝑐
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
10. Q.7 (c) Prove that the product of abscissae of the points where the straight line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 meets
𝑐
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 . (𝟔)
1 + 𝑚2
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
11. Q.7 (b) Find the condition that the two conics 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 1 and 𝑎/ 𝑥 2 + 𝑏 / 𝑦 2 = 1 intersect
/ /
( /
= ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝒃𝒃 𝒂𝒂/
12. Q.7 (c) Prove that two circles 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 touch
1 1 1
𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑓 2 + 2 = . (𝟔)
𝑓 𝑔 𝑐
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
2 2 2 2
13. Q.7 (b) Prove that if two circles 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 touch
1 1 1
𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 2 + 2 = . (𝟔)
𝑓 𝑔 𝑐
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
14. Q.8 (a) Find the condition that the conics 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 1 should cut 𝑎/ 𝑥 2 + 𝑏 / 𝑦 2 = 1
/ /
( /
= ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝒃𝒃 𝒂𝒂/
15. Q.7 (b) Prove that if two circles 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 touch
1 1 1
𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 2 + 2 = . (𝟔)
𝑓 𝑔 𝑐
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
16. Q.2 (viii) Find the equation of the circle which is concentric with the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 + 12𝑦 + 12 = 0 and passes through the point (5,4). (𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟖𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
2 2 2 2
17. Q.4 (b) Prove that two circles 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 touch
1 1 1
𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑓 2 + 2 = . (𝟕)
𝑓 𝑔 𝑐
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
2 2 2 2
18. Q.2 (vi) Prove that the curves 3𝑥 − 𝑦 = 12 and 𝑥 + 3𝑦 − 24 = 0 intersect at right angles at
the point (√6, √6). (𝟓)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
2 2 2
19. Q.2 (vi) Prove that the straight line 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 𝑐√2 touches the circle 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝑐 , and find the
point of contact. (𝟓)
Page 185 of 226

CIRCLE ARIF RAZA
CHAPTER # 7
√𝟐 √𝟐
(− 𝑐, 𝑐) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟐 𝟐
20. Q.4 (b) Find the condition that conic 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 1 should cut 𝑎/ 𝑥 2 + 𝑏 / 𝑦 2 = 1
orthogonally. (𝟕)
𝒃 − 𝒃/ 𝒂 − 𝒂/
( = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝒃𝒃/ 𝒂𝒂/
21. Q.2 (vi) Find the equation of the circle which is concentric with the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 + 12𝑦 + 15 = 0 and passes through the point (5,4). (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟖𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
22. Q.2 (v) Find the equation of the circle which is concentric with the circle
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 8𝑥 + 12𝑦 − 12 = 0 and passes through the point (5,4). (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟖𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝒚 − 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
2 2 / 2 / 2
23. Q.4 (b) Find the condition that conics 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 = 1 and 𝑎 𝑥 + 𝑏 𝑦 = 1 cut each other
orthogonally. (𝟖)
𝒃 − 𝒃/ 𝒂 − 𝒂/
( = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝒃𝒃/ 𝒂𝒂/
24. Q.2 (vii) Prove that two circles 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 touch
1 1 1
𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑓 2 + 2 = . (𝟓)
𝑓 𝑔 𝑐
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
25. Q.2 (v) Find the equation of a circle with center at the point (1, −1) and touching the straight
line 5𝑥 + 12𝑦 = 7. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟏𝟔𝟗𝒙 + 𝟏𝟔𝟗𝒚 − 𝟑𝟑𝟖𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟖𝒚 + 𝟏𝟒𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
26. Q.3 (ii) Show that the lines 𝑥 = 5 and 𝑦 = 7 both touch the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 4𝑥 − 8𝑦 + 11 = 0.
(𝟓)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
27. Q.3 (ii) Prove that the product of abscissae of the points where the straight line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 meets
𝑐
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 𝑖𝑠 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 . (𝟓)
1 + 𝑚2
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
Page 186 of 226

PARABOLA, ELLIPSE ARIF RAZA
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
3
(𝒊) 𝐼𝑓 𝑒𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑒 = , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑐 𝑖𝑠 ___.
2
* Parabola * Hyperbola * Ellipse * Circle
2 2 (1 2 ),
(ii) If 𝑏 = 𝑎 − 𝑒 the conic is ___.
* Circle * Parabola * Ellipse * Hyperbola
(iii) If 𝑒 = 1, then conic is ___.
* Circle * Ellipse * Parabola * Hyperbola
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
(𝒊𝒗) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 − = 1 𝑖𝑠 ___.
16 4
* (±2,0) * (0, ±2) * (0, ±4) * (±4,0)
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
(𝒗) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑖 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑎 𝑎𝑏
* 2𝑎 * 2𝑐 * 2𝑏 * 2𝑒
(vi) The vertex of the parabola (𝑥 − 1)2 = 8(𝑦 + 2) is ___.
* (1, −2) * (0,1) * (2,0) * (0,0)
2 2 (𝑒 2
(vii) If 𝑏 = 𝑎 − 1), then the conic is ___.
* Parabola * Ellipse * Hyperbola * Circle
𝑥2 𝑦2
(𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑖 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑎 𝑏
𝑎
∗ 2𝑎 ∗ 2𝑐 ∗ 2 ∗ 2𝑏
𝑐
(ix) The length of the latus rectum of parabola 𝑥 2 = 4𝑎𝑦 is ___.
* 4𝑎 * 𝑎 * 4 * |4𝑎|
𝑥2 𝑦2
(𝒙) 𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑎 𝑏
𝑏2 2𝑏 2 𝑏2 𝑏2
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
𝑎 𝑎 2𝑎 2𝑎2
2
(xi) Vertex of the parabola (𝑥 + 2) = 4(𝑦 − 2) is ___.
* (−2, −2) * (0,1) * (2,0) * (−2,2)
2
(xii) In a hyperbola 𝑐 = ___.
2𝑏 2
∗ 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 ∗ 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 ∗ 𝑏 2 − 𝑎2 ∗
𝑎2
2
(xiii) In a parabola 𝑦 = 4𝑎𝑥, |4𝑎| represents ___.
* Focus * Vertex * Axis * Length of latus rectum
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
(𝒙𝒊𝒗) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑎𝑗𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1 𝑖𝑠 ___.
16 9
* 25 * 4 * 6 * 8
(xv) If 𝑒 < 1, then the conic is ___.
2
(xvi) In the parabola 𝑦 = 4𝑎𝑥, |4𝑎| represents ___.
(xvii) Length of latus rectum of an ellipse is ___.
𝑎2 2𝑏 2 𝑎2 𝑏2
∗ 2 ∗ ∗ −2 ∗
𝑏 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
2 2 (1 2 ),
(xviii) If 𝑏 = 𝑎 − 𝑒 then the conic is ___.
* Circle * Parabola * Hyperbola * Ellipse
2
(xix) In the parabola 𝑦 = 4𝑎𝑥, |4𝑎| represents ___.
(xx) The length of the latus rectum of parabola (𝑥 − 1)2 = −8(𝑦 + 2) is ___.
* 2 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 6 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 * 8 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
(𝒙𝒙𝒊) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1 𝑖𝑠 ___.
25 9
* (5,0) * (3,5) * (0,0) * (5,3)
(xxii) If 𝑒 = 2, then conic is ___.
Page 187 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
* Ellipse * Parabola * Hyperbola * Circle

(xxiii) The length of the latus rectum of parabola 𝑥 2 = −28𝑦 is ___.
* 7 * 28 * 192 * −7
𝑥2 𝑦2
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒗)𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 𝑎𝑟𝑒 ___.
𝑎 𝑏
𝑎 1
∗ 𝑥 = ±𝑎 ∗ 𝑦 = ±𝑎 ∗ 𝑥=± ∗ 𝑦=±
𝑒 𝑎
(xxv) Vertex of the parabola (𝑥 + 2)2 = 4(𝑦 − 2) is ___.
* (−2, −2) * (3, −2) * (−2,3) * (−2,2)
2 2 (𝑒 2
(xxvi) If 𝑏 = 𝑎 − 1), then the conic is ___.
* Parabola * Ellipse * Hyperbola * Circle
2 2
(xxvii) The equation 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 represents a parabola if ___.
* 𝑎 = 0, 𝑏 ≠ 0 * 𝑎=𝑏=0 * 𝑎≠𝑏 * 𝑎=𝑏≠0
(xxviii) Semi−latus rectum of an ellipse is ___.
2𝑏 2 2𝑏 𝑏2 𝑎2
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
𝑎 𝑎2 𝑎 2𝑏
(xxix) In rectangular hyperbola, the value of eccentricity is ___.
𝑎 𝑐
∗ √2 ∗ √3 ∗ ∗
𝑐 𝑎
𝑥2 𝑦2
(𝒙𝒙𝒙) 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑖 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 𝑖𝑠 ___.
𝑎 𝑏
2𝑎 2𝑏 2
∗ ∗ 2𝑎 ∗ 2𝑎𝑒 ∗
𝑒 𝑎
3
(𝒙𝒙𝒙𝒊)𝐼𝑓 𝑒 = , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑐 𝑖𝑠 𝑎/𝑎𝑛 ___.
2
2
(xxxii) Vertex of the parabola (𝑦 + 2) = 4(𝑥 − 1) is ___.
* (1,2) * (−2,1) * (1, −2) * (−1,2)
Page 188 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
ANSWER KEY
(i) Hyperbola
Explanation:- For a Hyperbola, 𝑒 > 1 always.
(ii) Ellipse
Explanation:- For an Ellipse, 𝑎2 = 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 always.
(iii) Parabola
Explanation:- For a Parabola, 𝑒 = 1 always.
(iv) (±4,0)
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − − = 1 → (1)
16 4
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒 (1) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 2 − 2 = 1
𝑎 𝑏
𝑎2 = 16 ⇒ 𝑎 = ±4
𝑏 2 = 4 ⇒ 𝑏 = ±2
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑨(4,0) & 𝑨/ (−4,0) ∵ 𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑜𝑛𝑔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔.
(v) 2𝑐
Explanation:- For an Ellipse, distance between foci is always 𝟐𝒄.
(vi) (1, −2)
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − (𝑥 − 1)2 = 8(𝑦 + 2) → (1)
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒 (1) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ (𝑥 − ℎ)2 = 4𝑎(𝑦 − 𝑘)
−ℎ = −1 ⇒ ℎ = 1
−𝑘 = 2 ⇒ 𝑘 = −2
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, 𝑪(ℎ, 𝑘) = (1, −2) ∵ 𝑺𝒚𝒎𝒎𝒆𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒄 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑜𝑛𝑔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔.
(vii) Hyperbola
Explanation:- For an Hyperbola, 𝑐 2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 always.
(viii) 2𝑐
Explanation:- Same as (v).
(ix) |4𝑎|
Explanation:- Length of latus rectum of a parabola is always |4𝑎|.
𝑏2
(𝒙) 2
𝑎
𝑏2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: −𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑤𝑎𝑦𝑠 2 .
𝑎
(xi) (−2,2)
Explanation:- Same as (vi).
(xii) 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
Explanation:- For an Hyperbola, 𝑐 2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 always.
(xiii) Length of latus rectum
Explanation:- Length of latus rectum of a parabola is always |4𝑎|.
(xiv) 8
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − + = 1 → (1)
16 9
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒 (1) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 2 + 2 = 1
𝑎 𝑏
𝑎2 = 16 ⇒ 𝑎 = ±4
2𝑎 = 2 × 4 = 8
(xv) Ellipse
Explanation:- For an Ellipse, 𝑒 < 1 always.
(xvi) Length of latus rectum
Explanation:- Same as (xiii).
𝑏2
(𝒙𝒗𝒊𝒊) 2
𝑎
Explanation:- Same as (x).
(xviii) Ellipse
Page 189 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA

(xix) Length of latus rectum
Explanation:- Same as (xiii).
(xx) 8 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − (𝑥 − 1)2 = −8(𝑦 + 2) → (1)
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒 (1) 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ (𝑥 − ℎ)2 = 4𝑎(𝑦 − 𝑘)
4𝑎 = −8 ⇒ 𝑎 = −2
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, |4𝑎| = |4 × −2| = |−8| = 8 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
(xxi) (0,0)
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − + = 1 → (1)
25 9
(1) 𝑠ℎ𝑜𝑤𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑡 𝑂(0,0).
(xxii) Hyperbola
(xxiii) 28
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: − 𝑥 2 = −28𝑦
𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝑥 2 = −4𝑎𝑦
4𝑎 = 28
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝐿𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 = 4𝑎 = 28
𝑎
(𝒙𝒙𝒊𝒗). 𝑥 = ±
𝑒
(xxv) (−2,2)
(xxvi) Hyperbola
Explanation:- Same as (vii).
(xxvii) 𝑎 = 0, 𝑏 ≠ 0
𝑏2
(xxviii) 𝑎
𝑏2
𝐸𝑥𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: −𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑤𝑎𝑦𝑠 2 .
𝑎
(xxix) √2
Explanation:- 𝑏 2 = 𝑎2 (1 − 𝑒 2 )
𝑎2 = 𝑎2 (𝑒 2 − 1) ∵ 𝑎 = 𝑏 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎
𝑎2 = 𝑎2 𝑒 2 − 𝑎2
𝑎2 + 𝑎2 = 𝑎2 𝑒 2
2𝑎2 = 𝑎2 𝑒 2
𝑎2 𝑒 2 = 2𝑎2
𝑒2 = 2
𝑒 = √2
(xxx) 2𝑎𝑒
Explanation:- For an Ellipse, distance between foci is always 𝟐𝒄 = 𝟐𝒂𝒆. ∵ 𝑐 = 𝑎𝑒
(xxxi) Hyperbola
Explanation:- For a Hyperbola, 𝑒 > 1 always.
(xxxii) (−2,1)
Page 190 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Page 191 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
GENERAL
𝑨. FACTORIZATION
1. (𝑎 ± 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 ± 2𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2
𝑩. TRIGONOMETRY
𝑪. CHAPTER # 2
1. DISTANCE FORMULA
𝑑 = |𝐴𝐵| = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2
2. PARALLEL LINES
𝑚1 = 𝑚2
𝑚1 𝑚2 = −1
𝑚1 − 𝑚2
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
𝑚2 − 𝑚1
𝑇𝑎𝑛𝜃 =
1 + 𝑚1 𝑚2
𝑦=𝑏
𝑦=0
𝑥=𝑎
𝑥=0
6. TWO−POINT FORM
[𝐴 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ 𝑡𝑤𝑜 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑃1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) & 𝑃2 (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑏𝑦]
𝑦 − 𝑦1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1
=
𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑥2 − 𝑥1
𝑥1 − 𝑥 𝑦1 − 𝑦
|𝑥 − 𝑥 𝑦 − 𝑦| = 0
2 2
𝑫. CHAPTER # 3
1. PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE OF A POINT FROM A GIVEN LINE
[𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑃1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑎 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝒍 (𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0)]
|𝑎𝑥1 + 𝑏𝑦1 + 𝑐|
𝑑=
√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
2. AREA OF A TRIANGLE
[𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑎 𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑒𝑠 𝐴(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), 𝐵(𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) & 𝐶(𝑥3 , 𝑦3 )]
Page 192 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
1 𝑥1 𝑦1 1 1 𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = |𝑥2 𝑦2 1| 𝑶𝑹 ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 = | 𝑦3 − 𝑦1 |
2 𝑥 𝑦3 1 2 𝑥3 − 𝑥1
3
𝑬. CHAPTER # 4
𝑑 𝑛
𝟏. (𝑥 ) = 𝑛𝑥 𝑛−1 𝑥 = 𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑖𝑏𝑙𝑒
𝑑𝑥
𝑭. CHAPTER # 5
1. SLOPE OF A CURVE 𝒚 = 𝒇(𝒙) AT POINT (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑑
𝑑𝑥 (𝑥1 ,𝑦1 )
Remember:-
Slope of a curve at a point on it is regarded as the slope of a tangent to the curve at that
point.
𝑮. CHAPTER # 7
1. GENERAL EQUATION OF CIRCLE
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0
2. EQUATION OF A CIRCLE WITH A LINE SEGMENT AS ITS DIAMETER
(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )(𝑥 − 𝑥2 ) + (𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑦 − 𝑦2 ) = 0
RELATED
𝑨. GENERAL CONIC
Definition:- A conic is the set of all points whose distance from a fixed point (𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑒)
bears a constant ratio (𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝒆) to its distance from a fixed line
(𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑒).
Focus:- The fixed point is called the focus. It is denoted by “𝑺”.
Directrix:- The fixed line is called the direcrtix. It is denoted by “𝑳”.
Eccentricity:-The ratio of distance between the focus and all points on the conic to the
distance between the fixed line and all points on the conic is called eccentricity.
It is denoted by “𝒆”.
𝑫𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒇𝒐𝒄𝒖𝒔 𝒕𝒐 𝒂𝒍𝒍 𝒑𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒔 𝒐𝒏 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒊𝒄
𝒆=
𝑫𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒅𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙 𝒕𝒐 𝒂𝒍𝒍 𝒑𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒔 𝒐𝒏 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒊𝒄
The nature of values of eccentricity determines the types of different conics.
If:-
(i) 𝒆 = 𝟎; 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑐 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝒄𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒍𝒆.
(ii) 𝒆 = 𝟏; 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑐 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝒑𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂.
(iii) 𝒆 < 𝟏; 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑐 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝒆𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆.
(iv) 𝒆 > 𝟏; 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑐 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝒉𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂.
Axis:- The line through the focus and perpendicular to the direcrtix is called the axis
(𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒔𝒚𝒎𝒎𝒆𝒕𝒓𝒚) of the conic.
Focal The distance of any point on conic from its focus is called the focal distance
Radius:- (𝒐𝒓 𝒇𝒐𝒄𝒂𝒍 𝒓𝒂𝒅𝒊𝒖𝒔).
Diameter:- The chord through the focus of a conic is called the diameter of the conic
(𝒐𝒓 𝒇𝒐𝒄𝒂𝒍 𝒄𝒉𝒐𝒓𝒅).
Latus The chord through the focus of a conic and perpendicular to the axis of conic is
Rectum:- called latus rectum.
𝑩. PARABOLA
𝟏. Definition:- A parabola is a set of all points 𝑷 in the plane which are equidistant from
a fixed line (𝒅𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙, 𝑳) and a fixed point (𝒇𝒐𝒄𝒖𝒔, 𝑺) in the plane.
Hence, |𝑷𝑺| = |𝑷𝑴|
Here,
|𝑷𝑺| = 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑠 (𝑺) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑷) 𝑜𝑛 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎.
|𝑷𝑴| = 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑝𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑷) 𝑜𝑛
Page 193 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑴) 𝑜𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑥.

𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚) = 𝐴𝑛𝑦 𝑎𝑟𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑛 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎.
𝑺(𝒂, 𝟎) = 𝐹𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔).
𝑴(−𝒂, 𝒚) = 𝑃𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑛 𝐷𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔).
Axis:- The straight line through the focus and perpendicular to the directrix is
called the axis (𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒔𝒚𝒎𝒎𝒆𝒕𝒓𝒚) of the parabola.
Vertex:- The point where the parabola meets its axis is called the vertex of
parabola.
𝟐. Standard Equation of Parabola
(i) Axis along 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Vertex 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(𝒂, 𝟎)
𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥
(ii) Axis along 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑩 Vertex 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(−𝒂, 𝟎)
𝑦 2 = −4𝑎𝑥
𝑴 (−𝒂, 𝒚) 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙
𝒙=𝒂
𝒙 = −𝒂
𝟐𝒂
𝑺 (−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑵 (−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑺(𝒂, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑵(𝒂, 𝟎)
𝒂 𝒂
𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔
𝟐𝒂
(iii) Axis along 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔

Vertex 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(𝟎, 𝒂)
𝑥 2 = 4𝑎𝑦
(iv) Axis along 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Vertex 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(𝟎, −𝒂)
𝑥 2 = −4𝑎𝑦
𝟐𝒂 𝟐𝒂
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝑳/ (−𝟐𝒂, 𝒂) 𝒚=𝒂 𝑵 (𝟎, 𝒂)

𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙
𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎 𝒂
𝑶 (𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶 (𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒂
𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙 𝑺(𝟎, −𝒂)
𝑩 𝑨
𝒚 = −𝒂 𝑵 (𝟎, −𝒂) 𝑴 (𝒙, −𝒂)
𝒚/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 194 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(v) Table for Standard equations of Parabola

Equations of a Parabola: Vertex at (𝟎, 𝟎)
L.R.
VERTEX FOCUS DIRECTRIX EQUATION L.R. COORDINATES DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
𝑨𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒂𝒍𝒐𝒏𝒈
(𝟎, 𝟎) (𝒂, 𝟎) 𝒙 = −𝒂 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙 𝑳(𝒂, 𝟐𝒂), 𝑳/ (𝒂, −𝟐𝒂) 𝟒𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑶𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒔 𝒕𝒐 𝑹𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕
(𝟎, 𝟎) (−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝒙=𝒂 𝒚𝟐 = −𝟒𝒂𝒙 𝑳(−𝒂, 𝟐𝒂), 𝑳/ (−𝒂, −𝟐𝒂) 𝟒𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑶𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒔 𝒕𝒐 𝑳𝒆𝒇𝒕
(𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟎, 𝒂) 𝒚 = −𝒂 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒚 𝑳(𝟐𝒂, 𝒂), 𝑳/ (−𝟐𝒂, 𝒂) 𝟒𝒂 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑪𝒖𝒑 𝑼𝒑
(𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟎, −𝒂) 𝒚=𝒂 𝒙𝟐 = −𝟒𝒂𝒚 𝑳(𝟐𝒂, −𝒂), 𝑳/ (−𝟐𝒂, −𝒂) 𝟒𝒂 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑪𝒖𝒑 𝑫𝒐𝒘𝒏
𝟒. Others Equations of Parabola
(i) Axis parallel to 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Vertex 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌)
(𝑦 − 𝑘)2 = 4𝑎(𝑥 − ℎ)
(ii) Axis parallel to 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Vertex 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒌)
(𝑦 − 𝑘)2 = −4𝑎(𝑥 − ℎ)
(iii) Axis parallel to 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Vertex 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂)
(𝑥 − ℎ)2 = 4𝑎(𝑦 − 𝑘)
(iv) Axis parallel to 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Vertex 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂)
(𝑥 − ℎ)2 = −4𝑎(𝑦 − 𝑘)
𝑴 (𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒚) 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝒙 − 𝒉 = −𝒂
𝒙−𝒉=𝒂
𝟐𝒂
𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) 𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂
𝑨𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌)
𝑺 (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌)
𝑵 (𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒌)
𝑨𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑵 (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌)
𝒂 𝒂
𝑨 𝟐𝒂
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)
/
Page 195 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂
𝟐𝒂 𝑨𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝟐𝒂
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝒚−𝒌 =𝒂 𝑵 (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂)
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌)
𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) 𝑺(𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂)
𝒂
𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂
𝑩 𝑨
𝑨𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒚 − 𝒌 = −𝒂 𝑵 (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂) 𝑴 (𝒙, 𝒌 − 𝒂)
𝑶 (𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶 (𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔

(v) Table for other equations of Parabola

Other Equations of a Parabola: Vertex at (𝒉, 𝒌)
L.R.
VERTEX FOCUS DIRECTRIX EQUATION L.R. COORDINATES DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
𝑳(𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌 + 𝟐𝒂)
(𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌) 𝒙 − 𝒉 = −𝒂 𝟐
(𝒚 − 𝒌) = 𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒉) 𝟒𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑳/ (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌 − 𝟐𝒂)
𝑶𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒔 𝑹𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕
𝑳(𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒌 + 𝟐𝒂)
(𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒌) 𝒙−𝒉=𝒂 (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 = −𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒉) 𝟒𝒂 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑳/ (𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒌 − 𝟐𝒂)
𝑶𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒔 𝑳𝒆𝒇𝒕
𝑳(𝒉 + 𝟐𝒂, 𝒌 + 𝒂)
(𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) 𝒚 − 𝒌 = −𝒂 (𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒌) 𝟒𝒂 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑳/ (𝒉 − 𝟐𝒂, 𝒌 + 𝒂)
𝑪𝒖𝒑 𝑼𝒑
𝑳(𝒉 + 𝟐𝒂, 𝒌 − 𝒂)
(𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂) 𝒚−𝒌=𝒂 (𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 = −𝟒𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒌) 𝟒𝒂 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔,
𝑳/ (𝒉 − 𝟐𝒂, 𝒌 − 𝒂)
𝑪𝒖𝒑 𝑫𝒐𝒘𝒏
𝑪. ELLIPSE
𝟏. Definition:- An ellipse is a set of all points “𝑷" in the plane, whose distance from
a fixed point “𝑺", called a focus, bears a constant ratio “𝒆"(𝟎 < 𝒆 < 𝟏)
to its distance from a fixed line “𝑳"(𝒄𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅 𝒂 𝒅𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙).
|𝑷𝑺|
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, = 𝒆 ⇒ |𝑷𝑺| = 𝒆|𝑷𝑴|
|𝑷𝑴|
OR
An ellipse is the collection of all points in the plane the sum of whose
distances from two fixed points, called foci, is always a constant.
Here,
|𝑷𝑺| = 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑠 (𝑺) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑷) 𝑜𝑛 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒.
𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑴) 𝑜𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑥.
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚) = 𝐴𝑛𝑦 𝑎𝑟𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑛 𝐸𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒.
𝑺(𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) = 𝐹𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐸𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔).
𝒂
𝑴 ( , 𝒚) = 𝑃𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑛 𝐷𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝐸𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔).
𝒆
Page 196 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Major Axis:-The straight line through the focus and perpendicular to the directrix is
called the major axis of the ellipse.
Minor Axis:-The straight line through the center of ellipse and perpendicular to the
major axis is called the minor axis of the ellipse.
Principal The two axes together are called the principal axes.
axes:-
Vertex:- The point where the ellipse meets its major axis is called the vertex of
ellipse.
Co−Vertex:-The point where the ellipse meets its minor axis is called the co−vertex
of ellipse.
Foci:- The two fixed points from which an ellipse can be drawn are called foci.
Directrix:- The two fixed lines on either sides of the center of ellipse and
perpendicular to its major axis are called directrices.
𝟐. Standard Equations of Ellipse
(i) Major Axis along 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(±𝒄, 𝟎)
𝑥2 𝑦2
+ = 1; 𝑎 > 𝑏 > 0
𝑎2 𝑏 2
(ii) Major Axis along 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(𝟎, ±𝒄)
𝑥2 𝑦2
+ = 1; 𝑎 > 𝑏 > 0
𝑏 2 𝑎2
𝟑. Other Equations of Ellipse
(i) Major Axis parallel to 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉 ± 𝒄, 𝒌)
(𝑥 − ℎ)2 (𝑦 − 𝑘)2
+ = 1; 𝑎 > 𝑏 > 0
𝑎2 𝑏2
(ii) Major Axis parallel to 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒄)
(𝑥 − ℎ)2 (𝑦 − 𝑘)2
+ = 1; 𝑎 > 𝑏 > 0
𝑏2 𝑎2
𝟒. Condition for a point 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) to be:-
(i) On the Ellipse
𝑥12 𝑦12
+ −1 =0
𝑎2 𝑏 2
(ii) Outside the Ellipse
𝑥12 𝑦12
+ −1 >0
𝑎2 𝑏 2
(iii) Inside the Ellipse
𝑥12 𝑦12
+ −1 <0
𝑎2 𝑏 2
𝟓. Equation of an Auxiliary Circle of an Ellipse
A circle whose diameter is always be equal to the length of the major axis of an ellipse
is called an Auxiliary Circle.
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑎2
Page 197 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟐𝒂
𝑩(𝟎, 𝒃)
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒄, )
𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒂
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎
𝑴 ( , 𝒚)
𝒃𝟐
𝒂
𝒆
𝒂
𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑴𝒂𝒋𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝟐𝒃 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔

𝑺/ (−𝒄, 𝟎) 𝑺(𝒄, 𝟎)
𝑨/ (−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑺/ (−𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑺(𝒂𝒆, 𝟎)
𝑵 ( , 𝟎)
𝒂
𝒆
𝒃𝟐
𝟐𝒄
𝒃𝟐
𝑳/ (𝒄, − )
𝒂 𝒂
𝒙=− 𝑩/ (𝟎 − 𝒃) 𝒂
𝒆 𝒙=
𝟐𝒂
𝒆
𝑩(𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒃)
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 + 𝒄, 𝒌 + )
𝒂
𝑺/ (𝒉 − 𝒄, 𝒌) 𝑴𝒂𝒋𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺 (𝒉 + 𝒄, 𝒌)
𝑨/ (𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒌) 𝑺/ (𝒉 − 𝒂𝒆, 𝒌) 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) 𝑺 (𝒉 + 𝒂𝒆, 𝒌)
𝒂
𝒙−𝒉=−
𝒆
𝒂
𝑩/ (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒃) 𝒙−𝒉=
𝒆
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)
Page 198 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝒂 𝒂
𝑴 (𝒙, ) 𝑵 (𝟎, )
𝒆 𝒆
𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙 𝒂
𝒚=
𝒆
𝑨(𝟎, 𝒂)
𝑺(𝟎, 𝒂𝒆)
𝑺(𝟎, 𝒄)
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 ( , 𝒄)
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎 𝒂
𝟐𝒃
𝑩/ (−𝒃, 𝟎)
𝟐𝒂
𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝟐𝒄 𝑩(𝒃, 𝟎) 𝟐𝒂

𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒆
𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝒄) 𝑴𝒂𝒋𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝒂𝒆)
𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝒂 𝒂 𝒃𝟐
𝑳( , −𝒄)
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎 𝒂
𝑨/ (𝟎, −𝒂)
𝒂
𝒚=−
𝒆
Page 199 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙 𝒂
𝒚−𝒌=
𝒆
𝑨(𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂)
𝑺(𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂𝒆) 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 + , 𝒌 + 𝒄)
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎 𝑴𝒂𝒋𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺(𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒄) 𝒂
𝑩/ (𝒉 − 𝒃, 𝒌) 𝑴𝒊𝒏𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) 𝑩(𝒉 + 𝒃, 𝒌)
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎 𝑺/ (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒄) 𝒃𝟐

𝑳 (𝒉 + , 𝒌 − 𝒄)
𝑺/ (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂𝒆) 𝒂
𝑨/ (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂)
𝒂
𝒚−𝒌=−
𝒆
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 200 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆 𝑻𝒂𝒃𝒍𝒆
Page 201 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑫. HYPERBOLA
𝟏. Definition:- A hyperbola is a set of all points “𝑷” in the plane, whose distance from
a fixed point “𝑺”, called a focus, bears a constant ratio “𝒆”(𝒆 > 𝟏) to
its distance from a fixed line “𝑳”(𝒄𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅 𝒂 𝒅𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙).
|𝑷𝑺|
𝐻𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒, = 𝒆 ⇒ |𝑷𝑺| = 𝒆|𝑷𝑴|
|𝑷𝑴|
OR
A Hyperbola is the collection of all points in the plane the difference of
whose distances from two fixed points, called foci, is always a constant.
Here,
|𝑷𝑺| = 𝐷𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑠 (𝑺)𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑷)
𝑜𝑛 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎.
ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (𝑴) 𝑜𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑥.
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚) = 𝐴𝑛𝑦 𝑎𝑟𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑛 𝐻𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎.
𝑺(𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) = 𝐹𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐻𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔).
𝒂
𝑴 ( , 𝒚) = 𝑃𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑛 𝐷𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝐻𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔).
𝒆
Transverse Axis:- The straight line through the focus and perpendicular to the
directrix is called the transverse axis of the hyperbola. Since both
foci lie on the transverse axis, it is therefore also called focal axis.
Conjugate Axis:- The straight line through the center of hyperbola and
perpendicular to the transverse axis is called the conjugate axis of
the hyperbola.
Remember:- The transverse and the conjugate axes are
perpendicular bisectors of one another.
Principal The two axes together are called the principal axes.
axes:-
Center:- The mid−point of the distance between the foci or the mid−point of the
transverse axis is called center of the hyperbola.
Vertex:- The points where the hyperbola meets its transverse axis is called the
vertex of hyperbola.
Co−Vertex:-The imaginary points where the hyperbola meets its conjugate axis is
called the co−vertex of hyperbola.
Foci:- The two fixed points on the transverse axis of a hyperbola are called
foci.
Directrix:- The two fixed lines on either sides of the center of hyperbola and
perpendicular to its transverse axis are called directrices.
Asymptotes A straight line that continually approaches a given curve but does
of Hyperbola:- not meet it at any finite distance is called an asymptote.
Each hyperbola has two asymptotes that intersect at the center of

the hyperbola. The asymptotes pass through the vertices of a
rectangle of dimensions 𝟐𝒂 × 𝟐𝒃, with its center at (𝒉, 𝒌). The
asymptotes of a hyperbola are not part of the hyperbola, but they
do serve as a guide for graphing a hyperbola.
Page 202 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Rectangular A hyperbola for which the asymptotes are perpendicular is a

Hyperbola:- rectangular hyperbola. It is also called an equilateral hyperbola
or right hyperbola. This occurs when the semi−transverse 𝒂
and semi−conjugate 𝒃 axes are equal, i.e. 𝒂 = 𝒃 .
Equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 OR 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐
Eccentricity 𝒄𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒂𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 ⇒ 𝒄 = √𝟐𝒂
𝒄 √𝟐𝒂
𝒆= = ⇒ 𝒆 = √𝟐
𝒂 𝒂
𝒂𝟐 𝒂𝟐 𝒂 𝒂
𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙 𝒙=± = ⇒ 𝒙=± 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒚 = ±
𝒄 √𝟐𝒂 √𝟐 √𝟐
Asymptotes 𝒚 = ±𝒙
Conjugate The hyperbola whose transverse and conjugate axes respectively

Hyperbola:- are the conjugate and transverse axes of a given hyperbola is
called the conjugate hyperbola of the given hyperbola.
The conjugate hyperbola of the hyperbola
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
− = 𝟏 ⇒ (𝟏) 𝒊𝒔
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝟐
− = − 𝟏 𝑶𝑹 − 𝟐 + 𝟐 = 𝟏 𝑶𝑹 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏 ⇒ (𝟐).
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒂 𝒃 𝒃 𝒂
(𝟐) is the conjugate hyperbola of (𝟏).
Remember:- If 𝒆𝟏 and 𝒆𝟐 are eccentricities of (𝟏) and (𝟐)
𝟏 𝟏
𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑦, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝟐 + 𝟐 = 𝟏
𝒆𝟏 𝒆𝟐
𝑺(𝟎, 𝒃𝒆)
𝑺(𝟎, 𝒄)
𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒋𝒖𝒈𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑩(𝟎, 𝒃)
𝑩(𝟎, 𝒃)
𝑺/ (−𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝑨/ (−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑺(𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝑨/ (−𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎)
𝑺/ (−𝒄, 𝟎) 𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑺(𝒄, 𝟎) 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒋𝒖𝒈𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑩/ (𝟎, −𝒃)
𝑩/ (𝟎, −𝒃)
𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝒃𝒆)
𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝒄)
𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆
𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 203 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝟐. Standard Equations of Hyperbola

(i) Transverse Axis along 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(±𝒄, 𝟎)
𝑥2 𝑦2
− =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2
(ii) Transverse Axis along 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and Focus 𝑺(±𝟎, ±𝒄)
𝑦2 𝑥2
− =1
𝑎2 𝑏 2
𝟑. Other Equations of Hyperbola
(i) Transverse Axis parallel to 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉 ± 𝒄, 𝒌)
(𝑥 − ℎ)2 (𝑦 − 𝑘)2
− =1
𝑎2 𝑏2
(ii) Transverse Axis parallel to 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Center 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) and Focus 𝑺(𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒄)
(𝑦 − 𝑘)2 (𝑥 − ℎ)2
− =1
𝑎2 𝑏2
𝟒. Condition for a point 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) to be:-
(i) On the Hyperbola
𝑥12 𝑦12
− −1 =0
𝑎2 𝑏 2
(ii) Outside the Hyperbola
𝑥12 𝑦12
− −1 >0
𝑎2 𝑏 2
(iii) Inside the Hyperbola
𝑥12 𝑦12
− −1 <0
𝑎2 𝑏 2
𝑴 ( , 𝒚)
𝒂
𝒆
𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚)
𝟐𝒂
𝑩(𝟎, 𝒃) 𝒃𝟐
𝑨/ (−𝒂, 𝟎)
𝒂
𝑵 ( , 𝟎)
𝒂
𝒆
𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺/ (−𝒄, 𝟎) 𝟐𝒃 𝑺(𝒄, 𝟎)

𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺/ (−𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑨(𝒂, 𝟎) 𝑺(𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝒃𝟐
𝑩/ (𝟎 − 𝒃) 𝒂
𝒂 𝒃𝟐
𝒙=− /
𝑳 (𝒄, − )
𝒆 𝒂 𝒂
𝒙=
𝟐𝒂
𝒆
Page 204 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑩(𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒃)
𝑺/ (𝒉 − 𝒄, 𝒌) 𝑺 (𝒉 + 𝒄, 𝒌)
𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) 𝑺 (𝒉 + 𝒂𝒆, 𝒌)
𝑨/ (𝒉 − 𝒂, 𝒌)
𝒙−𝒉=−
𝑺/ (𝒉 − 𝒂𝒆, 𝒌)
𝑩/ (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒃)
𝒂
𝒆 𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙
𝒙−𝒉=
𝒂
𝒆
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)
𝑺(𝟎, 𝒄) 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑺(𝟎, 𝒂𝒆)
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝒃𝟐
𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎 𝑳 ( , 𝒄)
𝒂
𝒂
𝑨(𝟎, 𝒂) 𝒚=
𝒆
𝒂 𝒂 𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒙
𝑴 (𝒙, ) 𝑵 (𝟎, )
𝒆 𝒆
𝑩/ (−𝒃, 𝟎)
𝟐𝒂
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑩(𝒃, 𝟎) 𝟐𝒂
/
𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒋𝒖𝒈𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒆
𝟐𝒃
𝒂 𝑨/ (𝟎, −𝒂)
𝒚=−
𝒆
𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝒂𝒆)
𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝒄)
𝒃𝟐
𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑳( , −𝒄)
𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 205 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝒂
𝒚−𝒌=
𝑨(𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) 𝒆
𝑩/ (𝒉 − 𝒃, 𝒌) 𝑪(𝒉, 𝒌) 𝑩(𝒉 + 𝒃, 𝒌)
𝒂 𝑨/ (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂)
𝒚−𝒌=−
𝑻𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒆 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑺 (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒄)
𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎 𝑺/ (𝒉, 𝒌 − 𝒂𝒆)
/
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)
𝑬. EQUATION OF CHORDS
𝟏. On Parabola 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙
(𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 ) = 4𝑎(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
Here,
𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) and 𝑷𝟐 (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) are end−points of chord 𝑷𝟏 𝑷𝟐 .
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
𝟐. 𝑶𝒏 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆 𝟐 + 𝟐 = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )(𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ) (𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 )
+ =0
𝑎2 𝑏2
Here,
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
𝟑. 𝑶𝒏 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )(𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ) (𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 )
− =0
𝑎2 𝑏2
Here,
Page 206 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝑪𝒉𝒐𝒓𝒅
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)
𝑺(𝒂, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑷𝟐 (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 )
𝑴𝒂𝒋𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)

𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔

Page 207 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂 𝑻𝒂𝒃𝒍𝒆
Page 208 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑭. EQUATION OF TANGENT AND NORMAL TO A CONIC AT 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

(𝑵𝒐𝒏 − 𝑫𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒗𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝑴𝒆𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒅)
𝟏. For Parabola
(a) 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙
𝑦𝑦1 = 2𝑎(𝑥 + 𝑥1 )
(ii) Equation of Normal
𝑦1 (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) + 2𝑎(𝑦 − 𝑦1 ) = 0
𝟐
(b) 𝒙 = 𝟒𝒂𝒚
𝑥𝑥1 = 2𝑎(𝑦 + 𝑦1 )
𝑥1 (𝑦 − 𝑦1 ) + 2𝑎(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) = 0
(c) (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒉)
(𝑦 − 𝑦1 )(𝑦1 − 𝑘) = 2𝑎(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
(𝑦1 − 𝑘)(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) + 2𝑎(𝑦 − 𝑦1 ) = 0
(d) (𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒌)
(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )(𝑥1 − ℎ) = 2𝑎(𝑦 − 𝑦1 )
(𝑥1 − ℎ)(𝑦 − 𝑦1 ) + 2𝑎(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) = 0
𝟐. For Ellipse
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒂) + =𝟏
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝑥𝑥1 𝑦𝑦1
+ 2 =1
𝑎2 𝑏
𝑎2 𝑥 𝑏 2 𝑦
− = 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2
𝑥1 𝑦1
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒃) + =𝟏
𝒃𝟐 𝒂𝟐
𝑥𝑥1 𝑦𝑦1
+ 2 =1
𝑏2 𝑎
𝑎2 𝑦 𝑏 2 𝑥
− = 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2
𝑦1 𝑥1
𝟑. For Hyperbola
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒂) − =𝟏
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝑥𝑥1 𝑦𝑦1
− 2 =1
𝑎2 𝑏
Page 209 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑎2 𝑥 𝑏 2 𝑦
+ = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
𝑥1 𝑦1
𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝟐
(𝒃) − =𝟏
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝑦𝑦1 𝑥𝑥1
− 2 =1
𝑎2 𝑏
𝑎2 𝑦 𝑏 2 𝑥
+ = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
𝑦1 𝑥1
(𝒄) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐
𝑥𝑥1 − 𝑦𝑦1 = 𝑎2
𝑥 𝑦
+ =2
𝑥1 𝑦1
𝑮𝑬𝑵𝑬𝑹𝑨𝑳 𝑴𝑬𝑻𝑯𝑶𝑫
(𝑫𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒗𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝑴𝒆𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒅)
(i) General Formula for Equation of Tangent
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
(ii) General Formula for Equation of Normal
1
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = − (𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
𝑚
Here,
𝒅
𝒎=( (𝒚))
𝒅𝒙 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
(𝒙𝟏 ,𝒚𝟏 )
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎)
𝑺(𝒂, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝑴𝒂𝒋𝒐𝒓 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
Page 210 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝒙/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝒚/ − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔
𝑮. CONDITION OF TANGENCY OF A LINE 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒄 TO A CONIC

(i) General Condition
* A line is said to be a tangent to a conic, if the quadratic equation obtained has
equal roots.
* A quadratic equation has equal roots when its descrminant is equal to zero.
* Hence, 𝐷 = 0; 𝑜𝑟 𝑩𝟐 − 𝟒𝑨𝑪 = 𝟎 .
(ii) Specific Condition
(a) For Parabola 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙
𝑎
𝑐= (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
𝑚
𝑎 2𝑎
( 2, ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕)
𝑚 𝑚
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒃) 𝑻𝒐 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆 𝟐 + 𝟐 = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
2 2 2 2 (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
𝑐 =𝑎 𝑚 +𝑏
2 2
𝑎 𝑚 𝑏
( , ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕)
𝑐 𝑐
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒄) 𝑻𝒐 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
2 2 2 2 (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
𝑐 =𝑎 𝑚 −𝑏
2 2
𝑎 𝑚 𝑏
(− ,− ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕)
𝑐 𝑐
𝑯. EQUATION OF TWO TANGENTS TO A CONIC FROM 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
(i) To Parabola 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙
𝑚2 𝑥1 − 𝑚𝑦1 + 𝑎 = 0
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) 𝑻𝒐 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆 𝟐 + 𝟐 = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
(𝑥12 − 𝑎2 )𝑚2 − (2𝑥1 𝑦1 )𝑚 + (𝑦12 − 𝑏 2 ) = 0
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝑻𝒐 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
(𝑥12 − 𝑎2 )𝑚2 − (2𝑥1 𝑦1 )𝑚 + (𝑦12 + 𝑏 2 ) = 0
Page 211 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑰. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE
1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐
3. (𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒐𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒖𝒔𝒆)𝟐 = (𝑷𝒆𝒓𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓)𝟐 + (𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆)𝟐 4. 𝒅 = |𝑨𝑩| = √(𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 )𝟐 + (𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 )𝟐
5. 𝒎𝟏 = 𝒎𝟐 (Parallel Lines) 6. 𝒎𝟏 × 𝒎𝟐 = −𝟏 (Perpendicular Lines)

𝒎𝟏 − 𝒎𝟐 𝒎𝟐 − 𝒎𝟏
𝟕. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟐 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟏 ) 𝟖. 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝜽 = (𝒍𝟏 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟐 )
𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝟏 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐
9. 𝒚 = 𝒃 (∥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 10. 𝒚 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)
11. 𝒙 = 𝒂 (∥ 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 12. 𝒙 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)

𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒙 𝟏 − 𝒙 𝒚𝟏 − 𝒚 |𝒂𝒙𝟏 + 𝒃𝒚𝟏 + 𝒄|
𝟏𝟑. = 𝒐𝒓 |𝒙 − 𝒙 𝒚 − 𝒚| = 𝟎 𝟏𝟒. |𝑷𝑸| = 𝒅 =
𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙𝟏 𝟐 𝟐 √𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
𝟏 𝒙 𝟏 𝒚𝟐 𝟏 𝟏 𝒙 𝟐 − 𝒙 𝟏 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒚𝟏 𝒅 𝒏
𝟏𝟓. ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = |𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝟏| 𝒐𝒓 ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = |𝒙 − 𝒙 𝒚 − 𝒚 | 𝟏𝟔. (𝒙 ) = 𝒏𝒙𝒏−𝟏
𝟐 𝒙 𝒚 𝟏 𝟐 𝟑 𝟏 𝟑 𝟏 𝒅𝒙
𝟑 𝟑
𝒅 18. 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟐𝒈𝒙 + 𝟐𝒇𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
𝟏𝟕. 𝑺𝒍𝒐𝒑𝒆 = 𝒎 = [ 𝒇(𝒙)]
𝒅𝒙 (𝒙𝟏 ,𝒚𝟏 ) (General equation of Circle)
19. (𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 ) + (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 )(𝒚 − 𝒚𝟐 ) = 𝟎 (Circle equation from its Diameter)
20. PARABOLA
L.R.
VERTEX FOCUS DIRECTRIX EQUATION L.R. COORDINATES
LENGTH
(𝟎, 𝟎) (𝒂, 𝟎) 𝒙 = −𝒂 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙 𝑳(𝒂, 𝟐𝒂), 𝑳/ (𝒂, −𝟐𝒂) 𝟒𝒂
(𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟎, 𝒂) 𝒚 = −𝒂 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒚 𝑳(𝟐𝒂, 𝒂), 𝑳/ (−𝟐𝒂, 𝒂) 𝟒𝒂
𝑳(𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌 + 𝟐𝒂),
(𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌) 𝒙 − 𝒉 = −𝒂 (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒉) 𝟒𝒂
𝑳/ (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌 − 𝟐𝒂)
𝑳(𝒉 + 𝟐𝒂, 𝒌 + 𝒂)
(𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) 𝒚 − 𝒌 = −𝒂 (𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒌) 𝟒𝒂
𝑳/ (𝒉 − 𝟐𝒂, 𝒌 + 𝒂)
21. ELLIPSE
(i) 𝒂𝟐 = 𝒃𝟐 + 𝒄𝟐 OR 𝒃𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 (𝟏 − 𝒆𝟐 ) ∵ 𝒄 = 𝒂𝒆 (Relation between a, b, c and e)

(ii) 𝟐𝒂 (Length of Major axis) (iii) 𝟐𝒃 (Length of Minor axis)
𝟐𝒂
(iv) 𝟐𝒄 (Distance between Foci) (𝒗) (𝑫𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒃𝒆𝒕𝒘𝒆𝒆𝒏 𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆𝒔)
𝒆
𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒚𝟐𝟏
+ − 𝟏 = 𝟎 (𝑶𝒏 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆)
𝟐𝒃𝟐 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(𝒗𝒊) (𝑳𝒆𝒏𝒈𝒕𝒉 𝒐𝒇 𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎)
𝒂 𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒚𝟐𝟏
(viii) + − 𝟏 > 𝟎 (𝑶𝒖𝒕𝒔𝒊𝒅𝒆 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(vii) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒚𝟐𝟏
(Auxiliary circle of an Ellipse) + − 𝟏 < 𝟎 (𝑰𝒏𝒔𝒊𝒅𝒆 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
Page 212 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
EQUATION CENTER VERTEX FOCI CO−VERTEX L.R. DIRECTRIX

COORDINATES
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒄, )
𝒂
𝒃𝟐 𝒂
𝟐 𝟐
𝑳/ (𝒄, − ) 𝒙=±
𝒙 𝒚 (±𝒄, 𝟎) 𝒂 𝒆
+ =𝟏 (𝟎, 𝟎) (±𝒂, 𝟎) (𝟎, ±𝒃) 𝒂𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 (±𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (−𝒄, ) 𝒙=±
𝒂 𝒄
/
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (−𝒄, − )
𝒂
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 ( , 𝒄)
𝒂
/
𝒃𝟐 𝒂
𝑳 (− , 𝒄) 𝒚=±
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐 (𝟎, ±𝒄) 𝒂 𝒆
+ =𝟏 (𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟎, ±𝒂) (±𝒃, 𝟎) 𝟐 𝒂𝟐
𝒃𝟐 𝒂𝟐 (𝟎, ±𝒂𝒆) 𝒃
𝑳 ( , −𝒄) 𝒚 = ±
𝒂 𝒄
𝒃𝟐
𝑳/ (− , −𝒄)
𝒂
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 + 𝒄, 𝒌 + )
𝒂
𝒂𝟐
𝟐
𝒃
𝒂
𝒆
𝒄
/
𝑳 (𝒉 + 𝒄, 𝒌 − )
𝒙−𝒉=±
𝒙−𝒉=±
(𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 𝒂
+ =𝟏 (𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉 ± 𝒂, 𝒌) (𝒉 ± 𝒄, 𝒌) (𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒃)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 − 𝒄, 𝒌 + )
𝒂
𝒃𝟐
𝑳/ (𝒉 − 𝒄, 𝒌 − )
𝒂
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 + , 𝒌 + 𝒄)
𝒂
𝒂𝟐
𝒃𝟐
𝒂
𝒆
𝑳/ (𝒉 − , 𝒌 + 𝒄)
𝒚−𝒌=±
𝒚−𝒌=±
(𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 𝒂
+ =𝟏 (𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒂) (𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒄) (𝒉 ± 𝒃, 𝒌)
𝒃𝟐 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 + , 𝒌 − 𝒄)
𝒂
/
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 − , 𝒌 − 𝒄)
𝒂
22. HYPERBOLA
(i) 𝒄𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 OR 𝒃𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 (𝒆𝟐 − 𝟏) ∵ 𝒄 = 𝒂𝒆 (Relation between a, b, c and e)

(ii) 𝟐𝒂 (Length of Major axis) (iii) 𝟐𝒃 (Length of Minor axis)
𝟐𝒂
(iv) 𝟐𝒄 (Distance between Foci) (𝒗) (𝑫𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒃𝒆𝒕𝒘𝒆𝒆𝒏 𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆𝒔)
𝒆
𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒚𝟐𝟏
− − 𝟏 = 𝟎 (𝑶𝒏 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝟐𝒃𝟐 𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒚𝟐𝟏
(𝒗𝒊) (𝑳𝒆𝒏𝒈𝒕𝒉 𝒐𝒇 𝑳𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒔 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒎) (vii) − − 𝟏 > 𝟎 (𝑶𝒖𝒕𝒔𝒊𝒅𝒆 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂)
𝒂 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝒙𝟐𝟏 𝒚𝟐𝟏
− − 𝟏 < 𝟎 (𝑰𝒏𝒔𝒊𝒅𝒆 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
Page 213 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
EQUATION CENTER VERTEX FOCI CO−VERTEX L.R. DIRECTRIX

COORDINATES
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒄, )
𝒂
𝒃𝟐 𝒂
𝑳/ (𝒄, − ) 𝒙=±
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐 (±𝒄, 𝟎) 𝒂 𝒆
− =𝟏 (𝟎, 𝟎) (±𝒂, 𝟎) (𝟎, ±𝒃) 𝒂𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 (±𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (−𝒄, ) 𝒙=±
𝒂 𝒄
𝟐
𝒃
𝑳/ (−𝒄, − )
𝒂
𝟐
𝒃
𝑳 ( , 𝒄)
𝒂
𝒃𝟐 𝒂
𝑳/ (− , 𝒄) 𝒚=±
𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝟐 (𝟎, ±𝒄) 𝒂 𝒆
− =𝟏 (𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟎, ±𝒂) (±𝒃, 𝟎) 𝒂𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 (𝟎, ±𝒂𝒆) 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 ( , −𝒄) 𝒚=±
𝒂 𝒄
𝟐
𝒃
𝑳/ (− , −𝒄)
𝒂
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 + 𝒄, 𝒌 + )
𝒂
𝒂𝟐
𝒃𝟐
𝒂
𝒆
𝒄
𝑳/ (𝒉 + 𝒄, 𝒌 − )
𝒙−𝒉=±
𝒙−𝒉=±
(𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 𝒂
− =𝟏 (𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉 ± 𝒂, 𝒌) (𝒉 ± 𝒄, 𝒌) (𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒃)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 − 𝒄, 𝒌 + )
𝒂
/
𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 − 𝒄, 𝒌 − )
𝒂
𝟐
𝒃
𝑳 (𝒉 + , 𝒌 + 𝒄)
𝒂
𝒂𝟐
𝒃𝟐
𝒂
𝒆
𝑳/ (𝒉 − , 𝒌 + 𝒄)
𝒚−𝒌=±
𝒚−𝒌=±
(𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 (𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 𝒂
− =𝟏 (𝒉, 𝒌) (𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒂) (𝒉, 𝒌 ± 𝒄) (𝒉 ± 𝒃, 𝒌)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝑳 (𝒉 + , 𝒌 − 𝒄)
𝒂
𝟐
/
𝒃
𝑳 (𝒉 − , 𝒌 − 𝒄)
𝒂
𝑳(𝒄, 𝒂) 𝒂
𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 (±𝒄, 𝟎) 𝒙=±
(±𝒂𝒆, 𝟎) 𝑳/ (𝒄, −𝒂)
(Rectangular (𝟎, 𝟎) (±𝒂, 𝟎) (𝟎, ±𝒂) √𝟐
𝑳(−𝒄, 𝒂)
Hyperbola, 𝒂 = 𝒃) 𝒄 = √𝟐𝒂 𝒆 = √𝟐
𝑳/ (−𝒄, −𝒂)
𝑳(𝒂, 𝒄) 𝒂
𝒚𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 (𝟎, ±𝒄) 𝒚=±
(𝟎, ±𝒂𝒆) 𝑳/ (−𝒂, 𝒄)
(Rectangular (𝟎, 𝟎) (𝟎, ±𝒂) (±𝒂, 𝟎) √𝟐
𝑳(𝒂, −𝒄)
Hyperbola, 𝒂 = 𝒃) 𝒄 = √𝟐𝒂 𝒆 = √𝟐
𝑳/ (−𝒂, −𝒄)
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝒄 𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝟐 𝒄
𝟐
− 𝟐
= 𝟏 (𝒆 𝟏 = ) & 𝟐
− 𝟐 = 𝟏 (𝒆𝟐 = ) (𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒋𝒖𝒈𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂)
𝒂 𝒃 𝒂 𝒃 𝒂 𝒂
23. CHORD EQUATION
(i) (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 )(𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 ) = 𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) (For Parabola, 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙)
(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )(𝒙𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 ) (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 )(𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) + = 𝟎 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆, + = 𝟏)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )(𝒙𝟏 + 𝒙𝟐 ) (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 )(𝒚𝟏 + 𝒚𝟐 ) 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) − = 𝟎 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, − = 𝟏)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
Page 214 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
24. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = 𝒎(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) Tangent Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

𝟏
25. 𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 = − (𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) Normal Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑮𝑬𝑵𝑬𝑹𝑨𝑳 𝑴𝑬𝑻𝑯𝑶𝑫
𝒎
(𝑫𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒗𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝑴𝒆𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒅)
𝒅
26. 𝒎=( (𝒚)) Slope at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
𝒅𝒙
(𝒙𝟏 ,𝒚𝟏 )
27. Tangent Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

(i) 𝒚𝒚𝟏 = 𝟐𝒂(𝒙 + 𝒙𝟏 ) (For Parabola, 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙)
(ii) 𝒙𝒙𝟏 = 𝟐𝒂(𝒚 + 𝒚𝟏 ) (For Parabola, 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒚)
(iii) (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 )(𝒚𝟏 − 𝒌) = 𝟐𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) (For Parabola, (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒉))
(iv) (𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 )(𝒙𝟏 − 𝒉) = 𝟐𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 ) (For Parabola, (𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒌))
𝒙𝒙𝟏 𝒚𝒚𝟏 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊) + 𝟐 =𝟏 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆, + = 𝟏)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) + 𝟐 =𝟏 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆, 𝟐 + 𝟐 = 𝟏)
𝒃𝟐 𝒂 𝒃 𝒂
(𝑵𝒐𝒏 − 𝑫𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒗𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝑴𝒆𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒅)

(𝒊) − 𝟐 =𝟏 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃 𝒂 𝒃
𝒚𝒚𝟏 𝒙𝒙𝟏 𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) − 𝟐 =𝟏 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃 𝒂 𝒃
(iii) 𝒙𝒙𝟏 − 𝒚𝒚𝟏 = 𝒂𝟐 (For Rectangular Hyperbola, 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 )
28. Normal Equation at 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
(i) 𝒚𝟏 (𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) + 𝟐𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 ) = 𝟎 (For Parabola, 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙)
(ii) 𝒙𝟏 (𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 ) + 𝟐𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) = 𝟎 (For Parabola, 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒚)
(iii) (𝒚𝟏 − 𝒌)(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) + 𝟐𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 ) = 𝟎 (For Parabola, (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒉))
(iv) (𝒙𝟏 − 𝒉)(𝒚 − 𝒚𝟏 ) + 𝟐𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒙𝟏 ) = 𝟎 (For Parabola, (𝒙 − 𝒉)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒚 − 𝒌))
𝒂𝟐 𝒙 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊) − = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆, + = 𝟏)
𝒙𝟏 𝒚𝟏 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒚 𝒃𝟐 𝒙 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) − = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆, 𝟐 + 𝟐 = 𝟏)
𝒚𝟏 𝒙𝟏 𝒃 𝒂
𝒂𝟐 𝒙 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(𝒊) + = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏)
𝒙𝟏 𝒚𝟏 𝒂 𝒃
𝒂𝟐 𝒚 𝒃𝟐 𝒙 𝒚 𝟐
𝒙𝟐
(𝒊𝒊) + = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏)
𝒚𝟏 𝒙𝟏 𝒂 𝒃
𝒙 𝒚
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) + =𝟐 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑹𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 )
𝒙 𝟏 𝒚𝟏
29. Tangency condition of 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒄 to a Parabola/Ellipse/Hyperbola
(i) A line is said to be a tangent to a Parabola/Ellipse/Hyperbola, if the quadratic equation obtained
has equal roots. For equal roots 𝑩𝟐 − 𝟒𝑨𝑪 = 𝟎 .
𝒂
(𝒊𝒊) 𝒄= (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
𝒎
(𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒙)
𝒂 𝟐𝒂
( 𝟐, ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕)
𝒎 𝒎
(𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝒄 = −𝒂𝒎𝟐 (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏) (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒚)
𝒂
(𝒊𝒗) 𝒄= − 𝒉𝒎 + 𝒌 (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏) 𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑷𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, (𝒚 − 𝒌)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂(𝒙 − 𝒉)
𝒎
(𝒗) 𝒄𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 𝒎𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒎 𝒃𝟐 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑬𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆, + = 𝟏)
( , ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕) 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝒄 𝒄
Page 215 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(𝒗) 𝒄𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 𝒎𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 (𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒚 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)

𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒎 𝒃𝟐 (𝑭𝒐𝒓 𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂, 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟏)
(− ,− ) (𝑷𝒐𝒊𝒏𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒕) 𝒂 𝒃
𝒄 𝒄
𝑭𝑶𝑹 𝑷𝑨𝑹𝑨𝑩𝑶𝑳𝑨
𝒘𝒘𝒘. 𝒔𝒚𝒎𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒃. 𝒄𝒐𝒎/𝒔𝒐𝒍𝒗𝒆𝒓/𝒑𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂 − 𝒆𝒒𝒖𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 − 𝒄𝒂𝒍𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒐𝒓
𝑭𝑶𝑹 𝑬𝑳𝑳𝑰𝑷𝑺𝑬
𝒘𝒘𝒘. 𝒔𝒚𝒎𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒃. 𝒄𝒐𝒎/𝒔𝒐𝒍𝒗𝒆𝒓/𝒆𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆 − 𝒆𝒒𝒖𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 − 𝒄𝒂𝒍𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒐𝒓
𝑭𝑶𝑹 𝑯𝒀𝑷𝑬𝑹𝑩𝑶𝑳𝑨
𝒘𝒘𝒘. 𝒔𝒚𝒎𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒃. 𝒄𝒐𝒎/𝒔𝒐𝒍𝒗𝒆𝒓/𝒉𝒚𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒃𝒐𝒍𝒂 − 𝒆𝒒𝒖𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 − 𝒄𝒂𝒍𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒐𝒓
Page 216 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
EXERCISE # 8.1
1. Q.8 (b) Determine the vertex, axis, focus, latus rectum and the equation of the directrix of the
following parabola 𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 12 = 0. (𝟔)
/
(𝑨𝒙𝒊𝒔 ∥ 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔, (𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟐, 𝟒), (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) = (−𝟐, 𝟑), 𝑳(−𝟒, 𝟑) & 𝑳 (𝟎, 𝟑), 𝒚 − 𝟓 = 𝟎)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
2 2
2. Q.8 (b) Show that the equation 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦 + 2𝑔𝑥 + 2𝑓𝑦 + 𝑐 = 0 may represent a parabola if
𝑎 ≠ 0 and 𝑏 = 0. Find the coordinates of the vertex. (𝟔)
𝒈 𝟏 𝒈𝟐
[(𝒉, 𝒌) = (− , ( − 𝒄) )] (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝒂 𝟐𝒇 𝒂
3. Q.7 (b) Determine the vertex, focus and directrix of the parabola 𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 12 = 0.
(𝟔)
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟐, 𝟒), (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) = (−𝟐, 𝟑), 𝒚 − 𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
4. Q.7 (c) Find the vertex, the focus and the equation of the directrix of the curve
𝑦 2 − 6𝑦 + 8𝑥 − 23 = 0. (𝟔)
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟒, 𝟑), (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌) = (𝟐, 𝟑), 𝒙 − 𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
5. Q.7 (b) Find the equation of the circle whose diameter is the latus rectum of the parabola
𝑦 2 = −16𝑥. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟖𝒙 − 𝟒𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝑥 2 = 36𝑦. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟖𝒚 − 𝟐𝟒𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
7. Q.7 (c) Find the vertex, focus and the equation of the directrix of the parabola
𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 + 5𝑦 − 11 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟕 𝟏𝟕
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟐, 𝟑), (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) = (𝟐, ) , 𝒚 − = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟒 𝟒
8. Q.7 (c) Find the coordinates of the vertex, focus and the equation of the directrix and principal
axis of the parabola 𝑦 2 − 𝑥 − 2𝑦 − 1 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟕 𝟗
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟐, 𝟏), (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌) = ( , 𝟏) , 𝒙 + = 𝟎, 𝒚 = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟐 𝟒
𝑦 2 = −36𝑥. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟏𝟖𝒙 − 𝟐𝟒𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
10. Q.7 (a) Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is at (3,4) and directrix is the line
𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 − 𝟐𝒙𝒚 + 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
11. Q.8 (c) Find the equation of the circle whose diameter is the latus rectum of the parabola
𝑥 2 = −36𝑦. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟏𝟖𝒚 − 𝟐𝟒𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
12. Q.7 (c) Determine the focus, vertex and the equation of directrix of the parabola
𝑥 2 − 6𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 5 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟑 𝟓
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟑, −𝟐), (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) = (𝟑, − ) , 𝒚 + = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
13. Q.8 (b) Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is at (3,4) and directrix is the line
𝑥 + 𝑦 = 1. (𝟔)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 − 𝟐𝒙𝒚 + 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
14. Q.7 (c) Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is (3,4) and directrix is 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0.
(𝟔)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 − 𝟐𝒙𝒚 + 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
15. Q.2 (v) Find the equation of the circle whose diameter is the latus rectum of the parabola
𝑦 2 = −36𝑥. (𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟏𝟖𝒙 − 𝟐𝟒𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
16. Q.2 (vii) Determine the vertex, focus and equation of directrix of the parabola
𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 12 = 0. (𝟓)
Page 217 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟐, 𝟒), (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) = (−𝟐, 𝟑), 𝒚 − 𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)

17. Q.2 (vii) Find the equation of parabola with focus is (2,3) and directrix 𝑦 − 5 = 0. (𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 − 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
18. Q.2 (vii) Determine the vertex, focus and equation of directrix of the curve
𝑥 2 + 4𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 12 = 0. (𝟓)
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟐, 𝟒), (𝒉, 𝒌 + 𝒂) = (−𝟐, 𝟑), 𝒚 − 𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
19. Q.2 (iv) Find the equation of the parabola having focus (−5,3) and directrix 𝑦 − 7 = 0.
(𝟓)
𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟖𝒚 − 𝟏𝟓 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
20. Q.4 (a) Determine the vertex, focus and the equation of directrix of
𝑦 2 + 4𝑦 + 3𝑥 − 92 = 0. (𝟕)
𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝟏𝟑𝟏
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟑𝟐, −𝟐), (𝒉 + 𝒂, 𝒌) = ( , −𝟐) , 𝒙 − = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟒 𝟒
21. Q.2 (viii) Find the equation of the circle whose diameter is the length of latus rectum of parabola
𝑥 2 = −36𝑦. (𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝟏𝟖𝒚 − 𝟐𝟒𝟑 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
22. Q.2 (vii) Find the equation of parabola with focus (2,3) and directrix 𝑦 − 5 = 0. (𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 − 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
23. Q.3 (iii) Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is (3,4) and the directrix is the line
𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0. (𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 − 𝟐𝒙𝒚 + 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
2
24. Q.3 (iii) Prove that the focal radius of the point (𝑎, 𝑏) on the parabola 𝑥 = 4𝑎𝑦 equals |𝑎 + 𝑏|.
OR
Find the equation of the parabola whose vertex is (3,2) and the ends of focal chord are
(5,6) and (5, −2). (𝟓)
(𝒚𝟐 − 𝟖𝒙 − 𝟒𝒚 + 𝟐𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
25. Q.3 (ii) Find the equation of the parabola with focus (3,4) and directrix 𝑥 + 𝑦 − 1 = 0.
(𝟓)
(𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 − 𝟐𝒙𝒚 + 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
EXERCISE # 8.2
1. Q.8 (b) Find the center, vertices foci, eccentricity and the equation of directrices of the following
ellipse 25𝑥 2 + 16𝑦 2 − 50𝑥 + 64𝑦 − 311 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟑 𝟐𝟓
[𝑪𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒓 = (𝟏, −𝟐), 𝑽𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒊𝒄𝒆𝒔 = (𝟏, 𝟑), (𝟏, 𝟕), 𝑭𝒐𝒄𝒊 = (𝟏, 𝟏), (𝟏, −𝟓), 𝒆 = , 𝑫𝒊𝒓: 𝒚 + 𝟐 = ± ]
𝟓 𝟑
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
2. Q.8 (c) Find the equation of the ellipse having the origin at its center, one focus at the point
(4,0) and the corresponding directrix 𝑥 = 6. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
( + = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
𝟐𝟒 𝟖
3. Q.8 (c) The length of the major axis of an ellipse is 25 and its foci are the points (±5,0). Find the
equation of ellipse. (𝟔)
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝟓𝟐𝟓
( 𝟒 ) ( 𝟒 )
4. Q.8 (a) Find the equation of the circle passing through the focus of the parabola 𝑥 2 + 8𝑦 = 0
and the foci of the ellipse 16𝑥 2 + 25𝑦 2 = 400. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟓𝒚 − 𝟏𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
5. Q.8 (a) Find the distance between the vertices, foci and directrices of the ellipse
9𝑥 2 + 13𝑦 2 = 117. (𝟔)
/ /
(𝑨𝑨 = 𝟐√𝟏𝟑 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔, 𝑺𝑺 = 𝟒 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔, 𝑫𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒃/𝒕 𝑫𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆𝒔 = 𝟏𝟑 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
6. Q.8 (a) The length of the major axis of an ellipse is 25 and its foci are the points (±5,0). Find the
Page 218 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝟓𝟐𝟓
( 𝟒 ) ( 𝟒 )
7. Q.7 (c) The length of the major axis of an ellipse is 25 and its foci are the points (±5,0). Find the
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝟓𝟐𝟓
( 𝟒 ) ( 𝟒 )
8. Q.8 (c) Find the equation of the circle whose diameter is the minor axis of the ellipse
16𝑥 2 + 25𝑦 2 = 400 and also find whether (4, −3) is inside or outside of the ellipse.
(𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟏𝟔, 𝑶𝒖𝒕𝒔𝒊𝒅𝒆 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒍𝒍𝒊𝒑𝒔𝒆) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
9. Q.7 (c) An ellipse is drawn to pass through the points (3,12), (10,10) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (3, −4) and to have
the line 𝑥 = 6 as an axis of symmetry. Find the equation of ellipse. (𝟔)
(𝒚 − 𝟒) 𝟐 (𝒙 − 𝟔) 𝟐
( + = 𝟐𝟓𝟎𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟐𝟓
2 20
𝟏𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒄) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑒 = , 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚𝑎𝑗𝑜𝑟
3 3
axis along 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
( + = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟐𝟎 𝟑𝟔
11. Q.8 (b) Find the equation of the ellipse whose center is at the origin, directrix 𝑥 = 16 and length
of the latus rectum 12. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟔𝟒 𝟒𝟖
12. Q.8 (b) Find the eccentricity, the semi−axes, the center, the vertices and the coordinates of the
foci of the ellipse 4𝑥 2 − 32𝑥 + 25𝑦 2 − 300𝑦 + 864 = 0. (𝟔)
√𝟐𝟏
[(𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟒, 𝟔), 𝑨(𝟗, 𝟔) &𝑨/ (−𝟏, 𝟔), 𝑺(𝟒 + √𝟐𝟏, 𝟔) & 𝑺/ (𝟒 − √𝟐𝟏, 𝟔), 𝒆 = , 𝒂 = 𝟓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔, 𝒃 = 𝟐 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔]
𝟓
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
2 20
𝟏𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟕 (𝒃) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑒 = , 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒
3 3
𝑚𝑎𝑗𝑜𝑟 axis is along 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟑𝟔 𝟐𝟎
14. Q.8 (a) Find the equation of the ellipse with vertices at (0, ±5) and passing through the point
4
( , 3). (𝟔)
5
𝟐
𝒚𝟐
(𝒙 + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟐𝟓
15. Q.8 (a) Find the equation of the ellipse whose center is at the origin, directrix 𝑥 = 16 and length
of the latus rectum 12. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝟔𝟒 𝟒𝟖
16. Q.7 (c) Find the equation of an ellipse whose center is at the origin, equation of the directrix is
𝑦 + 4 = 0 and the focus is at (0, −3). (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒚 𝒙
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟏𝟐 𝟑
17. Q.8 (a) Find the equation of the ellipse whose center is at origin, vertices at (0, ±5) and length
of the latus rectum is 3 units. (𝟔)
𝒚𝟐 𝒙𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟐𝟓 (𝟏𝟓)
𝟐
Page 219 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
18. Q.7 (b) Find the equation of the ellipse with center at origin satisfying the conditions
2
𝑒 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑥 𝑥 − 3 = 0. (𝟔)
3
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟒 (𝟐𝟎)
𝟗
19. Q.7 (c) Find the length of, and the equations to the focal radii drawn to a point (4√3, 5) of the
ellipse 25𝑥 2 + 16𝑦 2 = 1600. (𝟔)
(|𝑷𝑭| = 𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔, |𝑷𝑭/ | = 𝟏𝟑 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔, 𝑷𝑭: 𝒙 + 𝟒√𝟑𝒚 − 𝟐𝟒√𝟑 = 𝟎, 𝑷𝑭/ : 𝟏𝟏𝒙 − 𝟒√𝟑𝒚 − 𝟐𝟒√𝟑 = 𝟎)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
2 20
𝟐𝟎. 𝑸. 𝟖 (𝒄) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑒 = , 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚𝑎𝑗𝑜𝑟
3 3
is axis along 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟔)
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟐𝟎 𝟑𝟔
21. Q.2 (vi) Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of 25𝑥 2 + 9𝑦 2 = 225.
(𝟓)
𝟒 𝟐𝟓
(𝑺(𝟎, 𝟒) & 𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝟒), 𝒆 = , 𝒚 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
𝟓 𝟒
22. Q.2 (viii) The length of the major axis of an ellipse is 20 and its foci are the points (±5,0). Find the
equation of ellipse. (𝟓)
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟏𝟎𝟎 𝟕𝟓
23. Q.5 (b) Find the eccentricity, center, vertices and foci of the ellipse
4𝑥 2 − 16𝑥 + 25𝑦 2 + 200𝑦 + 316 = 0. (𝟕)
√𝟐𝟏
[(𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟐, −𝟒), 𝑨(−𝟑, −𝟒) & 𝑨/ (𝟕, −𝟒), 𝑺(𝟐 + √𝟐𝟏, −𝟒) & 𝑺/ (𝟐 − √𝟐𝟏, −𝟒), 𝒆 = ]
𝟓
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
2
𝟐𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟐 (𝒗𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑠𝑒 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑡 (0,0), 𝑒 = ,
3
20
𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚𝑎𝑗𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑜𝑛𝑔 𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟓)
3
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟑𝟔 𝟐𝟎
25. Q.2 (vii) Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of 25𝑥 2 + 9𝑦 2 = 225.
(𝟓)
𝟒 𝟐𝟓
(𝑺(𝟎, 𝟒) & 𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝟒), 𝒆 = , 𝒚 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟓 𝟒
(𝑥 − 3)2 (𝑦 + 1)2
𝟐𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟐 (𝒗𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟, 𝑓𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑠 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑒𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1.
25 9
(𝟓)
𝟒
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟑, −𝟏), 𝑺(𝟕, −𝟏) & 𝑺/ (−𝟏, −𝟏), 𝒆 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝟓
27. Q.4 (a) Find the equation of the circle passing through the focus of the parabola 𝑥 2 + 8𝑦 = 0
and the foci of the ellipse 16𝑥 2 + 25𝑦 2 = 400. (𝟕)
(𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒚𝟐 − 𝟓𝒚 − 𝟏𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
28. Q.2 (vi) Find the eccentricity of an ellipse whose length of latus rectum is half of its major axes.
(𝟓)
𝟏
(𝒆 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
√𝟐
29. Q.4 (b) Find the equation of circle passing through the focus of the parabola 𝑥 2 + 8𝑦 = 0
and the foci of the ellipse 16𝑥 2 + 25𝑦 2 = 400. (𝟖)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 − 𝟓𝒚 − 𝟏𝟖 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
30. Q.2 (vii) The length of the major axis of an ellipse is 25 and its foci are the points (±5,0). Find its
Page 220 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
equation. (𝟓)
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝟓𝟐𝟓
( 𝟒 ) ( 𝟒 )
31. Q.3 (v) Find the eccentricity of an ellipse whose latus rectum is equal to half of its major axes.
(𝟓)
𝟏
(𝒆 = )
√𝟐
OR
The length of the major axis of an ellipse is 25 and its foci are the points (±5,0). Find the
equation of the ellipse. (𝟓)
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝟓𝟐𝟓
( 𝟒 ) ( 𝟒 )
32. Q.3 (iv) Find the eccentricity of the ellipse whose axes are 32 and 24. (𝟓)
√𝟏𝟏𝟐
(𝒆 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
𝟏𝟔
2
𝟑𝟑. 𝑸. 𝟑 (𝒊𝒊𝒊) 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑠𝑒 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑡 (0,0), 𝑒 = , 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑢𝑠 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑚
3
20
𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑚𝑎𝑗𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑜𝑛𝑔 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟓)
3
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟐𝟎 𝟑𝟔
34. Q.3 (v) The length of the major axis of an ellipse is 25 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 and its foci are the points (±5,0).
Find its equation. (𝟓)
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( + = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝟓𝟐𝟓
( 𝟒 ) ( 𝟒 )
EXERCISE # 8.3
1. Q.8 (c) Find the equation of the hyperbola with center at origin and satisfying the following
13 288
𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠. 𝑒 = ,𝑙 = , 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑜𝑛𝑔 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠. (𝟔)
5 5
𝒚𝟐 𝒙𝟐
( − = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟐𝟓 𝟏𝟒𝟒
2. Q.9 (b) Prove that a line parallel to an asymptote intersects the hyperbola in just one point.
(𝑶𝒍𝒅 𝑩𝒐𝒐𝒌) (𝟔)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟒)
3. Q.8 (b) Find the equation of the hyperbola with center at the origin, length of the latus rectum is
64 5
, 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑙𝑜𝑛𝑔 𝑦 − 𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑠 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑒 = . (𝟔)
3 3
𝒚𝟐 𝒙 𝟐
( − = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝟑𝟔 𝟔𝟒
4. Q.8 (b) Find the equation of the hyperbola with center at the origin and focus at the point (8,0)
and the directrix is 𝑥 = 4. (𝟔)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒙 𝒚
( − = 𝟏) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
𝟑𝟐 𝟑𝟐
5. Q.8 (a) Find the eccentricity, foci and directrices of 9𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 + 1 = 0. (𝟔)
√𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 𝟑
(𝒆 = , 𝑭 (𝟎, ) & 𝑭/ (𝟎, − ),𝒚 = ± ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑 √𝟏𝟎
6. Q.8 (c) Find the coordinates of vertices, foci, equations of directrices and transverse axis of
the hyperbola 9𝑥 2 − 16𝑦 2 − 36𝑥 − 32𝑦 + 164 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟗
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟐, −𝟏), 𝑨(𝟐, 𝟐) & 𝑨/ (𝟐, −𝟒), 𝑺(𝟐, 𝟒) & 𝑺/ (𝟐, −𝟔), 𝒚 + 𝟏 = ± , 𝒙 = 𝟐) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖)
𝟓
Page 221 of 226
& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
7. Q.8 (b) Find the eccentricity, foci and directrices of the hyperbola
16𝑥 2 − 9𝑦 2 = 144. (𝟔)
𝟓 𝟗
(𝒆 = , 𝑺(𝟓, 𝟎) & 𝑺/ (−𝟓, 𝟎), 𝒙 = ± ) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝟑 𝟓
8. Q.7 (c) Find the coordinates of the center, foci, length of semi−transverse axis and the
eccentricity of the hyperbola 9𝑥 2 − 16𝑦 2 + 18𝑥 − 64𝑦 − 199 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟓
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟏, −𝟐), 𝑺(𝟒, −𝟐) & 𝑺/ (−𝟔, −𝟐), 𝒂 = 𝟒, 𝒆= ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
𝟒
9. Q.8 (c) Find the equation of the hyperbola with center at the origin whose eccentricity is 3 and
one of the foci is (6,0). (𝟔)
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( − = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
𝟒 𝟑𝟐
10. Q.8 (b) Find the eccentricity, foci and directrices of the hyperbola
9𝑥 2 − 16𝑦 2 = 144. (𝟔)
𝟓 𝟏𝟔
(𝒆 = , 𝑺(𝟎, 𝟓) & 𝑺/ (𝟎, −𝟓), 𝒙 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
𝟒 𝟓
11. Q.8 (b) Find the coordinates of the vertices, foci and equation of the directrices for the
hyperbola 9𝑥 2 − 16𝑦 2 − 36𝑥 − 32𝑦 − 16 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟗 𝟏 𝟖
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟐, −𝟏), 𝑨(𝟒, −𝟏) & 𝑨/ (𝟎, −𝟏), 𝑺 ( , −𝟏) & 𝑺/ (− , −𝟏) , 𝒙 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟓
12. Q.8 (b) Find the coordinates of the center, foci, eccentricity and length of latus rectum of
hyperbola 16𝑥 2 − 36𝑦 2 + 48𝑥 + 180𝑦 − 225 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟑 𝟓 −𝟑 + √𝟏𝟑 𝟓 −𝟑 − √𝟏𝟑 𝟓 √𝟏𝟑 𝟒
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (− , ) , 𝑺 ( , ) & 𝑺/ ( , ),𝒆 = ,𝒍 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟑 𝟑
13. Q.8 (a) Find the eccentricity, the distance between foci, length of latus rectum and equation of
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝑑𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 − = 1. (𝟔)
9 16
𝟓 𝟑𝟐 𝟗
(𝒆 = , |𝑺𝑺/ | = 𝟏𝟎 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔, 𝒍 = ,𝒙 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
𝟑 𝟑 𝟓
14. Q.8 (b) Find the distance between the directrices of the hyperbola 16𝑥 2 − 9𝑦 2 = 144.
(𝟔)
𝟏𝟖
(𝑫𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒃/𝒕 𝒅𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆𝒔 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
𝟓
15. Q.7 (c) Find the distance between the directrices of the hyperbola 16𝑥 2 − 9𝑦 2 = 144 and also
find the equations of the directrices. (𝟔)
𝟏𝟖 𝟗
(𝑫𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒃/𝒕 𝒅𝒊𝒓𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆𝒔 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔, 𝒙 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
𝟓 𝟓
16. Q.7 (b) Find the coordinates of the center, foci, length of semi−transverse axis and the
eccentricity of the hyperbola 16𝑥 2 − 36𝑦 2 + 48𝑥 + 180𝑦 − 225 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟑 𝟓 −𝟑 + √𝟏𝟑 𝟓 −𝟑 − √𝟏𝟑 𝟓 √𝟏𝟑 𝟒
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (− , ) , 𝑺 ( , ) & 𝑺/ ( , ),𝒆 = , 𝒂 = 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟑 𝟑
17. Q.8 (c) Find the equation of the hyperbola with center at the origin whose eccentricity is 3 and
one of its foci is (6,0). (𝟔)
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( − = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
𝟒 𝟑𝟐
18. Q.8 (a) Find the coordinates of the center, foci, length of semi−transverse axis and the
eccentricity of the hyperbola 9𝑥 2 − 16𝑦 2 + 18𝑥 − 64𝑦 − 199 = 0. (𝟔)
𝟓
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟏, −𝟐), 𝑺(𝟒, −𝟐) & 𝑺/ (−𝟔, −𝟐), 𝒂 = 𝟒, 𝒆= ) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
𝟒
19. Q.2 (vi) Find the eccentricity of the hyperbola whose latus rectum is four times that of the
transverse axis. (𝟓)
Page 222 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
(𝒆 = √𝟓) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
20. Q.2 (viii) Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
16𝑥 2 − 9𝑦 2 = 144. (𝟓)
𝟓 𝟗
(𝒆 = , 𝑺(𝟓, 𝟎) & 𝑺/ (−𝟓, 𝟎), 𝒙 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟏)
𝟑 𝟓
21. Q.2 (viii) Find the eccentricity, foci and equation of directrices of the hyperbola
9𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 + 1 = 0. (𝟓)
√𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 𝟑
(𝒆 = , 𝑺 (𝟎, ) & 𝑺/ (𝟎, − ),𝒚 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑 √𝟏𝟎
22. Q.2 (viii) Find the equation of the hyperbola having focus (8,0) and directrix 𝑥 = 4. (𝟓)
𝒙 𝟐 𝒚𝟐
( − = 𝟏) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
𝟑𝟐 𝟑𝟐
23. Q.2 (viii) Find the center, foci and equation of directrices of hyperbola
(𝑥 − 1)2 (𝑦 − 2)2
− = 1. (𝟓)
4 9
𝟒
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (𝟏, 𝟐), 𝑺(𝟏 + √𝟏𝟑, 𝟐) & 𝑺/ (𝟏 − √𝟏𝟑, 𝟐), 𝒚 − 𝟐 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
√𝟏𝟑
24. Q.2 (viii) Find the eccentricity, foci, directrices and length of the latus rectum of the hyperbola
9𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 + 1 = 0. (𝟓)
√𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 𝟑 𝟏
(𝒆 = , 𝑺 (𝟎, ) & 𝑺/ (𝟎, − ),𝒚 = ± ,𝒍 = ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑 √𝟏𝟎 𝟗
25. Q.3 (iv) Find the center, foci and equation of directrices of hyperbola
(𝑥 + 2)2 (𝑦 − 1)2
− = 1. (𝟓)
4 9
𝟒
((𝒉, 𝒌) = (−𝟐, 𝟏), 𝑺(−𝟐 + √𝟏𝟑, 𝟏) & 𝑺/ (−𝟐 − √𝟏𝟑, 𝟏), 𝒚 − 𝟏 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
√𝟏𝟑
26. Q.3 (v) Find the equation of the rectangular hyperbola with center at (0,0) and vertices (0, ±3)
(𝟓)
𝟐 𝟐
(𝒚 − 𝒙 = 𝟗) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
2 2
27. Q.3 (v) Find the eccentricity, foci and directrices of 9𝑥 − 𝑦 + 1 = 0. (𝟓)
√𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 √𝟏𝟎 𝟑
(𝒆 = , 𝑭 (𝟎, ) & 𝑭/ (𝟎, − ),𝒚 = ± ) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑 √𝟏𝟎
EXERCISE # 8.4
1. Q.9 (b) Find the equations of the tangents to the parabola 𝑥 2 = 4𝑦 which are parallel and
perpendicular to the line 𝑦 = 6𝑥. (𝟔)
𝟏𝟕
(𝑻∥ : 𝟔𝒙 − 𝒚 − 𝟑𝟔 = 𝟎, 𝑻⊥ : 𝒙 + 𝟔𝒚 − = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐)
𝟑
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟗 (𝒃) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑛𝑒
𝑎 𝑏
𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 common if 𝑎2 𝑙 2 + 𝑏 2 𝑚2 − 𝑛2 = 0. (𝟔)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟑)
3. Q.8 (c) Find the slopes of the tangents at the ends of the latus recta of the hyperbola
𝑥2 𝑦2
− = 1. (𝟔)
𝑎2 𝑏 2
𝒅𝒚 𝒅𝒚 𝒅𝒚 𝒅𝒚
( 𝟐 = 𝒆, 𝟐 = −𝒆, 𝟐 = −𝒆, 𝟐 = 𝒆) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟓)
𝒅𝒙(𝒄,𝒃 ) 𝒅𝒙(𝒄,−𝒃 ) 𝒅𝒙(−𝒄,𝒃 ) 𝒅𝒙(−𝒄,−𝒃 )
𝒂 𝒂 𝒂 𝒂
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟖 (𝒄) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡
𝑎2 𝑏 2
𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 common if 𝑎2 𝑙 2 + 𝑏 2 𝑚2 − 𝑛2 = 0. (𝟔)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟔)
2
5. Q.7 (b) Prove that the line 𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 and the parabola 𝑦 = 4𝑎𝑥 have just one point in
Page 223 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
𝑎 𝑎 2𝑎
𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑓 𝑐 = 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑐𝑡 𝑖𝑠 ( 2 , ). (𝟔)
𝑚 𝑚 𝑚
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
6. Q.8 (b) Find the equations of the tangents and normals at the ends of the latus rectum of the
parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥. (𝟔)
(𝑻(𝒂,𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝒂 = 𝟎; 𝑵(𝒂,𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙𝒚 + 𝒂𝒚 − 𝟒𝒂 = 𝟎, 𝑻(𝒂,−𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝒂 = 𝟎; 𝑵(𝒂,−𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙𝒚 + 𝒂𝒚 + 𝟒𝒂𝟐 = 𝟎)
𝟐
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟕)
7. Q.7 (b) Find the condition that the line 𝑥𝐶𝑜𝑠𝛼 + 𝑦𝑆𝑖𝑛𝛼 = 𝑝 will touch the parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥.
(𝟔)
𝒑𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶
(𝒂 + = 𝟎) (𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜶
8. Q.8 (c) Show that the eccentricities 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 of the two conjugate hyperbolas satisfy the
relation 𝑒12 + 𝑒22 = 𝑒12 𝑒22 . (𝟔)
(𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟗)
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟗. 𝑸. 𝟖 (𝒂) 𝐼𝑓 𝑦 = √5𝑥 + 𝑘 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑜 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1, 𝑤ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑘? (𝟔)
9 4
(±𝟕) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
2 2
10. Q.8 (c) Find the equations of tangent and normal to the hyperbola 𝑥 − 𝑦 = 64 at (10,6).
(𝟔)
(𝑻: 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 − 𝟑𝟐 = 𝟎, 𝑵: 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓𝒚 − 𝟔𝟎 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎)
11. Q.8 (a) If (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) are the coordinates of the extremities of a focal chord of the parabola
𝑦 2 = 4𝑐𝑥. Prove that 𝑥1 𝑥2 = 𝑐 2 and 𝑦1 𝑦2 = −4𝑐 2 . (𝟔)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟏)
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
𝟏𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟖 (𝒂) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡
25 9
𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 common if 25𝑙 2 + 9𝑚2 − 𝑛2 = 0. (𝟔)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟐)
13. Q.8 (c) Show that the eccentricities 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 of the two conjugate hyperbolas satisfy the
relation 𝑒12 + 𝑒22 = 𝑒12 𝑒22 . (𝟔)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟑)
14. Q.8 (c) Find the equations of tangent and normal to the hyperbola𝑥 2 − 𝑦 2 = 49 at (8,15).
(𝟔)
(𝑻: 𝟖𝒙 − 𝟏𝟓𝒚 − 𝟒𝟗 = 𝟎, 𝑵: 𝟏𝟓𝒙 + 𝟖𝒚 − 𝟏𝟔 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟒)
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟏𝟓. 𝑸. 𝟖 (𝒄) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡
𝑎 𝑏
𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 common if 𝑎2 𝑙 2 + 𝑏 2 𝑚2 − 𝑛2 = 0. (𝟔)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟓)
16. Q.8 (c) If (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) are the coordinates of the extremities of a focal chord of the parabola
𝑦 2 = 4𝑐𝑥. Prove that 𝑥1 𝑥2 = 𝑐 2 and 𝑦1 𝑦2 = −4𝑐 2 . (𝟔)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟔)
2 2 2 2
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑎 𝑏
𝟏𝟕. 𝑸. 𝟖 (𝒄) 𝑆ℎ𝑜𝑤 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 + = 1 𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑐ℎ𝑒𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 ℎ𝑦𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑏𝑜𝑙𝑎 2 − 2 = 1 𝑖𝑓 2 − 2 = 1.
𝑝 𝑞 𝑎 𝑏 𝑝 𝑞
(𝟔)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟕)
18. Q.8 (b) Find the equation of the tangents at the ends of the latus rectum of the
parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥. (𝟔)
(𝑻(𝒂,𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝒂 = 𝟎; 𝑻(𝒂,−𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝒂 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟖)
19. Q.8 (b) Show that the eccentricities 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 of the two conjugate hyperbolas satisfy the
relation 𝑒12 + 𝑒22 = 𝑒12 𝑒22 . (𝟔)
(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟗)
relation 𝑒12 + 𝑒22 = 𝑒12 𝑒22 . (𝟕)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎)
21. Q.5 (b) Prove that the angle between the conics 𝑥 2 = 4𝑎𝑦 and 𝑦 2 = 4𝑏𝑥 at a point other than
Page 224 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
1 1
−1
3 𝑎3 𝑏 3
𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑔𝑖𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝜃 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛 { ( 2 2 )}. (𝟕)
2
𝑎3 + 𝑏3
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟐)
2 2
𝑥 𝑦
𝟐𝟐. 𝑸. 𝟓 (𝒃) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2
+ 2 = 1 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡
𝑎 𝑏
𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 common if 𝑎2 𝑙 2 + 𝑏 2 𝑚2 − 𝑛2 = 0. (𝟕)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟑)
relation 𝑒12 + 𝑒22 = 𝑒12 𝑒22 . (𝟕)
OR
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝐼𝑓 𝑦 = √5𝑥 + 𝑘 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑜 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 + = 1, 𝑤ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑘?
9 4
(±𝟕) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟒)
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟐𝟒. 𝑸. 𝟒 (𝒃) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡
𝑎 𝑏
𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 common if 𝑎2 𝑙 2 + 𝑏 2 𝑚2 − 𝑛2 = 0. (𝟖)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟓)
2 2
25. Q.6 (b) Prove that the parabolas 𝑥 = 4𝑎𝑦 and 𝑦 = 4𝑏𝑥 intersect at angle
1 1
3 𝑎3 𝑏 3
𝜃 = 𝑇𝑎𝑛−1 { ( 2 2 )}. (𝟕)
2
𝑎3 + 𝑏 3
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟔)
𝑥2 𝑦2
𝟐𝟔. 𝑸. 𝟔 (𝒃) 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛 = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑝𝑠𝑒 2 + 2 = 1 ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡
𝑎 𝑏
𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑖𝑛 common if 𝑎2 𝑙 2 + 𝑏 2 𝑚2 − 𝑛2 = 0. (𝟕)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟕)
27. Q.3 (v) Show that the eccentricities 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 of the two conjugate hyperbolas satisfy the
relation 𝑒12 + 𝑒22 = 𝑒12 𝑒22 . (𝟓)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
28. Q.6 (b) Find the equation of the tangents at the ends of the latus rectum of the
parabola 𝑦 2 = 4𝑎𝑥. (𝟕)
(𝑻(𝒂,𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝒂 = 𝟎; 𝑻(𝒂,−𝟐𝒂) : 𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝒂 = 𝟎) (𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟖)
29. Q.3 (v) Show that the eccentricities 𝑒1 and 𝑒2 of two conjugate hyperbolas satisfy the
relation 𝑒12 + 𝑒22 = 𝑒12 𝑒22 . (𝟓)
(𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟗)
Page 225 of 226

& HYPERBOLA
CHAPTER # 8 0334-3653937
ARIF RAZA
Page 226 of 226

#XII-MATH Best Exercise Wise Ast Papers

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

#XII-MATH Best Exercise Wise Ast Papers

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MATHS XII

ANNUAL PAST PAPERS

# Chapter Name MCQ’s ∗CRQ’s ∗∗ERQ’s

1 Function & Limits 3 2 −

2 The Straight Line 2 1 1

8 Parabola, Ellipse & Hyperbola 3 3 1

Total 20 50/75 30/45

𝑰. GEOMETRIC SERIES (G.S.)

(iv) Set builder form, such as 𝒇 = {(𝒙, 𝒚)/𝒚 = 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐}.

(v) Constant Function

then 𝒚 is called an implicit function of 𝒙. It is written as 𝒇(𝒙, 𝒚) = 𝟎.

(iv) Some More Intervals

Set 𝑮 is bounded below but not bounded above.

of 𝒏 terms as 𝒏 tends to infinity.

∗ 𝐴𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑠 ∑ 𝒂𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑑 𝑡𝑜 𝑏𝑒 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝑖𝑓 𝑠𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 {𝑺𝑛 } 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙

∗ 𝐴𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑠 ∑ 𝒂𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑑 𝑡𝑜 𝑏𝑒 𝒅𝒊𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝑖𝑓 𝑠𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 {𝑺𝑛 } 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙

25. 𝒇: ℝ → ℝ 𝒇(𝒙) = |𝒙| 𝟏 𝒙 𝟏 𝒙

28. 𝒍𝒊𝒎 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒙 = 𝟏 𝒂𝒙 − 𝟏 𝒂𝒙 − 𝟏

𝑻𝑶 𝑭𝑰𝑵𝑫 𝑳𝑰𝑴𝑰𝑻𝑺 𝑶𝑵 𝑳𝑰𝑵𝑬 𝑼𝑺𝑬 𝑻𝑯𝑰𝑺 𝑾𝑬𝑩𝑺𝑰𝑻𝑬

6. Q.1 (b) Determine any two of the following:-

* The vertical line is called 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔.

𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝒂 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) Page 38 of 226

𝟏𝟑. SLOPE (or GRADIENT) OF A LINE

𝟏𝟒. COLLINEAR POINTS

𝟏𝟕. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO LINES IN SLOPE FORM

(ii) 𝑨𝒏𝒈𝒍𝒆 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒍𝟏 𝒕𝒐 𝒍𝟐

𝟏𝟖. LINES PARALLEL TO THE AXES OF COORDINATES

𝟏𝟗. POINT−SLOPE FORM

𝑪. CIRCLES ASSOCIATED WITH TRIANGLES

𝒂𝒙𝟏 + 𝒃𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙𝟑 𝒂𝒚𝟏 + 𝒃𝒚𝟐 + 𝒄𝒚𝟑

3. 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 = (𝒂 + 𝒃)(𝒂 − 𝒃) 𝟐𝟏. 𝒎 = 𝟎 (x−axis slope)

6. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 𝟐𝟒. 𝒎𝟏 = 𝒎𝟐 (Parallel Lines)

7. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 𝟐𝟓. 𝒎𝟏 × 𝒎𝟐 = −𝟏 (Perpendicular Lines)

10. 𝑻𝒂𝒏(𝟗𝟎° + 𝜶) = −𝑪𝒐𝒕𝜶 𝟐𝟖. 𝒚 = 𝒃 (∥ 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔)

line whose ordinate is −1. (𝟓)

(𝒊𝒊) 𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝒍𝟐 (𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎) 𝑡𝑜 𝒍𝟏 (𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎)

𝟕. EQUATIONS OF TWO STRAIGHT LINES PASSING THROUGH 𝑷𝟏 (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

𝟏𝟎. LINE THROUGH THE INTERSECTION OF TWO GIVEN LINES

𝟏𝟏. ALTITUDE OF A TRIANGLE

𝟏𝟐. ORTHO CENTER

𝟏𝟑. POSITION OF A POINT W.R.T. A GIVEN LINE

𝟏𝟒. PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE OF A POINT FROM A GIVEN LINE

𝑶(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) = (𝟎, 𝟎) 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔

𝟏𝟔. PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PARALLEL LINES

𝟏𝟕. AREA OF A TRIANGLE

∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = +𝒗𝒆 ∆𝑨𝑩𝑪 = −𝒗𝒆

𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) 𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )

𝟐𝟎. EQUATION OF A PAIR OF STRAIGHT LINES PASSING THROUGH ORIGIN

𝟐𝟏. SLOPE OF 𝑎𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑦 + 𝑏𝑦 2 = 0

(i) For ∥ or coincident lines ℎ2 = 𝑎𝑏

𝟐𝟔. SUMMARY OF ALL FORMULAE

1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 31. 𝒚 = 𝒎𝒙 + 𝒃

4. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 − (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝒃 34. 𝒙𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜽 + 𝒚𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜽 = 𝑷

5. 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒃𝟑 + 𝒄𝟑 − 𝟑𝒂𝒃𝒄 = (𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄)(𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 + 𝒄𝟐 − 𝒂𝒃 − 𝒃𝒄 − 𝒂𝒄) 35. 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 = 𝟎

10. (𝑯𝒚𝒑𝒐𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒖𝒔𝒆)𝟐 = (𝑷𝒆𝒓𝒑𝒆𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒓)𝟐 + (𝑩𝒂𝒔𝒆)𝟐 40. 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟏 (∥ 𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒔)

26. 𝒚 = 𝟎 (𝑬𝒒𝒖. 𝒙 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 54. 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒉𝒙𝒚 + 𝒃𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎 OR 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝒙𝟐 − (𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 )𝒙𝒚 + 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎

27. 𝒙 = 𝒂 (∥ 𝒚 − 𝒂𝒙𝒊𝒔) 55. 𝒃𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒉𝒙𝒚 + 𝒂𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎 OR 𝒙𝟐 + (𝒎𝟏 + 𝒎𝟐 )𝒙𝒚 + 𝒎𝟏 𝒎𝟐 𝒚𝟐 = 𝟎

∗ 𝐼𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑢𝑠𝑢𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑦 𝑤𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑛 𝑎𝑠 ∫ 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅(𝒙)

𝟐. DERIVATIVE OF A FUNCTION BY FIRST PRINCIPLE METHOD

𝑓 / (𝑎) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝒂𝒏𝒕

1. (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐 2. (𝒂 − 𝒃)𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒃 + 𝒃𝟐

13. 𝟏 + 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝑺𝒆𝒄𝟐 𝜽 14. 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐 𝜽 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝟐 𝜽 = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝟐𝜽

15. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 16. 𝑺𝒊𝒏(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷

17. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 − 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷 18. 𝑪𝒐𝒔(𝜶 − 𝜷) = 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜶𝑪𝒐𝒔𝜷 + 𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜶𝑺𝒊𝒏𝜷